Home

2009 370Z Coupe Owner`s Manual

1. ACCEL RES 1 l COAST SET Eon 2 SSD0833 PO NS RESUME ACCELERATE switch SET COAST switch CANCEL switch MAIN ON OFF switch CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS The cruise control allows driving at a speed between 25 to 89 MPH 40 to 144 km h without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal To turn on the cruise control push the MAIN switch on The CRUISE indicator light will illuminate To set cruising speed accelerate the vehicle to the desired speed push the SET COAST switch and release it Take your foot off the accelerator pedal Your vehicle will maintain the set speed To pass another vehicle depress the accelerator pedal When you release the pedal the vehicle will return to the previously set speed The vehicle may not maintain the set speed on winding or hilly roads If this happens drive without the cruise control To cancel the preset speed use one of the following methods a Push the CANCEL switch b Tap the brake pedal c Turn the MAIN switch off The CRUISE light will turn off If you depress the brake pedal while pushing the RESUME ACCELERATE or SET COAST switch and reset at the cruising speed the cruise control will disengage Turn the MAIN switch off once and then turn it on again The cruise control will automatically cancel if the vehicle slows more than 8 MPH 13 km h below the set speed If you move the selector lever to the N Neutral
2. The writing software and hardware combination might not match or the writing speed writing depth writing width etc Musie Gins Gif Gr Skips might not match the specifications Try using the slowest writing speed Skipping with high bit rate files Skipping may occur with large quantities of data such as for high bit rate data When a non MP3 WMA file has been given an extension of MP3 WMA mp3 or wma or when play is Mov Immediately to the next song When playing prohibited by copyright protection the player will skip to the next song The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software so the files might not play in the The songs do not play back in the desired order desired order 4 30 Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 14 SAA2279 aaron FM AM band select button CD EJECT button CD button Station and preset select button Audio display AUX auxiliary button 10 1i 12 MENU button SEEK APS automatic program search FF fast forward APS REW rewind button RDM random button PWR power button VOL volume control knob SCAN tuning button AUX IN jack 13 RPT repeat button 14 TUNE FF REW button FM AM RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER models without naviga tion system For all operation precautions see AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS earlier in
3. 8 25 Indicator gS orfeoi nispette 2 12 Interior light control switch ssssssees 2 42 INtSMOMNIGHIS iscicandived sea sasaeidetraeeeen tas 2 42 Map ighis rennene ia a 2 42 Re plaGementgans sicnccnsics eer a n Ea 8 24 Vanity mirror lights sssrsas sri ien piai piiennuns 2 43 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders Xenon headlights ana Lights Exterior and interior light replacement Loading information See vehicle loading information 5 9 14 Lock Automatic door lOCKS kincsre 3 5 Door JOCKS sinini Hand adeedenaans 3 4 Glove box loGk ceicccteameeiietareeiaaceee ans 2 37 Power COOMOCK ctccciieviniiens dend Adee Ednan 3 4 Rearihatchilock icc cewniieterenlidceenas 3 17 Locking with mechanical key 0 eeeee eee 3 4 Low tire pressure warning light 005 2 10 Low tire pressure warning system See tire pressure monitoring system TPMS 6 5 5 3 M Maintenance BANEN isar o aano A Enri 8 14 General maintenance Indicators for maintenance vehicle information display 60800 2 18 Inside the vehicle scciciasciciisiseticny inio 8 3 Maintenance information center display 4 9 Maintenance precautions 000eeee ee 8 5 Maintenance requirements 00008 8 2 Outside the vehicle ccccecee eee eae 8 2 Seat belt maintenance 6cceeee 1 13 Malfunction indicator light MIL
4. 6cccceseeeeeeeeeeeaees 0 9 Passenger Compartment cccecseeeeeeeseneeeeeneeeees 0 5 COCK DI a emera aE 0 6 SEATS SEAT BELTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS VY CS VES i gt ne EE a SS10519 1 Seat belts with pretensioners Page 1 35 5 Supplemental front impact air bags P 1 24 2 Head restraints P 1 5 6 Child restraint anchor points for top tether strap 3 Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air child restraint P 1 15 bags P 1 24 7 Occupant classification sensor pattern sensor 4 Roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental P 1 29 air bags P 1 24 8 Front seats P 1 3 0 2 Illustrated table of contents EXTERIOR FRONT 5 Outside mirrors P 3 22 6 Recovery hook P 6 12 7 Tires Wheel and tires P 8 27 P 9 8 Flat tire 6 2 Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS P 2 10 P 5 3 8 Doors Keys P 3 2 Door locks P 3 4 Intelligent Key system P 3 6 Remote keyless entry system P 3 13 6 7 8 SSI0505 1 Hood P 3 16 3 Windshield wiper and washer 2 Headlight and turn signal Operation P 2 26 Operation P 2 28 Maintenance P 8 18 Bulb replacement P 8 24 4 Power windows P 2 39 Illustrated table of contents 0 3 EXTERIOR REAR 4 5 SS10506 0 4 High mounted stop light bulb replacement P 8 24 Rear window defroster P 2 28 Satellite antenna P 4 24
5. E Delete ALL Music Box Data SAA1616 Music Box settings To set the Music box hard drive to your preferred settings select the Menu key during playback Music Box System Info key and Music Box Settings key with the multi function controller and then push the ENTER button Automatic Recording When this item is turned to ON the Music Box hard drive automatically starts recording when a CD is inserted Recording Quality Set the recording quality of 105 kbps or 132 kbps The default is set to 132 kbps Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 53 Title Text Priority Set the priority to CDDB Compact Disc Data Base to acquire track information from the Gracenote Database or set to CD TEXT to acquire the information from CDs Delete ALL Music Box Data Delete all music data stored on the hard disk Gracenote NOTE e The information contained in the Gracenote Database is not fully guaran teed e The service of the Gracenote Database on the Internet may be stopped without prior notice for maintenance gracencte End User License Agreement USE OF THIS PRODUCT IMPLIES ACCEP TANCE OF THE TERMS BELOW Gracenote MusiclD Terms of Use This device contains software from Gracenote Inc of Emeryville California Gracenote The software from Gracenote the Gracenote Soft ware enables this application to do online d
6. 8 11 Driving with automatic transmission 5 11 Driving with manual transmission 5 15 Transmission selector lever lock release 5 15 Transmitter See remote keyless entry system 665 3 13 Traveling or registering your vehicle in another COUNUY isi vuraciasss peecneanasss eannbanadgaaanidnas ce hs 9 9 Tip COMPUTE srr tecenesteaseneanag ee aaeienmees 2 19 Tip OGOMEtEr asise einne ipie ihi tedaneess 2 20 Tiple Mette hace ccc iackedenectsotens annin nadana ns 2 7 Tum Sighal SWH sc ceceneriens et bennnnad cece tenes 2 32 U Underbody cleaning cccceee eee eee eee Uniform tire quality grading Upshift indicator ccccee cece eee eee v Vanity MINOT iari i or a EAE Vanity mirror lights Vehicle DIMG NSIONG i sissessscnscaveasavesooersesdenesavens 9 8 Identification number VIN 00ceeeeee 9 9 Information and settings models with navigation system 4 7 Information display cceeeeeeeee eee 2 15 Loading information c0cseeeeee ees 9 14 Recovery freeing a stuck vehicle 6 12 SECUMILY SYSTEM dessin ncnenirnaagaectdaiencnas 2 24 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch 2 34 Vehicle dynamic control VDC system 5 27 Vento fS esra ano nns ra EE RRN 4 16 Voice command See Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System cccceessesssaeaerseerees 4 59 4 73 Voice command See NISSAN voice recognition system 4 1
7. 455 2 13 10 4 Manual front seat adjustment 000ceeee 1 4 Map lights scctvecatiniecodeayiscanmmeseaenseret 2 42 Master warninglightesieder iriiri nai 2 11 Mechanical key Intelligent Key system 3 3 Meter Trip Computer c cece eee eee 2 19 Meters and gaugeS ccceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 4 Meters and gauges Instrument brightness CONMOL sce icciitarinnncaatwas sever neewmneaaaetens 2 31 Mirror INSIDE MINO s cece eee tee ce een eee eters 3 21 OUISIDeMINOIS xiccnorticasmmendsase eT 3 22 VaR MIMOMs caudyynccaerisaanoueuevcs canines 3 23 Music box hard drive ccceeeeeee eee ees 4 57 Music box hard disk drive models with navigation system 6 665 4 47 N New vehicle break in cccceeeeeee eens 5 22 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System 2 25 NISSAN voice recognition alternate Command Mmode cc cece REE EE 4 92 NISSAN voice recognition standard mode 4 82 NISSAN voice recognition system models with navigation system 5665 4 82 No key Warning 2 2icterccannnnr tinye idade i 2 16 o Odometer serri actiuni i nin annaas 2 5 Off road M6GOVETY panien sini i iiaa n 5 5 Oil Capacities and recommended fuel IUDPICANTS scasinecacteant aa En SERERE mamas 9 2 Changing engine oil and filter 0 8 9 Checking engine oil level 000000 8 9 EDINE Olli c 22 c cercanmdas tutes aaas 8 9 Engine oil ViSCOSIt
8. Intelligent Key system warning light After the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position this light comes on for about 2 seconds and then turns off This light warns of a malfunction with the electrical steering lock system or the Intelligent Key system If the light comes on while the engine is stopped it may be impossible to free the steering lock or to start the engine If the light comes on while the engine is running you can drive the vehicle However in these cases contact a NISSAN dealer for repair as soon as possible 1 Low tire pressure warning light Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that monitors the tire pressure of all tires except the spare The low tire pressure warning light warns of low tire pressure or indicates that the TPMS is not functioning properly After the ignition switch is pushed ON this light illuminates for about 1 second and turns off Low tire pressure warning If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure the warning light will illuminate When the low tire pressure warning light illuminates you should stop and adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label The low tire pressure warning light does not automatically turn off when the tire pressure is adjusted After the tire is inflated to the recommended pressure the vehicle must be driven a
9. TIME TO REST indicator activates e ICY Select this submenu to display the low outside temperature warning To return to the top page of the setting mode select BACK CLOCK Clock adjustment can be set on this menu e SETTING Adjust the time hour and minute of the clock on the triple meter e RESET Select this submenu to set the time quickly to the nearest previous or next hour MAINTENANCE The maintenance intervals of the following items can be set or reset for the reminders e ENGINE OIL Select this submenu to set or reset the distance for changing the engine oil e OIL FILTER Select this submenu to set or reset the distance for replacing the oil filter e TIRE Select this submenu to set or reset the distance for replacing tires e OTHER Select this submenu and set or reset the distance for replacing items other than the engine oil oil filter and tires To return to the top page of the setting mode select BACK OPTIONS The 3 option menus can be set to your preference e LANGUAGE Select this submenu to choose English or French for display e UNIT Select this submenu to choose the unit from MPG or 1 100 km e EFFECTS Select this menu to set the dial effects described below to on or off The indicator needles sweep in the meters when the engine is started To return to the top page of the setting mode select BACK SKIP Push the
10. The release handle is located under the cargo room floor To open the rear hatch from the passenger compartment perform the following procedure 1 Remove the cargo floor mat 2 Find the rear hatch release handle as shown in the illustration 3 Free the release handle that is fixed with velcro Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 17 FUEL FILLER DOOR 4 Firmly pull the release handle until the rear lock all doors by operating the door handle hatch releases request switch the LOCK button on the Intelligent Key the mechanical key or the power door lock switch Cn FUEL FILLER CAP A WARNING e Gasoline is extremely flammable and highly explosive under certain conditions You could be burned or Va seriously injured if it is misused or Z SPA2581 mishandled Always stop engine and do not smoke or allow open OPENING THE FUEL FILLER DOOR flames or sparks near the vehicle h fueling To open the fuel filler door unlock the fuel filler Se eee door by using one of the following operations e Do not attempt to top off the fuel then push the left side of the door tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow resulting in fuel spray and possibly e Push the door handle request switch with the Intelligent Key carried with you e Push the UNLOCK button on the Intelligent a fire Key e Use only an original equipment type e Insert the mechanical key into the
11. The system consistently selects the wrong entry from the phone book 1 Ensure that the phone book entry name requested matches what was originally stored This can be confirmed by using the List Names command See Phone book earlier in this section 2 Replace one of the names being confused with a new name Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 81 NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM models with navigation system NISSAN Voice Recognition allows hands free operation of the systems equipped on this vehicle in one of two modes Standard Mode or Alternate Command Mode In Standard Mode commands that are available are always shown on the display and announced by the system You can complete your desired operation by simply following the prompts given by the system See NISSAN VOICE RECOG NITION STANDARD MODE later in this section for details In this mode hands free operation of Audio Air Conditioner and Display is not available through NISSAN Voice Recognition For advanced operation you can use the Alternate Command Mode that enables the operation of the display audio and air condi tioner through NISSAN Voice Recognition See NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION ALTERNATE COMMAND MODE later in this section for details When this mode is active an expanded list of commands can be spoken after pushing the TALK switch and the voice command menu prompts are turne
12. eeeeeeee 5 25 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system 6 5 27 Cold weather GVN viisitcccsticieteatianen aricdnaesone 5 28 Freeing a frozen door lock cccceee eee ee eee 5 28 AN EZE scciscsstncacicrdcereapivesshrsieeeteed cities 5 28 Battery s2ciisucnctartinnnecsnarntienasteigedveaeraacniamenatd 5 28 Draining of coolant water cc ieee eee 5 28 Tire equipment eerie eera eaaa atp aai 5 28 Special winter equipment seeeeeerereererrererrere 5 28 Driving ON SMOW OF ICE oo eect eee 5 29 Engine block heater if so equipped 068 5 29 PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING AA WARNING Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the support of others alone in your vehicle Pets should not be left alone either They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent op eration of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals Properly secure all cargo to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury EXHAUST GAS carbon monoxide AA WARNING Do not breathe exhaust gases they contain colorless and odorless car bon monoxide Carbon monoxide is dangerous It can cause uncon 5 2 Starting and driving sciousn
13. A5504T SAA1579 DURING A CALL There are some options available during a call Select one of the following displayed on the screen if necessary e Hang up Finish the call e Use Handset Transfer the call to the cellular phone e Mute Mute your voice to the person Keypad Send a dial tone to the caller for using network services such as voice mail Cancel Mute This will appear after Mute is selected Mute will be canceled To adjust the person s voice to be louder or quieter push the volume control switch or on the steering wheel or turn the volume control knob on the instrument panel while talking on the phone This adjustment is also available in the SETTING mode Settings gt Phone ti E Phonebook p lt 2 E Pe E Downloaded Phonebook HE Automatic Hold PAI sevener CoD i oe SCS a G SAA1580 Settings gt Phone ii lt E Downloaded Phonebook i onain ea E Use Vehicle Ringtone ON l if DeieteCattoge o Pa uctoon Setup o 6 6 K SAA1581 PHONE SETTING To set up the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System to your preferred settings push the SETTING button on the instrument panel and select the PHONE key on the display and then push the ENTER button Phonebook See PHONEBOOK REGISTRATION earlier in this section for adding editing and deleting a contact Downloaded Phonebook Refer to the following in
14. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help Maintenance and do it yourself 8 23 LIGHTS Headlight high and low beam Map light Front park light Front side marker light Front turn signal light Side turn signal light High mounted stop light Cargo room light Rear combination light rear turn signal tail stop side marker back up light 10 License plate light 11 Rear fog light if so equipped O ONnNoaroNn 10 11 SDI2351 8 24 Maintenance and do it yourself HEADLIGHTS Replacing Xenon headlight bulb AA WARNING A HIGH VOLTAGE When xenon headlights are on they produce a high voltage To prevent an electric shock never attempt to modify or disassemble Always have your xe non headlights replaced at a NISSAN dealer For additional information see HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH in the 2 Instruments and controls section If replacement is required see a NISSAN dealer Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of the exterior lights in the rain or in a car wash A temperature difference between the inside and the outside of the lens causes the fog This is not a malfunction If large drops of water collect inside the lens contact a NISSAN dealer EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS Item Wattage W Bulb No Headlight High Low beams Xenon Front turn signal light Front park light Front side marker light Side turn signal light Rear combinatio
15. Help prevent rapid air pressure loss by main taining the correct air pressure and visually inspect the tires for wear and damage See WHEELS AND TIRES in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or blows out while driving maintain control of the vehicle by following the procedure below Please note that this procedure is only a general guide The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the conditions of the vehicle road and traffic 5 6 Starting and driving AA WARNING The following actions can increase the chance of losing control of the vehicle if there is a sudden loss of tire air pressure Losing control of the vehicle may cause a collision and result in personal injury e The vehicle generally moves or pulls in the direction of the flat tire e Do not rapidly apply the brakes e Do not rapidly release the accelera tor pedal e Do not rapidly turn the steering wheel Remain calm and do not overreact Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course When appropriate slowly release the accel erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe location off the road and away from traffic if possible Lightly apply the brake pedal to gradually stop the vehicle 6 Turn on the hazard warning flashers and either contact a roadside emergency service to
16. When the vehicle is washed or driven through water the brakes may get wet As a result your braking distance will be longer and the vehicle may pull to one side during braking To dry brakes drive the vehicle at a safe speed while lightly tapping the brake pedal to heat up the brakes Do this until the brakes return to normal Avoid driving the vehicle at high speeds until the brakes function correctly PARKING BRAKE BREAK IN Break in the parking brake shoes whenever the stopping effect of the parking brake is weakened or whenever the parking brake shoes and or drums rotors are replaced in order to assure the best braking performance This procedure is described in the vehicle service manual and can be performed by a NISSAN dealer Using the brakes Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving This will cause overheating of the brakes wearing out the brake and pads faster and reduce gas mileage To help save the brakes and to prevent the brakes from overheating reduce speed and downshift to a lower gear before going down a slope or long grade Overheated brakes may reduce braking performance and could result in loss of vehicle control A WARNING e While driving on a slippery surface be careful when braking accelerat ing or downshifting Abrupt braking or accelerating could cause the wheels to skid and result in an accident e If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the powe
17. in the 6 In case of emergency section Tire inflation pressure Check the pressure of the tires including the spare often and always prior to long distance trips The recommended tire pressure specifications are shown on the Tire and Loading Information label under the Cold Tire Pressure heading The Tire and Loading Information label is affixed to the driver side center pillar Tire pressures should be checked regularly because e Most tires naturally lose air over time e Tires can lose air suddenly when driven over potholes or other objects or if the vehicle strikes a curb while parking The tire pressures should be checked when the tires are cold The tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds Incorrect tire pressure including un der inflation may adversely affect tire life and vehicle handling A WARNING e Improperly inflated tires can fail suddenly and cause an accident e The Gross Vehicle Weight rating GVWR is located on the F M V S S C M V S S label The vehicle weight capacity is indicated on the Tire and Loading Informa tion label Do not load your vehicle beyond this capacity Overloading your vehicle may result in reduced tire life unsafe operating conditions due to pre mature tire failure or unfavor able handling characteristics and could also lead to a serious accident Loadi
18. 1 a 1 22 Seat D S aapt onneen iais edie inani aini 1 7 Supplemental restraint system eee 1 24 Precautions on seat belt usage ceeeee 1 7 Precautions on supplemental restraint system 1 24 Childisatety iiss eposo a a cine 1 9 NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System Pregnant WOMEN 0cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 1 10 front seats oireena rnn 1 29 Injured Persons cc ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 1 10 Front seat mounted side impact supplemental Three point type seat belt 0 0 0 0 ceeeeeeereeee eee 1 10 air bag and roof mounted curtain side impact Seat belt extenders cccecceeeeeeeeeee eee een ees 1 13 supplemental air bag systems senses cancisseesstears 1793 Seat belt maintenance secere 1 13 Seat belts with pretensioners front seats 1735 Ghild restraints soiree en S 1 14 Supplemental air bag warning labels 1799 Precautions on child restraints 1 1 14 Supplemental air bag warning light 1796 Top tether strap child restraint 0 ccce 1 15 Repair and replacement procedure laa Child restraint installation using the seat belts 1 16 SEATS Sit upright and well back A WARNING Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuri
19. 7 C or lower To use the engine block heater 1 2 Turn the engine off Open the hood and unwrap the engine block heater cord Plug the engine block heater cord into a grounded 3 wire 3 pronged extension cord Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt GFI protected grounded 110 volt AC VAC outlet The engine block heater must be plugged in for at least 2 4 hours depending on outside temperatures to properly warm the engine coolant Use an appropriate timer to turn the engine block heater on Before starting the engine unplug and properly store the cord to keep it away from moving parts Starting and driving 5 29 AA WARNING e Do not use your engine block heater with an ungrounded electrical sys tem or a 2 pronged adapter You can be seriously injured by an electrical shock if you use an ungrounded connection e Disconnect and properly store the engine block heater cord before starting the engine Damage to the cord could result in an electrical shock and can cause serious injury e Use a heavy duty 3 wire 3 pronged extension cord rated for at least 10A Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt GFI pro tected grounded 110 VAC outlet Failure to use the proper extension cord or a grounded outlet can result in a fire or electrical shock and cause serious personal injury 5 30 Starting and driving MEMO Starting and driving 5 31 MEMO 5 32 Starting and dr
20. Reset Distance is selected Interval Reminder is set to OFF e the maintenance interval is set again 4 10 Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems L Information gt Voice Recognition i cee ee i commande e HE User Guide o y y l J SAA1592 Voice Recognition information When you use the NISSAN Voice Recognition system for the first time or if you do not know how to operate it you can display the voice command list or user guide for confirmation See NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION SYS TEM models with navigation system later in this section for the details Command List Displays a list of voice commands that the system can recognize User Guide Displays a simplified operation manual of the voice recognition system and how to use the voice commands Settings Display Clock SAA1556 Settings gt Audio 5 eee ey 3 Bass C J 000008000000 _ o 3 treble C J 000008000007 E Balance tet J 00000000000C Ro Fade Rear J DO000000000 C_Front_ el SAA1557 HOW TO USE SETTING BUTTON The display as illustrated will appear when the SETTING button is pushed For navigation settings refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual To show the Comfort amp Conv item push the ignition switch to the ON position Audio settings The display as illustrated will appear when pushing the SETTING butt
21. To close push the lid down until latched Instruments and controls 2 37 SIC3989 REAR PARCEL BOX The rear parcel box is located behind the right side seat To open the rear parcel box pull the upper part of the lid to position or To remove the rear parcel box pull the lid to position with a greater force until it unlatches And then pull the rear parcel box to direction To install make sure the two hinges of the rear parcel box engaged with the holders then perform the steps above in the reverse order 2 38 Instruments and controls AA WARNING Keep the rear parcel box lid closed while driving to help prevent injury in an accident or a sudden stop SIC4026 CARGO COVER if so equipped The cargo cover keeps the contents in the cargo area hidden from the outside To use the cargo cover pull it out and hang both sides on the hooks located on the inside of the rear hatch A3 NES AF SIC3990 To remove the cargo cover unit stow the cover and pull the holder to the opposite side AA WARNING e Never put anything on the cargo cover no matter how small Any object on it could cause an injury in an accident or sudden stop e Do not leave the cargo cover in the vehicle with it disengaged from the holder e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatba
22. cellular phone See the cellular phone Owner s Manual for details You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for instructions on transferring phone numbers from NISSAN re commended cellular phones The system repeats the number and prompts you for the next command When you have finished entering numbers choose Store The system confirms the name location and number then announces that the entry has been stored The system then ends the VR session Delete Use the Delete command to erase one entry from the phone book all entries from the phone book the current redial number or the current call back number To delete entries from the phone book say a name or All entries when prompted by the system The system acknowledges the command and asks you to confirm the deletion To delete the current redial number or call back number say redial number or call back number when prompted by the system If a redial number or a call back number exists the system deletes them without asking for confirmation 4 76 Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems If there is no number for the entry you are trying to delete the system says so and ends the VR session List names D Use the List Names command to hear all the names and locations in the phone book The system recites the phone book entries but does not include the actual phone numbers
23. g rear window defroster button See REAR WINDOW DEFROSTER SWITCH in the 2 Instruments and controls section MODE manual air flow control button Cooling and or dehumidified heating AUTO This mode may be used all year round The system works automatically to control the inside temperature air flow distribution and fan speed 7 OFF button after the preferred temperature is set manually 1 Push the AUTO button on The indicator on the button will illuminate and AUTO will be displayed 4 20 Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 2 Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature e The temperature can be set within the following range For U S 60 to 90 F 16 to 32 C For Canada 64 to 90 F 18 to 32 C e The temperature of the passenger compart ment will be maintained automatically Air flow distribution and fan speed will also be controlled automatically A visible mist may be seen coming from the ventilators in hot humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly This does not indicate a mal function Heating A C OFF The air conditioner does not activate in this mode When you need to heat only use this mode 1 Push the AUTO button on 2 Push the A C button The A C indicator will turn off 3 Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature e The temperature of
24. remain on for about 15 seconds e any door is opened and then closed with the ignition switch in the LOCK position remain on for about 15 seconds e any door is opened with the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position remain on while the door is opened When the door is closed the lights go off The lights will also turn off after 30 minutes when the lights remain illumi nated after the ignition switch has been pushed to the OFF or LOCK position to prevent the battery from becoming dis charged When the auto interior illumination is set to the OFF position see VEHICLE INFORMATION AND SETTINGS models with navigation sys tem in the 4 Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems section the lights will illuminate under the following condition e any door is opened with the ignition switch in any position remain on while the door is opened When the door is closed the lights go off OFF position When the switch is in the OFF position the lights will not illuminate regardless of the condition AA CAUTION Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery VANITY MIRROR LIGHTS SIC2555A The light on the vanity mirror will turn on when the cover on the vanity mirror is opened When the cover is closed the light will turn off The lights will also turn off after 30 minutes when
25. tached as shown STI0614 TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION LABEL LABEL The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire and The air conditioner specification label is at Loading Information label affixed to the pillar as tached as shown illustrated Technical and consumer information 9 11 Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Flat blade Bumper Pc Screw grommets Step 4 Step 6 Screws ae License plate bracket 7__ __ ___ Bumper STI0618 9 12 Technical and consumer information INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE Use the following steps to mount the license plate Before mounting the license plate confirm that the following parts are enclosed in the plastic bag e License plate bracket e J nut x 2 e Screw x 2 e Screw grommet x 2 1 Park the vehicle on flat level ground Locate the two dents A on the front bumper Carefully drill two pilot holes using a 0 39 in 10 mm drill bit Be sure that the drill only goes through the bumper fascia 2 Insert grommets into the hole on the bumper fascia 3 Insert a flat blade screwdriver into the grommet hole to add 90 turn onto the part i 4 Make sure the side end surface of the license plate bracket is aligned with the bumper STI0629 Mark the center of the hole on both sides with a felt tip pen Remove the bracket from the bumper and then open 0 9 to 1 0 inch 2
26. tal inflation of the side air bag and curtain air bag or damage to side air bag and curtain air bag systems Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system suspension system or side panel This could affect proper operation of the side air bag and curtain air bag systems Tampering with the air bag system may result in serious personal in jury For example do not change the front seats by placing material near the seatback or by installing addi tional trim material such as seat covers around the side air bags Work around and on the side air bag and curtain air bag systems should be done by a NISSAN dealer In stallation of electrical equipment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer The SRS wiring harnesses should not be modified or discon nected Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the side impact air bag system The SRS wiring harnesses connectors are yellow and orange for easy identi fication When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the side air bag and curtain air bag systems and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual SEAT BELTS WITH PRETENSIONERS front seats AA WARNING e The pretensioners cannot be reused after activation They must be re placed together with the retractor and buckle as a unit e If the vehicle becomes involved in a frontal collision but a pretensi
27. 86 to 96 km h for at least 9 minutes Stop the vehicle Leave the engine running Accelerate the vehicle to 35 MPH 55 km h and maintain the speed for 20 seconds Repeat steps 4 and 5 at least 10 times Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH 88 km h and maintain the speed for at least 3 minutes Stop the vehicle Place the automatic transmission selector lever in the P Park Technical and consumer information 9 19 or N Neutral position or the manual transmission shift lever in the N Neutral position 9 Turn the engine off 10 Repeat steps 1 through 8 at least one more time If step 1 through 7 is interrupted repeat the preceding step Any safe driving mode is acceptable between steps Do not stop the engine until step 7 is completed 9 20 Technical and consumer information EVENT DATA RECORDERS EDR This vehicle is equipped with an Event Data Recorder EDR The main purpose of an EDR is to record in certain crash or near crash like situations such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle s systems performed The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as e How various systems in your vehicle were operating e Whether or not the driver and passen ger safety belts were buckled fas
28. INSTRUMENT PANEL SS10508 Ventilator P 4 16 Center display and multi function control panel P 4 2 Instrument pocket P 2 36 Navigation system if so equipped Vehicle information and setting buttons if so equipped P 4 7 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System if so equipped P 4 58 ODNOaAA Ww Front passenger air bag status light P 1 29 Front passenger supplemental air bag P 1 24 Fuse box cover P 8 20 Push button ignition switch P 5 7 Hazard warning flasher switch P 2 32 SynchroRev Match mode S MODE switch if so equipped P 5 16 9 10 11 12 Heater and air conditioner P 4 17 Rear window defroster switch P 2 28 Audio system P 4 23 Power outlet P 2 35 Glove box P 2 37 Refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual Instruments and controls 2 3 METERS AND GAUGES N SSI0509 aaron 2 4 ENTER NEXT switch P 2 19 Fuel gauge P 2 6 Warning Indicator lights P 2 8 Tachometer P 2 5 Speedometer P 2 5 Instrument brightness control switch P 2 31 Instruments and controls Vehicle information display P 2 15 Engine coolant temperature gauge P 2 6 Transmission position indicator if so equipped P 2 12 SynchroRev Match mode S MODE indicator if so equipped P 5 16 SS10521 10 Ti 12 13 14 Odometer Twin trip odometer control knob P 2 5 Odometer Twin trip odome
29. R 134a and the lubricant NISSAN UV Luminous Oil Type S or the exact equivalents A amp A CAUTION The use of any other refrigerant or lubricant will cause severe damage to the air conditioning system and will require the replacement of all air con ditioner system components The refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a in your NISSAN vehicle will not harm the earth s ozone 9 6 Technical and consumer information layer Although this refrigerant does not affect the earth s atmosphere certain governmental regulations require the recovery and recycling of any refrigerant during automotive air condition ing system service Your NISSAN dealer has the trained technicians and equipment needed to recover and recycle your air conditioning system refrigerant Contact a NISSAN dealer when servicing your air conditioning system SPECIFICATIONS ENGINE Model VQ37VHR Type Gasoline 4 cycle Cylinder arrangement 6 cylinder V slanted at 60 Bore x Stroke in mm 3 760 x 3 385 95 5 x 86 0 Displacement cu in cm 225 54 3 696 Firing order 1 2 3 4 5 6 Idle speed rpm se cathe de No adjustment is necessary Ignition timing B T D C degree rpm Spark plug Standard FXE24HR 11 Spark plug gap Normal in mm 0 043 1 1 Camshaft operation Timing chain This spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES 002 es ST10425 VQ37VHR engine Technical and consumer information 9 7 WHEELS AND
30. Recorded Date Name Released Year and Artist and edit the details using the keypad displayed on the screen See HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN earlier in this section Music Box System Info Displays the following information about the Music Box hard drive a Music Box Used Free Space Informa tion about Saved Album Saved Track and Remaining Time is displayed b Mood Categories Number of saved tracks and their categories Relaxing Music Lively Music Slow Music Upbeat Music and Others are displayed c Deleted Items Information about the deleted tracks is displayed d Search Missing Titles If titles are not displayed for CDs that have been recorded titles can be acquired using one of the following methods Retrieve from HDD Searches the title using the database in the hard disk Retrieve from CF Searches the title from the information acquired on the Internet Visit www nissanusa com gracenote for de tails Transfer Missing Titles to CF Transfers the information of the album recorded without titles to a Compact Flash card Visit www nissanusa com gracenote for de tails e Music Box Settings See Music Box settings later in this section 4 52 Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems f CDDB Version the version of the built in Gracenote Database is displayed et Mood Delete Track Remove Track SA
31. Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 17 SSS0651 SSS0652 SSS0653 Front facing step 4 Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully extended At this time the seat belt retractor is in the Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode child restraint mode It reverts to Emergency Locking Retractor ELR mode when the seat belt is fully retracted Front facing step 5 5 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt 1 18 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 6 Front facing step 6 Remove any additional slack from the seat belt press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point See TOP TETHER STRAP CHILD RESTRAINT earlier in this section SSS0641 Front facing step 8 After attaching the child restraint test it before you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the seat near the seat belt path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure y
32. USING THE SYSTEM Initialization When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position NISSAN Voice Recognition is initia lized which takes a few seconds When completed the system is ready to accept voice commands If the TALK switch is pushed before the initialization completes the display will show the message Phonetic data downloaded Please wait or a beep sounds Before starting To get the best performance from NISSAN Voice Recognition observe the following Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminate the surrounding noises traffic noises vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from recognizing the voice commands cor rectly When the air conditioner is in the AUTO mode the fan speed decreases automati cally for easy recognition Wait until a tone sounds before speaking a command Speak in a natural voice without pausing between words a A BC m Yy B Voice Recognition Hil Address 4 Places Ul Dial Number Hj Phonebook Ul Help x To show additional commands say Help SAA2167 SAA1932 Giving voice command 2 A list of commands appears on the screen 1 Push and release the TALK amp switch and the system announces Please say a located on the steering wheel command 3 After the tone sounds and the icon on the screen changes from to y speak a command Operating tips Voice comman
33. Vehicle security System sssssssserrsrrereseresesess 2 24 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System 2 25 Windshield wiper and washer switch c00 2 26 Rear window defroster SWItCh sssssssrersrerereee 2 28 Headlight and turn signal switch c eee 2 28 Xenon headlights 0 ccsccsssceessesecserereecenes 2 28 Headlight SWiHtch cviiccccccniesstnteacsiectenerurete na 2 29 Tur Signal SWHCH ii ietciecceccie mieesis sennie ians Fog light switch if so equipped eeeee Hazard warning flasher SWitCh cceeeeee eens OM etic sicncccteiies arine estes coteanes mained weveece samen Heated seats if so equipped eeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF switch Power Outlet ireccio ea Strago aes iiai E Oa Instrument pocket except for navigation system equipped models 2c dickies cave caaianiiedueeyatimncvewemmedavebecseee Cup holder Sisaren inia a Rre a Glove DoXiirena e a SET Console DOkuisssirsnigo aneso dea aise Rear parcel DOK ici ce vicerscatieaniianieidenaearicameenss Cargo cover if So equipped eee eeeeeeeee teeters WINGOWS meisi eraan n EA N N Power WINKOWS sem issrcrseiisenairsaeieiiirsoiaana interior NIGHTS wii cisenssrradatadsecsidenddnetsaanentonied cage Map lIGhtS iss sarr Interior light control SWitCh cece Vanity mirror lIQHS seicncckeckcdaavesii vabaueapcmcaneenyseaainhe GCango rOOm ighis a HomeLink Unive
34. audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 29 Troubleshooting guide Symptom Cause and Countermeasure Check if the CD CF was inserted correctly Check if the CD CF is scratched or dirty Check if there is condensation inside the player and if there is wait until the condensation is gone about 1 hour before using the player If there is a temperature increase error the player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature If there is a mixture of music CD files CD DA data and MP3 WMA files on a CD only the music CD files CD DA data Cannot play will be played Files with extensions other than MP3 WMA mp3 or wma cannot be played In addition the character codes and number of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications Check if the disc or the file is generated in an irregular format This may occur depending on the variation or the setting of MP3 WMA writing applications or other text editing applications Check if the finalization process such as session close and disc close is done for the disc Check if the CD CF is protected by copyright Poor sound quality Check if the CD CF is scratched or dirty It takes a relatively long time before the music _ If there are many folder or file levels on the MP3 WMA CD CF or if it is a multisession disc some time may be required starts playing before the music starts playing
35. etc In case of emergency e As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening torque 80 ft lb 108 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to specification at all times It is recommended that wheel nuts be tigh tened to specifications at each lubrica tion interval e Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pressure COLD pressure After the vehicle has been parked for three hours or more or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km COLD tire pressures are shown on the Tire and Loading Information label affixed to the driver side center pillar Securely store the flat tire and jacking equipment in the vehicle Place the spare tire cover and the cargo room floor carpeting over the damaged tire 7 Close the rear hatch AA WARNING Always make sure that the spare tire and jacking equipment are properly secured after use Such items can become dangerous projectiles in an accident or sudden stop The T type spare tire and small size spare tire are designed for emer gency use See specific instructions under the heading WHEELS AND TIRES in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section JUMP STARTING To start your engine with a booster battery the instructions and precautions below must be followed protectors for example goggles or industrial safety spectacles and A WARNING If done incorrectly jump starting can lead to a batte
36. multi function controller to highlight the Reset key and push the ENTER button If the View key is highlighted with the multi function controller and the ENTER button is pushed the average fuel consumption history will be displayed in graph form along with the average for the previous Reset to Reset period The unit can be converted between US and Metric See HOW TO USE SETTING BUTTON later in this section The fuel economy information may differ from the information displayed on the vehicle information display This is due to the timing difference in updating the information and does not indicate a malfunction C Information gt Maintenance er A Reninsort A Coi nm Ca 12000 18000 E Reminder 2 l Reminder 3 l Reminder 4 ooo f 12000 18000 miles SAA1554 Arome emen Information gt Reminder 1 A i Reset Distance Interval d 9 Eee Cu 6000 12000 18000 an Reminder 12000 18000 miles SAA1555 Maintenance information The maintenance intervals can be displayed for your desired maintenance items To set the maintenance interval for Reminders 1 to 4 choose an item using the multi function controller and push the ENTER button You can also set to display a message to remind you that the maintenance needs to be per formed The following example shows how to set Reminder 1 Use the same steps to set the other maintenance information 1 Reset
37. or abnormal tire wear there may be a need for wheel alignment If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal highway speeds wheel balancing may be needed For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the NISSAN Warranty Information Booklet Windshield Clean the windshield on a regular basis Check the windshield at least every six months for cracks or other damage Have a damaged windshield repaired by a qualified repair facility Windshield wiper blades Check for cracks or wear if they do not wipe properly Inside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked on a regular basis such as when performing periodic maintenance cleaning the vehicle etc Accelerator pedal Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure the pedal does not catch or require uneven effort Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Automatic transmission P Park mechan ism On a fairly steep hill check that your vehicle is held securely with the selector lever in the P Park position without applying any brakes Brake pedal Check the pedal for smooth operation If the brake pedal suddenly goes down further than normal the pedal feels spongy or the vehicle seems to take longer to stop see a NISSAN dealer immediately Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Brakes Check that the brakes do not pull the vehicle to
38. see Command List earlier in this section system fails to interpret the command correctly 2 Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level 3 Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive for example windows open or defrost on NOTE If it is too noisy to use the phone it is likely that voice commands will not be recognized 4 If optional words of the command have been omitted then the command should be tried with these in place The system consistently selects the wrong voicetag in 1 Ensure that the voicetag requested matches what was originally stored See BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE the phonebook PHONE SYSTEM WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM earlier in this section page 4 58 2 Replace one of the voicetags being confused with a different voicetag 4 104 Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems MEMO Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 105 MEMO 4 106 Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 5 Starting and driving Precautions when starting and driving 0 eee 5 2 Exhaust gas carbon monoxide 00seeeeeeees 5 2 Three way CatalySt c cccccecseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eens 5 2 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 5 3 Avoiding collision and rollover ccceeeeeeeees 5 5 Off road FECOVEIYi
39. side that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle TYPES OF TIRES AA WARNING e When changing or replacing tires be sure all four tires are of the same type Example Summer All Season or Snow and construction A NISSAN dealer may be able to help you with information about tire type size speed rating and availability e Replacement tires may have a lower speed rating than the factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire e Replacing tires with those not ori ginally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS e For additional information regard ing tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet All season tires NISSAN specifies all season tires on some models to provide good performance all year including snowy and icy road conditions All Season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and or M amp S Mud and Snow on the tire sidewall Snow tires have better snow traction than All Season tires and may be more appro priate in some areas Summer tires NISSAN specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior performance on dry roads Summer tire performance is substantially reduced in snow and ice Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating M amp S on the tire sidewall If you plan to operat
40. than one paired Bluetooth phone is in the vehicle The system states the priority level of the active phone and asks for a new priority level 1 2 3 4 5 If the new priority level is already being used for another phone the two phones will swap priority levels For example if the current priority levels are Priority Level 1 Phone A Priority Level 2 Phone B Priority Level 3 Phone C and you change the priority level of Phone C to Level 1 then Priority Level 1 Phone C Priority Level 2 Phone B Priority Level 3 Phone A 4 66 Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Remove Paired Phone Delete a registered cellular phone from the paired list Paired Phone List Up to 5 registered cellular phones are shown on the list If you select a cellular phone that is different from the one currently being connected the newly selected phone will be connected to the system Edit Phone Name Rename the registered cellular phones using the keypad displayed on the screen See HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN earlier in this section TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty If problems are encountered try the following solutions Where the solutions are listed by number try each solution in turn starting with number 1 until the problem is resolved Symptom Solution 1 Ensure that the command is valid See N
41. the ON OFF button is pushed to ON The satellite radio mode requires an active XM Satellite Radio subscription The satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam If another audio source is playing when the radio band select button is turned to ON the audio source will automatically be turned off and the last radio channel played will come on When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio will automatically change from stereo to monaural reception TUNE tuning e For AM and FM radio Push the TUNE button manual tuning e For XM Satellite Radio Push the TUNE button or to seek channels from all of the categories when any CAT is not selected or for SEEK tuning CATEGORY CAT e For AM and FM radio Push the SEEK button or to tune from low to high or high to low frequencies and to stop at the next broadcasting station e For XM Satellite Radio Push the SEEK button or to tune to the first channel of the next or previous category During satellite radio reception the following notices will be displayed under certain condi tions e NO SIGNAL No signal is received while the SAT tuner is connected e OFF AIR Broadcasting signed off e CHECK ANTENNA Antenna connection error e LOADING When the initial setting is performed e UPDATING When the satellite radio sub scription is not active SC
42. the proper engine speed for the engaged gear This function will not operate when low 1st gear is selected There is a delay between the clutch pedal operation and the S MODE operation Make sure the engine speed is adjusted before engaging the clutch again 5 18 Starting and driving SSD0832 Upshift indicator if so equipped for Manual Transmission models The manual transmission up shift indicator is located in the tachometer and shows the driver the timing to shift into a higher gear by illuminating The use of the up shift indicator will help you to upshift at a constant engine speed from any gear The up shift indicator will start flashing when the engine speed reaches about 500 rpm before the set figure while driving and then illuminate after the engine speed reaches the set figure The engine speed for upshifting can be set on the vehicle information display See Setting in the 2 Instruments and controls section There may be a slight difference between the timing of the up shift indicator illumi nation and the tachometer indication Suggested up shift speeds Shown below are suggested vehicle speeds for shifting into a higher gear These suggestions relate to fuel economy and vehicle performance Actual up shift speeds will vary according to road conditions the weather and individual driving habits For normal acceleration in low altitude areas less than 4 000 ft 1 219 m Gea
43. the sound will resume Memorizing is now complete 5 Other buttons can be set in the same manner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be erased In that case reset the desired stations channels Text When the Text key is selected with the multi function controller on the display and then the ENTER button is pushed while the satellite radio is being played the text information will be 4 42 Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems displayed on the screen e CH Name e Category e Name e Title e Other Compact Disc CD player operation Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position and insert the Compact Disc CD into the slot with the label side facing up The CD will be guided automatically into the slot and start playing After loading the CD the number of tracks on the CD and the play time will appear on the display If the radio is already operating it will auto matically turn off and the CD will play If the system has been turned off while the CD was playing pushing the ON OFF button will start the CD Do not use 3 1 in 8 cm discs DISC PLAY When the DISC AUX CD play button is pushed with the system off and the CD loaded the system will turn on and the CD will start to play When the DISC AUX button is pushed with the CD loaded and the radio playing the radio will automatical
44. you can set up the wireless connection between your cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module With Bluetooth wireless tech nology you can make or receive a telephone call with your cellular phone in your pocket Once your cellular phone is paired to the in vehicle phone module no phone connecting 4 58 Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems procedure is required anymore Your phone is automatically connected with the in vehicle phone module when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position with the registered cellular phone turned on and carried in the vehicle You can register up to 5 different Bluetooth cellular phones in the in vehicle phone module However you can talk on only one cellular phone at a time The NISSAN Voice Recognition system sup ports the phone commands so dialing a phone number using your voice is possible For more details see NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM models with navigation system later in this section page 4 82 Before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System refer to the following notes e Set up the wireless connection between a compatible cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System e Some Bluetooth enabled cellular phones may not be recognized by the in vehicle phone module Please visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for a recom mended phone list e You will
45. 0 6ceeeeeeee ee 4 58 Hands free phone system Bluetooth without navigation system 606eeeeee 4 68 Hatch Rear hatch wccccccccesartssossvasetanctenas 3 17 Hazard warning flasher switch 000 2 32 Headlights Bulb replacement 6600 seteceeesiienesseedans 8 25 Headlight SWIGR ici seces iaces oneri 2 29 Xenon headlights cceeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 28 Heated seats ransis nnani nonai a aaa 2 33 Heater Engine block heater sss srirrrssrssss isinna 5 29 Heater and air conditioner operation 4 17 HomeLink Universal Transceiver 0 005 2 44 Hood r leaSe ansni akanan niian 3 16 FOIA E E A EEE 2 33 How to use multi function controller 4 3 How to use touch SCre n cece eee e sence eee 4 3 l Ignition switch Push button ccccceseeeeeeeeeeseeeeeees 5 7 Automatic transmission models 5 11 Manual transmission models 05 5 15 Immobilizer systeM 60 cceeee eee eee eee ees 2 25 In cabin microfilter s innon nsaan 4 22 Indicator Monis einiaid nienia e 2 12 INFO buttoNss sssr iniriscarisi aveia 4 7 INSIDESMIOR agaia ain aaa 3 21 Inspection maintenance I M test 5 9 19 Instrument brightness control 0 005 2 31 Instrument panel ii jsisnisiip nn sedans 2 3 Instrument pocket ti cccc2 cacti siae 2 36 intelligent Key scccitnaiad canes adoavscienandenneesnine wes 3 2 Intelligent Key system
46. 13 Voltmeter P 2 7 14 Clock P 2 7 P 2 22 7 8 9 10 11 SSI0509 1 ENTER NEXT switch P 2 19 7 Vehicle information display P 2 15 2 Fuel gauge P 2 6 8 Engine coolant temperature gauge 3 Warning Indicator lights P 2 8 P 2 6 4 Tachometer P 2 5 9 Transmission position indicator if so equipped P 2 12 9 Speedometer P 2 5 SynchroRev Match mode S MODE indicator 6 Instrument brightness control switch P 2 31 if so equipped P 5 16 0 8 Illustrated table of contents ENGINE COMPARTMENT 72N DN S ry sit 5 6 7 XP Z IVE O 4 mY SS10510 VQ37VHR ENGINE MODEL 1 Fuse fusible link holder P 8 20 2 Battery P 8 14 3 Radiator filler cap P 8 8 4 Engine oil dipstick P 8 9 5 Engine oil filler cap P 8 9 6 Brake fluid reservoir P 8 12 7 Clutch fluid reservoir Manual Transmission mod els P 8 12 8 Power steering fluid reservoir P 8 12 9 Window washer fluid reservoir P 8 13 10 Air cleaner P 8 18 11 Drive belts P 8 16 12 Engine coolant reservoir P 8 8 Illustrated table of contents 0 9 MEMO 0 10 Illustrated table of contents 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supple mental restraint system DEALS ae nas eA A E tance 1 2 Booster seats aeien e ae E Aa 1 20 Front sedisse n N E 1 3 Precautions on booster seats aceccren 1 20 Front seat active head restraint necccceree 1 5 Booster seat installation
47. 2003 If these numbers are missing then look on the other sidewall of the tire Tire ply composition and material The number of layers or plies of rubber coated fabric in the tire Tire manufacturers also must indicate the materials in the tire which include steel nylon polyester and others Maximum permissible inflation pres sure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire Do not exceed the maximum permissible inflation pressure Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire When replacing the tires on the vehicle always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory installed tire Term of tubeless or tube type Indicates whether the tire requires an inner tube tube type or not tubeless The word radial The word radial is shown if the tire has radial structure Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or brand name is shown Other tire related terminology In addition to the many terms that are defined throughout this section Intended Outboard Sidewall is 1 the sidewall that contains a whitewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same molding on the other sidewall of the tire or 2 the outward facing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular
48. 4 Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems section OPENING AND CLOSING WINDOWS WITH THE MECHANICAL KEY The driver s door key operation also allows you to open and close the window that is equipped with the automatic open close function See POWER WINDOWS in the 2 Instruments and controls section To open the window turn the driver s door key cylinder to the rear of the vehicle for longer than 1 second The door is unlocked and the window keeps opening while turning the key This function can also be performed by pushing and holding the door UNLOCK button of the Intelligent Key See REMOTE KEYLESS EN TRY SYSTEM later in this section To close the window turn the driver s door key cylinder to the front of the vehicle for longer than 1 second The door is locked and the window keeps closing while turning the key SPA2566 SPA2300 LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB To lock the door individually move the inside lock knob to the lock position Q then close the door To unlock move the inside lock knob to the unlock position When locking the door without an Intelli gent Key be sure not to leave the Intelli gent Key inside the vehicle LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH Operating the power door lock switch will lock or unlock all the doors The switches are located on the driver s and front passenger s door armrests To lock the d
49. 5 If you decide not to change the language do not press either button After 5 seconds the VR session will end and the language will not be changed Pairing procedure Main menu Setup Pair Phone New Phone Initiate from handset Name phone Assign priority Choose ringtone 1 Push the 4 button on the steering wheel The system announces the available com mands 2 Say Setup The system acknowl edges the command and announces the next set of available commands 3 Say Pair phone The system acknowl edges the command and announces the next set of available commands 4 Say New phone The system ac knowledges the command and asks you to initiate pairing from the phone handset When you are asked to enter a PIN code for pairing your Bluetooth cellular phone operate it to enter the code 1234 The code is always 1234 regardless of the 4 72 Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems number of phones paired The pairing procedure of the cellular phone varies according to each cellular phone See the cellular phone Owner s Manual for details You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for instructions on pairing NISSAN recommended cellular phones The system asks you to say a name for the phone If the name is too long or too short the system tells you then prompts you for
50. ACC or ON position the system will be released Vehicle security system activation The vehicle security system will give the follow ing alarm e The headlights blink and the horn sounds intermittently e The alarm automatically turns off after approximately 1 minute However the alarm reactivates if the vehicle is tampered with again The alarm is activated by e Unlocking the door or opening the rear hatch without using the button on the Intelligent Key the door handle request switch or the mechanical key Even if the door is opened by releasing the door inside lock knob the alarm will activate e Opening the hood How to stop an activated alarm The alarm will stop by unlocking a door by pushing the unlock button on the Intelligent Key the door handle request switch or using the mechanical key The alarm will not stop if the ignition switch is pushed to the ACC or ON position If the system does not operate as de scribed above have it checked by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYS TEM The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of the registered Intelligent Key Never leave these keys in the vehicle Statement related to section 15 of FCC rules for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System CONT ASSY CARD SLOT This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Cana da Operation is subject to the following two conditi
51. ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR LOST REVENUES Copyright Music recognition technology and related data are provided by Gracenote Gracenote is the industry standard in music recognition technol ogy and related content delivery For more information visit www gracenote com CD and music related data from Gracenote Inc copyright 2000 2007 Gracenote Gracenote Software copyright 2000 2007 Gracenote This product and service may practice one or more of the following U S Patents 5 987 525 6 061 680 6 154 773 6 161 132 6 230 192 6 230 207 6 240 459 6 330 593 and other patents issued or pending Some services supplied under license from Open Globe Inc for U S Patent 6 304 523 Gracenote and CDDB are registered trademarks of Gracenote The Gracenote logo and logotype and the Powered by Gracenote logo are trademarks of Gracenote SAA0451 CD CF CompactFlash CARE AND CLEANING CD Handle a CD by its edges Never touch the surface of the disc Do not bend the disc Always place the discs in the storage case when they are not being used To clean a disc wipe the surface from the center to the outer edge using a clean soft cloth Do not wipe the disc using a circular motion Do not use a conventional record cleaner or alcohol intended for industrial use e A new disc may be rough on the inner and outer edges Remove the rough edges by rubb
52. Available in mainland US through a NISSAN dealer 6 For additional information see ENGINE OIL in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section for changing engine oil 7 For hot climates viscosity SAE 90 is suitable for ambient temperatures above 32 F 0 C 8 For additional information see VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION later in this section for air conditioner specification label 9 DEXRON VI type ATF or Canada NISSAN Automatic Transmission Fluid may also be used 9 2 Technical and consumer information FUEL RECOMMENDATION VQ37VHR engine Use unleaded premium gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI Anti Knock Index number Research octane number 96 If premium gasoline is not available unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of 87 AKI number Research octane number 91 may be temporarily used but only under the following precautions e Have the fuel tank filled only partially with unleaded regular gasoline and fill up with unleaded premium gasoline as soon as possible e Avoid full throttle driving and abrupt accel eration However for maximum vehicle perfor mance the use of unleaded premium gasoline is recommended A CAUTION e Using a fuel other than that speci fied could adversely affect the emis sion control system and may also affect warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way cat alys
53. Brake fluid reservoir Clutch fluid reservoir Manual Transmission mod els Power steering fluid reservoir Window washer fluid reservoir Air cleaner Drive belts 12 Engine coolant reservoir Maintenance and do it yourself 8 7 ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM The engine cooling system is filled at the factory lized or distilled water The use of other types of coolant solutions may damage the engine cooling system with a high quality year round anti freeze cool ant solution The antifreeze solution contains rust and corrosion inhibitors therefore additional cooling system additives are not necessary Outside onl ad t t emineralize A WARNING ph ene Antifreeze water or dis tilled water e Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot Wait until the 50 engine and radiator cool down Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator See precautions in IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS in the 6 In case of emergency section of this manual e The radiator is equipped with a pressure type radiator cap To pre vent engine damage use only a genuine NISSAN radiator cap AA CAUTION When adding or replacing coolant be sure to use only a Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant green or equivalent with the proper mixture ratio of 50 antifreeze and 50 deminera 8 8 Maintenance and do it yourself SDI2043 CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL Ch
54. DISC RPT 1 FOLDER RPT 1 TRK Track 7 1 FOLDER RDM MIX 1 DISC RDM MIX amp CD EJECT When the CD EJECT button is pushed with the CD loaded the CD will be ejected When this button is pushed while the CD is being played the CD will come out and the system will turn off If the CD comes out and is not removed it will be pulled back into the slot to protect it Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 43 SAA2282 Auxiliary input jacks The auxiliary input jacks are located in the center console NTSC compatible devices such as video games camcorders and portable video players can be connected to the auxiliary jacks Compatible audio devices such as some MP3 players can also be connected to the system through the auxiliary jacks The auxiliary jacks are color coded for identifica tion purposes e Yellow video input e White left channel audio input e Red right channel audio input Before connecting a device to a jack turn off the power of the portable device With a compatible device connected to the jacks push the DISC AUX button repeatedly until the display switches to the AUX mode The output from the device will be played through the monitor and audio system 4 44 Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 3 AUX gt Settings Display Mode SAA1567 Display
55. Do not operate the washer if the reservoir tank is empty e Do not fill the window washer reservoir tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the window washer reservoir tank Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s recommended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir tank Do not use the window washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water SIC3787 the factory default setting To turn this function on and off see HOW TO USE SETTING BUTTON in the 4 Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems section Low continuous low speed operation High continuous high speed operation Push the lever up to have one sweep operation of the wiper Pull the lever toward you to operate the washer Then the wiper will also operate several times The windshield wiper and washer operates when the ignition switch is in the ON position Push the lever down to operate the wiper at the following speed Q Intermittent intermittent operation can be adjusted by turning the knob toward A Slower or Faster When the speed sensing wiper interval function for models with navigation system is turned on the intermittent operation speed varies in accordance with the vehic
56. Entry command to store a new name in the system When prompted by the system say the name you would like to give the new entry For example say Mary If the name is too long or too short the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Also if the name sounds too much like a name already stored the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Once the system accepts the name and you confirm it is correct the system asks for a location Home Office Mobile or Other For example say Home The system acknowledges the location The system will ask you to say a phone number or to transfer a phone number stored in the cellular phone s memory To enter a phone number by voice command For example say five five five one two one two See How to say numbers earlier in this section for more information To transfer a phone number stored in the cellular phone s memory if so equipped Say Transfer entry The system acknowledges the command and asks you to initiate the transfer from the phone handset The new contact phone number will be transferred from the cellular phone via the Bluetooth communication link The transfer procedure varies according to each cellular phone See the cellular phone Owner s Manual for details You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for instructions on transferring phone numbers from NISSAN re commended cellular phones The
57. Genuine NISSAN Colli sion Parts NISSAN does not warrant non NISSAN parts nor does NISSAN s warranty apply to damage caused by a non genuine part Using Genuine NISSAN Parts can help protect your personal safety preserve your warranty protection and maintain the resale value of your vehicle And if your vehicle was leased using Genuine NISSAN Parts may prevent or limit unnecessary excess wear and tear expenses at the end of your lease NISSAN designs its hoods with crumple zones to minimize the risk that the hood will penetrate the windshield of your vehicle in an accident Non genuine imitation parts may not provide such built in safeguards Also non genuine parts often show premature wear rust and corrosion Why should you take a chance In over 40 states the law says you must be advised if non genuine parts are used to repair your vehicle And some states have enacted laws that restrict insurance companies from authorizing the use of non genuine collision parts during the new vehicle warranty These laws help protect you so you can take action to protect yourself It s your right If you should need further information visit us at www nissan com for U S customers or www nissan ca for Canadian customers Technical and consumer information 9 21 MEMO 9 22 Technical and consumer information 10 Index A ABS Anti lock Braking System Advanced air bag system cceeee eee eee Air bag
58. Illustrated table of contents Rear hatch Intelligent Key system P 3 6 Remote keyless entry system P 3 13 Rear hatch release switch P 3 17 Rear fog light if so equipped P 2 32 Rear combination light bulb replacement P 8 24 7 Fuel filler door Operation P 3 18 Fuel recommendation P 9 3 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT 8 Console box Power outlet P 2 35 Auxiliary input jacks P 4 44 NISSAN iPod Interface System if so equipped P 4 46 9 Front cup holders P 2 36 g ae SSI0520 1 Cargo cover if so equipped P 2 38 5 Map light P 2 42 2 Secondary rear hatch release P 3 17 6 Inside rearview mirror 3 Power windows P 2 39 Operation P 3 21 Outside mirror remote control switch P 3 22 HomeLink if so equipped P 2 44 4 Sun visors P 3 20 7 Rear parcel box P 2 38 Illustrated table of contents 0 5 COCKPIT 6 T 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 SSI0507 1 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF switch 5 Windshield wiper and washer switch P 2 26 P 5 27 6 Hood release handle P 3 16 2 Headlight fog light and turn signal switch P 2 28 7 Intelligent Key port P 5 9 3 Meters and Gauges combimeter P 2 4 8 Paddle shifter if so equipped P 5 13 4 Triple meter P 2 7 0 6 Illustrated table of contents Steering wheel mounted controls left side ENTER or tuning switch P 4 56 BACK switch P 4 56 Phone switch if so equ
59. Improving Recognition of Phone numbers You can improve the recognition of phone numbers by saying the phone number in three groups of numbers For example when you try to call 800 662 6200 say eight zero zero first and the system will then ask you for the next three digits Then say six six two After recognition the system will then ask for the last four digits Say six two zero zero Using this method of phone digit entry can improve recognition performance When speaking a house number speak the number O as zero If the letter o Oh is included in the house number it will not be recognized as the number O zero even if you speak oh instead of zero You can only say Zero for 0 zero Command List Category Command Command Action Phone Operates Phone function Navigation Operates Navigation function Information Displays vehicle Information function Help e Phone Command Command Displays User Guide Action Dial Number Makes a call to a spoken phone number up to 10 digits Redial Makes a call to the latest dialed number Phonebook Makes a call to a contact that is stored in the Phonebook International Call Makes an international call by allowing more than 10 digits to be spoken Change Number Corrects the phone number when it is not recognized Available during phone number entry e Navigatio
60. Intelligent Key with you 1 Close all the doors and the rear hatch 2 3 Push the LOCK button on the Intelligent Key 4 All the doors the rear hatch and fuel filler door will lock 5 The hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once 1 Doors and the rear hatch will lock with the Intelligent Key while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position 2 Doors and the rear hatch will not lock with the Intelligent Key while any door or the rear hatch is open Unlocking doors rear hatch and fuel filler door 1 Push the UNLOCK 4Q button on the Intelligent Key once 2 The hazard indicator flashes once The driver s door and fuel filler door will unlock 3 Push the UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key again within 60 seconds 3 14 Pre driving checks and adjustments 4 The hazard indicator flashes once again All the doors and the rear hatch will unlock All doors and the rear hatch will be locked automatically unless one of the following opera tions is performed within 1 minute after pushing the UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key while the doors are locked If during this 1 minute time period the UNLOCK p button on the Intelligent Key is pushed all doors and the rear hatch will be locked automatically after another 1 minute e Opening any door e Pushing the ignition switch e Inserting the Intelligent Key into the Intelli gent Key port Opening windows The UNLOCK button operation a
61. Pair phone Use the Pair Phone command to pair a compatible phone to the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System When you are asked to enter a PIN code for pairing your Bluetooth cellular phone operate it to enter the code 1234 The code is always 1234 regardless of the number of phones paired Up to 5 phones can be paired If you try to pair a sixth phone the system announces that you must first delete one phone or replace an existing phone If you try to pair a phone that has already been paired to your vehicle s system the system announces the name the phone is already using The pairing procedure will then be cancelled When prompted by the system choose from the following commands e New phone Refer to PAIRING PRO CEDURE earlier in this section e Replace phone The system announces the names of the phones already paired and asks which you would like to replace Once you say the name of the phone you wish to replace the paring procedure will begin Refer to Pairing procedure earlier in this section e List phones See the description below List phones Use the List Phones command to hear the names of the phones currently paired If no phones are paired the system announces No paired phones to list The system then ends the VR session Select phone Use the Select Phone command to select a phone of lesser priority when
62. Song Program Compact Disc CD changer operation Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position push the LOAD button and insert the CD into the slot with the label side facing up The CD will be guided automatically into the slot Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 37 and start playing After loading the CD the number of tracks on the CD and the play time will appear on the display If the radio is already operating it will auto matically turn off and the CD will play If the system has been turned off while the CD was playing pushing the ON OFF button will start the CD LOAD CD LOAD To insert a CD in the CD changer push the LOAD button for less than 1 5 seconds Select the loading position by pushing the CD insert select button 1 to then insert the CD To insert 6 CDs to the CD changer in succession push the LOAD button for more than 1 5 seconds The inserted slot numbers will illuminate on the display DISC PLAY When the DISC CD play button is pushed with the system off and the CD loaded the system will turn on and the CD will start to play When the DISC button is pushed with the CD loaded and the radio playing the radio will automatically be turned off and the CD will start to play When the DISC button is pushed while a CD is loaded and a medium is played using the auxiliary input jacks you can toggle back and forth b
63. The copying procedure also varies according to each cellular phone See cellular phone Owner s Manual for more details Copy from Outgoing Call Logs Store the name and phone number from the outgoing call list Copy from Incoming Call Logs Store the name and phone number from the incoming call list Delete Delete a contact that is registered in the phonebook Call Phonebook Pair phone Call Call Logs Call Downloaded SAA1895 MAKING A CALL To make a call follow the procedures below 1 Push the PHONE button on the instrument button on the steering wheel The PHONE screen will appear on panel or the the display 2 Select the Call Phonebook key on the PHONE menu and push the ENTER button call in progress screen Select the registered person s name from the list and push the ENTER button Dialing will start and the screen will change to the After the call is over perform one of the following to finish the call Select the Hang up key and push the ENTER button Push the button on the steering wheel Push the PHONE button on the instrument panel There are different methods to make a call Select one of the following options instead of Call Phonebook in step 2 above Redial Dials the previously called number by the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Call Call Logs Select the name or phone number from the
64. Troubleshooting guide seeriicsissresenrrenrneriieiis 4 104 Troubleshooting g ide sisieun rsss serioen 4 81 CENTER MULTI FUNCTION SAFETY NOTE CONTROL PANEL models with navigation system AA WARNING e Do not disassemble or modify this system If you do it may result in accidents fire or electric shock e Do not use this system if you notice any abnormality such as a frozen screen or lack of sound Continued use of the system may result in accident fire or electric shock e In case you notice any foreign object in the system hardware spill liquid on it or notice smoke or smell coming from it stop using the system immediately and contact SAA2273 1 STATUS status display button P 4 7 2 3 7 8 9 your nearest NISSEN Cates Mele For navigation system control buttons Refer to the ngi such conditions may lead to separate Navigation System Owner s Manual accidents fire or electric shock 4 Multi function controller P 4 3 e Park the vehicle in a safe location 5 PHONE Bluetooth Hands Free Phone Sys and apply the parking brake to view tem button P 4 58 the images on the front center dis 6 30 OFF brightness control and display ON play screen using devices connected OFF button P 4 7 to the auxiliary input jacks 10 INFO vehicle and navigation information button P 4 7 Do not attempt to operate the system in 11 SETTING button P 4 11 extreme temperature cond
65. UNLOCK settings push and hold the power door lock switch to the UNLOCK p position for more than 5 seconds e To change AUTO LOCK settings push and hold the power door lock switch to the LOCK position for more than 5 seconds 4 When activated the hazard indicator will flash twice When deactivated the hazard indicator will flash once 5 The ignition must be placed in the OFF and ON position again between each setting change 3 6 Pre driving checks and adjustments INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM AA WARNING e Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment Those who use a pacemaker should con tact the electric medical equipment manufacturer for the possible influ ences before use e The Intelligent Key transmits radio waves when the buttons are pushed The FAA advises that the radio waves may affect aircraft na vigation and communication sys tems Do not operate the Intelligent Key while on an airplane Make sure the buttons are not Operated unintentionally when the unit is stored during a flight The Intelligent Key system can operate all the door and rear hatch locks using the remote controller function or pushing the request switch on the vehicle without taking the key out from a pocket or purse The operating environment and or conditions may affect the Intelligent Key system operation Be sure to read the following before using the Intelligent Key system AA CAUTION e Be sure to carry the In
66. When the RPT RDM button is pushed while a track is being played the play pattern can be changed as follows B Playlist RPT 1 Playlist RPT 1 TRK Track RPT 7 1 Playlist MIX RDM All Playlist MIX RDM 4 50 Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 2 Music Box gt Menu E Play by Artist 3 Play by Album pre HE Play by Date E Play by Mood 4j Play by Category L SAA1684 There are some options available during play back Select one of the following that are displayed on the screen if necessary Menu Refer to the following information for each item e Play by Artist Plays songs by an artist whose music is currently being played The artists are sorted in alphabetical order P Music Box gt Menu Ey me EE l Search Albums E Search Song Details l Search Keywords E Edit Albums A o wy AE e SAA1685 Play by Album Plays tracks in each album The albums are sorted in alphabetical order Play by Date Plays tracks in each album The albums are sorted in order of the date when they were stored in the system e Play by Mood Plays music from one of the following moods Relaxing Music Lively Music Slow Music and Upbeat Music Play by Category Plays music from one of the following categories My Favorites Hit Songs Kids Songs and Rarely Played Search Artists Displays a l
67. When the playback of the list is complete the system returns to the main menu You can stop the playback of the list at any time by pressing the s button on the steering wheel The system ends the VR session Memo pad Main menu Memo Pad Play Record Delete The Memo Pad records a maximum of 6 voice memos each up to 20 seconds long Play The system plays back all the memos in the order of newest to oldest The system ends the VR session If there are no memos recorded the system announces No messages to play The system ends the VR session Record The system announces Recording and a tone sounds signaling you to begin Speak the information you wish to record clearly When you are done press the 4 or s a button on the steering wheel A tone sounds and the system announces Memo recorded Another tone sounds to end the VR session If the memo pad is full the system asks if you wish to record over the oldest memo Delete The Delete command erases all memos The system asks you to confirm this action before deleting all memos Setup Main menu Setup Pair Phone A List Phones Select Phone Change Priority Delete Phone Select Ringtone Bluetooth Off Use the Setup command to change options associated with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System
68. a name again Also if more than one phone is paired and the name sounds too much like a name already used the system tells you then prompts you for a name again The system asks you to assign a priority level The priority level determines which phone is active when more than one paired Bluetooth phone is in the vehicle Follow the instructions provided by the system or refer to Setup later in this section for more information on changing priorities The system will ask if you would like to select a custom ring tone Follow the instructions provided by the system or refer to Setup later in this section for more information on selecting ringtones Making a call by entering a phone number Main menu Call or Call International Number speak digits Dia 1 Push the 4 button on steering wheel A tone will sound 2 Say Call The system acknowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands Say Call International to dial more than 10 digits or any special characters 3 Say the number you wish to call For example 555 1212 can be said as five five five one two one two See How to say numbers earlier in this section for more information 4 When you have finished speaking the phone number the system repeats it back and announces the available commands 5 Say Dial The system acknowledges the comm
69. accident The child could be crushed between the adult and parts of the vehicle Also do not put the same seat belt around both your child and yourself A booster seat must only be in stalled in a seating position that has a lap shoulder belt Failure to use a three point type seat belt with a booster seat can result in a serious injury in sudden stop or collision Improper use or improper installa tion of a booster seat can increase the risk or severity of injury for both the child and other occupants of the vehicle and can lead to serious injury or death in an accident Do not use towels books pillows or other items in place of a booster seat Items such as these may move during normal driving or a collision and result in serious injury or death Booster seats are designed to be used with a lap shoulder belt Boos ter seats are designed to properly route the lap and shoulder portions of the seat belt over the strongest portions of a child s body to provide the maximum protection during a collision Follow all of the booster seat man 1 20 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system ufacturer s instructions for installa tion and use When purchasing a booster seat be sure to select one which will fit your child and vehicle It may not be possible to properly install some types of booster seats in your vehicle If the booster seat and seat belt is not used properly the risk of a child be
70. apply the parking brake Run the engine until it reaches operating temperature Turn off the engine Wait more than 15 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean Reinsert it all the way Remove the dipstick again and check the oil level It should be within the range 4 If the oil level is below 2 remove the oil filler cap and pour recommended oil through the opening Do not overfill 6 Recheck oil level with the dipstick It is normal to add some oil between oil maintenance intervals or during the break in period depending on the severity of operating conditions A CAUTION Oil level should be checked regularly Operating the engine with an insuffi cient amount of oil can damage the engine and such damage is not cov ered by warranty CHANGING ENGINE OIL AND FILTER Vehicle set up 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake 2 Run the engine until it reaches operating temperature 3 Turn the engine off and wait more than 15 minutes 4 Raise and support the vehicle using a suitable floor jack and safety jack stands e Place the safety jack stands under the Maintenance and do it yourself 8 9 vehicle jack up points e A suitable adapter should be attached to the jack stand saddle Remove the plastic engine undercover Remove the small plastic clip at the center point of the undercover Then remove the othe
71. are other types of child restraints available for larger children for additional pro tection Infants Infants up to at least one year old should be placed in a rear facing child restraint The passenger seat is not suitable for use with a rear facing child restraint for infants Therefore infants should not be transported in this vehicle Small children Children that are over one year old and weigh at least 20 Ib 9 kg can be placed in a forward facing child restraint Refer to the manufacturer s instructions for minimum and maximum weight and height recommendations NISSAN recom mends that small children be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 9 Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manufacturer s instructions for instal lation and use Larger children Children who are too large for child restraints should be seated and restrained by the seat belts which are provided The seat belt may not fit properly if the child is less than 4 ft 9 in 142 5 cm tall and weighs between 40 Ib 18 kg and 80 Ib 36 kg A booster seat should be used to obtain proper seat belt fit NISSAN recommends that a child be placed in a commercially available booster seat if the shoulder belt in the child s seating position fits close to the face o
72. areas whenever possible Many devices offering additional protection such as component locks identification markers and tracking systems are available at auto supply stores and specialty shops Your NISSAN dealer may also offer such equipment Check with your insurance company to see if you may be eligible for discounts for various theft protection features SIC2045 How to arm the vehicle security system 1 Close all windows The system can be armed even if the windows are open Push the ignition switch to the OFF position Remove the Intelligent Key from the vehicle Close all doors hood and rear hatch Lock all doors The doors can be locked with the Intelligent Key door handle request switch power door lock switch or mechanical key 5 Confirm that the security indicator light comes on The security indicator light stays on for about 30 seconds The vehicle security system is now pre armed After about 30 seconds the vehicle security system automatically shifts into the armed phase The security light begins to flash once every approximately 3 seconds If during this 30 second pre arm time period the door is unlocked or the ignition switch is pushed to ACC or ON the system will not arm Even when the driver and or passengers are in the vehicle the system will activate with all doors hood and rear hatch locked with the ignition switch in the LOCK position When pushing the ignition switch to the
73. as this may cause serious and expen sive damage to the transmission If it is necessary to tow the vehicle with the front wheels raised always use towing dollies under the rear wheels When towing rear wheel drive mod els with the front wheels on the ground or on towing dollies Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position and secure the steering wheel in a straight ahead position with a rope or similar device Never secure the steering wheel by select ing the LOCK position This may damage the steering lock mechan In case of emergency 6 11 6 12 ism If you have to tow manual transmis sion models with the rear wheels on the ground if you do not use towing dollies or four wheels on the ground Push the ignition switch to the ON position and turn off all accessories Always release the parking brake Move the transmission shift le ver to the N Neutral position Observe the following restricted towing speeds and distances for manual transmission models only e Rear wheels on the ground Speed Below 50 MPH 80 km h Distance Less than 50 miles 80 km e Four wheels on the ground Speed Below 70 MPH 112 km h Distance Less than 500 miles 800 km If the speed or distance must necessarily be greater remove In case of emergency the propeller shaft before tow ing to prevent damage to the transmission SCE0793 VEHICLE RECOVERY freein
74. button while depressin the g brake pedal zZ Push the button After starting the engine fully depress the brake pedal and shift the selector lever from P Park to R Reverse N Neutral D Drive or Manual shift mode position Just move the selector lever Push the button to shift into P Park or R Reverse All other positions can be selected without pushing the button AA WARNING Apply the parking brake if the selector lever is in any position while the engine is not running Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in serious personal injury or property damage AA CAUTION Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped and the transmission is in the P Park position P Park position Use this selector position when the vehicle is parked or when starting the engine Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped The brake pedal must be depressed and the selector lever button pushed in to move the selec tor lever from the N Neutral position or any drive position to the P Park position Apply the parking brake When parking on a hill apply the parking brake first then move the selector lever to the P Park position AA CAUTION Use this position only when the vehicle is completely stopped R Reverse Use this position to back up Always be sure the vehicle is completely stopped before selecting the R Reverse position The brake pedal must be de
75. change the tire or see CHANGING A FLAT TIRE in the 6 In case of emergency section of this Owner s Manual DRINKING ALCOHOL DRUGS AND DRIVING A WARNING Never drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs Alcohol in the blood stream reduces coordination delays reaction time and impairs judgement Driving after drinking alcohol increases the likelihood of being involved in an accident injuring yourself and others Additionally if you are injured in an accident alcohol can increase the se verity of the injury NISSAN is committed to safe driving However you must choose not to drive under the influence of alcohol Every year thousands of people are injured or killed in alcohol related accidents Although the local laws vary on what is considered to be legally intoxicated the fact is that alcohol affects all people differently and most people underestimate the effects of alcohol Remember drinking and driving don t mix And that is true for drugs too over the counter prescription and illegal drugs Don t drive if your ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by alcohol drugs or some other physical condition PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH A WARNING Do not operate the push button ignition switch while driving the vehicle except in an emergency The engine will stop when the ignition switch is pushed 3 consecutive times or the ignition switch is pushed and held for more than 2 seconds If the e
76. checked by a NISSAN dealer No changes should be made to the seat belt system For example do not modify the seat belt add mate rial or install devices that may change the seat belt routing or tension Doing so may affect the operation of the seat belt system Modifying or tampering with the seat belt system may result in serious personal injury Once a seat belt pretensioner has activated it cannot be reused and must be replaced together with the 1 8 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system retractor See a NISSAN dealer Removal and installation of the pretensioner system components should be done by a NISSAN dealer All seat belt assemblies including retractors and attaching hardware should be inspected after any colli sion by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN recommends that all seat belt as semblies in use during a collision be replaced unless the collision was minor and the belts show no da mage and continue to operate prop erly Seat belt assemblies not in use during a collision should also be inspected and replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted All child restraints and attaching hardware should be inspected after any collision Always follow the restraint manufacturer s inspection instructions and replacement re commendations The child restraints should be replaced if they are damaged SSS0016 SSS0014 CHILD SAFETY Children need adult
77. curb and move the vehicle back until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb e HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL NO CURB Starting and driving 5 23 Turn the wheels toward the side of the road so the vehicle will move away from the center of the road if it moves 4 Push the ignition switch to the OFF position 5 24 Starting and driving POWER STEERING A WARNING If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the steering will not work Steering will be harder to operate The power assisted steering uses a hydraulic pump driven by the engine to assist steering If the engine stops or the drive belt breaks you will still have control of the vehicle However much greater steering effort is needed espe cially in sharp turns and at low speeds BRAKE SYSTEM BRAKING PRECAUTIONS The brake system has two separate hydraulic circuits If one circuit malfunctions you will still have braking at two wheels Vacuum assisted brakes The brake booster aids braking by using engine vacuum If the engine stops you can stop the vehicle by depressing the brake pedal However greater foot pressure on the brake pedal will be required to stop the vehicle and the stopping distance will be longer When the brake pedal is depressed slowly and firmly you may hear a clicking noise and feel a slight pulsation This is normal and indicates that the Brake Assist System is operating Wet brakes
78. door lock fuel filler cap as a replacement It cylinder and turn it to the rear of the vehicle has a built in safety valve needed for proper operation of the fuel system and emission control sys tem An incorrect cap can result in a To lock close the fuel filler door securely and serious malfunction and possible e Push the power door lock switch to the UNLOCK position 3 18 Pre driving checks and adjustments injury It could also cause the mal function indicator light to come on Never pour fuel into the throttle body to attempt to start your vehi cle Do not fill a portable fuel container in the vehicle or trailer Static elec tricity can cause an explosion of flammable liquid vapor or gas in any vehicle or trailer To reduce the risk of serious injury or death when filling portable fuel containers Always place the container on the ground when filling Do not use electronic devices when filling Keep the pump nozzle in contact with the container while you are filling it Use only approved portable fuel containers for flammable liquid A CAUTION If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body flush it away with water to avoid paint damage Insert the cap straight into the fuel filler tube then tighten until the fuel filler cap clicks Failure to tight en the fuel filler cap properly may cause the gk malfunction indicator light MIL to illuminate If the ane light illuminates because the fue
79. ee 4 18 Air conditioner Type B 0 00esee ee 4 20 Automatic adjusting function front windows 0cccceeeeeeseeeeeeeneuas Automatic transmission fluid ATF Door OCKS i s 5 05552 cedenenteaemagsioe snes Driving with automatic transmission Avoiding collision and rollover 00cceeeee B Batten nenne aonne n EEEE tenement 8 14 Battery saver system ceceee eee ee ee ee 2 30 Intelligent Keys i cecccceotiaiaienwmntenendtaary 8 22 Before starting the engine cceeeeeee es 5 10 Belts See drive belts c ccccseeeeeeeeees 8 16 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with navigation system 0eeeeeeeeeee eee 4 58 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System without navigation system 0 eeeee 4 68 Booster S ats ci cctiuecwersssangecatiastadeneecs 1 20 Brake Anti lock Braking System ABS 4 5 25 Brake and clutch fl steret Brake fluid Brake system Parking brake operation Warning light Breakin schedule seissen aie iweni inie Brightness control and display ON OFF DUHON ec caccscinsccnadenangoetnasamarasacastamatenes ne 4 7 Brightness control Instrument panel 2 31 Bulb check instrument panel 00000ee 2 8 Bulb replacement ccccceeeee essen eeeeen ees 8 24 c Cabin air PHOT yir cegesr ss Sirsa samewaenent aon 4 22 Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 9 2 Car phone or
80. eight zero zero The system repeats the numbers and prompts you to enter more six six two The system repeats the numbers and prompts you to enter more six two zero zero e You can say Star for and Pound for at any time in any position of the phone number Available only when using the Call International command Example 1 555 1212 123 One five five five one two one two star one two three e Say plus for available only when using the Call International command e Say pause for a 2 second pause available only when storing a phone book number See LIST OF VOICE COMMANDS later in this section and Call later in this section for more information NOTE For best results say phone numbers as single digits The voice command Help is available at any time Please say the Help command to get information about how to use the system SAA2286 CONTROL BUTTONS The control buttons for the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System are located on the steering wheel amp TALK PHONE SEND Push the button to initiate a VR session or answer an incoming call You can also use the 4 button to skip through system feedback and to enter commands during a call See LIST OF VOICE COMMANDS later in this section and DURING A CALL earlier in this section for more information ea MODE
81. for cleaning The acid may react with some plastic vehicle compo nents causing them to crack This could affect their appearance and also could cause them not to func tion properly Always check with your car wash to confirm that acid is not used e Do not wash the vehicle with strong household soap strong chemical detergents gasoline or solvents e Do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight or while the vehicle body is hot as the surface may become water spotted e Avoid using tight napped or rough cloths such as washing mitts Care must be taken when removing caked on dirt or other foreign sub stances so the paint surface is not scratched or damaged Rinse the vehicle again with plenty of clean water Inside flanges seams and folds on the doors hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable to the effects of road salt Therefore these areas must be regularly cleaned Make sure that the drain holes in the lower edge of the door are open Spray water under the body and in the wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash away road salt Avoid leaving water spots on the paint surface by using a damp chamois to dry the vehicle WAXING Regular waxing protects the paint surface and helps retain new vehicle appearance Polishing is recommended to remove built up wax residue and to avoid a weathered appearance before reapplying wax A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choosing the proper product e Wax your vehicle onl
82. for more than 1 second The S MODE indicator will turn off While the S MODE is off you can drive the vehicle as a conventional manual transmission model Note that the status of the S MODE on or off is memorized even after the ignition switch is turned off however it will be initialized off when the battery is disconnected The transmission position indicator shows the selected gear N Neutral 1 2 3 4 5 6 R Reverse SynchroRev Match mode S MODE op eration The SynchroRev Match mode S MODE auto matically adjusts the engine speed by controlling the engine throttle The accelerator pedal does not have to be depressed The system detects the clutch pedal and shift lever operations and then calculates the target engine speed using the shifting gear position and the vehicle speed information The system provides accurate engine speed control that helps achieve quick gear shifting and reduces shift shock on clutch engagement e When downshifting The engine speed is automatically increased to the target engine speed before the clutch is engaged Starting and driving 5 17 e When upshifting The engine speed is automatically kept after the engine speed lowers to the target engine speed Rapid clutch engagement before the engine speed lowers to the target engine speed may cause shift shock e When depressing the clutch pedal with the gear engaged The engine speed is automatically kept at
83. harmful and it does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly After pretensioner activation load limiters allow the seat belt to release webbing if necessary to reduce forces against the chest If any abnormality occurs in the pretensioner system the supplemental air bag warning light Ar will not come on will flash intermittently or will turn on for 7 seconds and remain on after the ignition switch has been pushed to the ON position In this case the pretensioner system may not function properly They must be checked and repaired Take your vehicle to the nearest NISSAN dealer When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the seat belt preten sioners and guide the buyer to the appropriate 1 35 sections in this Owner s Manual SSS0930 0e SPA1097 SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LABELS Warning labels about the supplemental front impact air bag front seat mounted side impact air bag and roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bag are placed in the vehicle as shown in the illustration SRS air bag The warning labels are located on the surface of the sun visors SRS side impact air bag The warning label is located on the side of the passenger s side center pillar 1 36 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint
84. hatch request switch again within 60 seconds 4 The hazard indicator flashes once and out side chime sounds once again All the doors and the rear hatch will unlock All doors the rear hatch and the fuel filler door will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within 1 minute after pushing the request switch while the doors are locked e Opening any door e Pushing the ignition switch e Inserting the Intelligent Key into the Intelli gent Key port During this 1 minute time period if the UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key is pushed all doors will be locked automatically after another 1 minute Opening rear hatch To open only the rear hatch perform the following procedure 1 Carry the Intelligent Key 2 Push the rear hatch opener switch 3 The rear hatch will unlock BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM When all the following conditions are met for 60 minutes the battery saver system will cut off the power supply to prevent battery discharge e The ignition switch is in the ACC position and e All doors are closed and e The selector lever is in the P Park position Automatic Transmission models WARNING SIGNALS To help prevent the vehicle from moving unexpectedly by erroneous operation of the Intelligent Key listed on the following chart or to help prevent the vehicle from being stolen chime or beep sounds inside and outside the vehicle and a warning displays in the
85. in the seat The side air bag and curtain air bag inflate with great force Do not allow anyone to place their hand leg or face near the side air bag on the side of the seatback of the front seat or near the side roof rails Do not allow anyone sitting in the front seats to extend their hand out of the window or lean against the door Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the previous illustrations Do not use seat covers on the front seatbacks They may interfere with supplemental side air bag inflation SSS0680 Crash zone sensor Supplemental front air bag modules NISSAN Advanced Air Bags Roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bags Roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bag inflators O MNXND Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bags Occupant classification sensor pattern sensor Occupant classification system control unit Air bag Control Unit ACU Satellite sensors 0 Seat belt with pretensioner Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system NISSAN ADVANCED AIR BAG SYS TEM front seats This vehicle is equipped with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System for the driver and front passenger seats This system is designed to meet certification requirements under U S regulations It is also permitted in Canada However all of the information cautions and warnings in this manual still apply and must be followed The driver sup
86. incoming or outgoing call logs Call Downloaded Select the name or phone number from the downloaded call list Dial Keypad Input the phone number manually using the keypad displayed on the screen See HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN earlier in this section Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 63 Phone 2 ee E E On Hold Reject Call On Hold E E a SAA1578 RECEIVING A CALL When you hear a phone ring the display will change to the incoming call mode To receive a call perform one of the following procedures listed below a Select the Answer key on the display and push the ENTER button b Push the PHONE button on the instrument panel c Push the button on the steering wheel There are some options available when receiving a call Select one of the following displayed on the screen a b c Answer Accept an incoming call to talk On Hold Put an incoming call on hold Reject Call Reject an incoming call To finish the call perform one of the following procedures listed below Select the Hang up key on the display and push the ENTER button Push the PHONE button on the instrument panel Push the button on the steering wheel 4 64 Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Phone Ao A d E Use Handset HE Mute F 0 17 Call in Progress Ef Keypad ENSROF
87. is highly recom mended Exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation e If a conversation in a moving vehicle requires you to take notes pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle before doing so Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 57 AA CAUTION Keep the antenna as far away as possible from the electronic control modules Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in 20 cm away from the electronic control system harness Do not route the antenna wire next to any harness Adjust the antenna standing wave ratio as recommended by the man ufacturer Connect the ground wire from the CB radio chassis to the body For details consult a NISSAN deal er BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM AA WARNING e Use a phone after stopping your vehicle in a safe location If you have to use a phone while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation e If you find yourself unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle before doing so A CAUTION To avoid draining the vehicle battery use a phone after starting the engine Your NISSAN is equipped with Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System If you are an owner of a compatible Bluetooth enabled cellular phone
88. lever up 4 To release 1 Firmly apply the foot brake 2 Place the shift lever in the N Neutral position Manual Transmission models 3 While pulling up on the parking brake lever slightly push the button and lower the lever completely 4 Before driving be sure the brake warning light goes out 5 20 Starting and driving CRUISE CONTROL PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CON TROL If the cruise control system malfunctions it will cancel automatically The CRUISE in dicator light on the meter panel will then blink to warn the driver If the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high the cruise control system will cancel automatically If the CRUISE indicator light blinks turn the cruise control main switch off and have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer The CRUISE indicator light may blink when the cruise control main switch is turned ON while pushing the RESUME ACCELERATE SET COAST or CANCEL switch To prop erly set the cruise control system perform the following procedures AA WARNING Do not use the cruise control when driving under the following conditions e when it is not possible to keep the vehicle at a set speed e in heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in speed e on winding or hilly roads e on slippery roads rain snow ice etc e in very windy areas Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident 3 4 CANCEL
89. list again Once you chose to delete a phone or all phones the system asks you to confirm this action NOTE When you delete a phone the associated phone book for that phone will also be deleted Select ringtone F Use the Select Ringtone command to select the tone heard in the vehicle when an incoming call is received The system announces the name of the active phone and asks you to choose from the 4 78 Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems following commands e Ringtone The system plays a ringtone and asks if you would like to select that tone If you say no the system plays the next ringtone available and continues to cycle through the ringtones until you select one or quit e Silent The system asks you to confirm your wish to disable the ringtone Bluetooth off Use the Bluetooth Off command to turn off the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System When Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System is off you will not be able to make or receive calls using NISSAN Voice Recognition Also you will not have access to the Phone Book You can still use the Memo Pad and access Setup To turn on the system again choose the Bluetooth On command from the Setup com mand SPEAKER ADAPTATION SA MODE Speaker Adaptation allows up to two out of dialect users to train the system to improve recognition accuracy By repeating a number of commands t
90. or Correction anytime the system is waiting for a response e You can cancel a command when the system is waiting for a response by saying Cancel or Quit The system announces Cancel and ends the VR session You can also push the a button on the steering wheel at any time Whenever the VR session is cancelled a double beep is played to indicate you have exited the system e If you want to adjust the volume of the voice feedback push the volume control switch or on the steering wheel while being provided with feedback You can also use the radio volume control knob How to say numbers NISSAN Voice Recognition requires a certain way to speak numbers in voice commands Refer to the rules and examples below e Either zero or oh can be used for 0 Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight oh oh six six two six two oh 4 70 Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems oh or One eight zero zero six six two six two oh oh e Words can be used for the first 4 digits places only Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight hundred six six two six two oh oh NOT One eight hundred six six two sixty two hundred and NOT One eight oh oh six six two sixty two hundred e Numbers can be spoken in small groups The system will prompt you to continuing entering digits if desired Example 1 800 662 6200 One
91. phone varies according to each cellular phone manufacturer See the cellular phone Own er s Manual for more details 6 After the memory is registered in the phone book the system will ask if you want to add a voicetag for it If you want to add a voicetag select the YES key on the Add a voicetag screen For example if the partner s name is David speak David after a tone The David voicetag is stored in the phonebook Voicetags allow easy dialing using the NISSAN Voice Recognition sys tem See NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM models with navigation system later in this section page 4 82 When the phonebook registration is com pleted the screen will return to the name list of the phonebook 4 62 Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems e To confirm the stored voicetags select the Voicetag Directory key using the multi function controller and push the ENTER button e There are different methods to input a phone number Select one of the follow ing options instead of Transfer via Bluetooth in step 4 above Enter Data by Keypad Input the name and phone number manually using the keypad displayed on the screen See HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN earlier in this section Copy from Downloaded Phonebook Copy a phonebook from the Bluetooth cellular phone The availability of this func tion depends on each cellular phone
92. position Automatic Transmission models or depress the clutch pedal Man ual Transmission models the cruise control will be canceled To reset at a faster cruising speed use one of the following methods Depress the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push and release the SET COAST switch Push and hold the RESUME ACCELERATE switch When the vehicle attains the desired speed release the switch Push then quickly release the RESUME ACCELERATE switch Each time you do this the set speed will increase by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To reset at a slower cruising speed use one of the following methods Lightly tap the brake pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push the SET COAST switch and release it Push and hold the SET COAST switch Release the switch when the vehicle slows down to the desired speed Push then quickly release the SET COAST switch Each time you do this the set speed will decrease by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h Starting and driving 5 21 BREAK IN SCHEDULE To resume the preset speed push and release the RESUME ACCELERATE switch The vehicle will resume the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH 40 km h 5 22 Starting and driving AA CAUTION During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km follow these recommendations to ob tain maximum engine performance and ensure the future reliability and econo my of your new vehicle Failur
93. practical away from the side air bag and seated as far away as practical from the door finishers and side roof rails The side air bags and curtain air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the out of position occupants Because of this the force of the side air bags and curtain air bags inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against these air bag modules during inflation The side air bags and curtain air bags will deflate quickly after the collision is over The side air bags and curtain air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON position After pushing the ignition switch to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the systems are operational AA WARNING e Do not place any objects near the seatback of the front seats Also do not place any objects an umbrella bag etc between the front door finisher and the front seat Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if a side air bag inflates 1 34 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Right after inflation several side air bags and curtain air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may severely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of side air bag and curtain air bag systems This is to prevent acciden
94. provided by the driver and passenger seat belts and are not a substitute for them Seat belts should always be correctly worn and the occupant seated a suitable distance away from the steering wheel instrument panel and door finishers See SEAT BELTS earlier in this section for instructions and precautions on seat belt usage The supplemental air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON position After pushing the ignition switch to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the systems are operational 1 24 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AA WARNING e The front air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a side impact rear impact rollover or lower se verity frontal collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents e The front passenger air bag will not inflate if the passenger air bag status light is lit or if the front passenger seat is unoccupied See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section e The seat belts and the front air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat with both feet on the floor The front air bags inflate with great force Even with the NISSAN Ad vanced Air Bag System if you are unrestrai
95. remind you to fasten seat belts The light illuminates whenever the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position and will remain illuminated until the driver s seat belt is fastened At the same time the chime will sound for about 6 seconds unless the driver s seat belt is securely fastened The seat belt warning light for the front passenger will illuminate if the seat belt is not fastened when the front passenger s seat is occupied For 5 seconds after the ignition switch is in the ON position the system does Instruments and controls 2 11 not activate the warning light for the front passenger See SEAT BELTS in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section for precautions on seat belt usage Ar Supplemental air bag warning light After pushing the ignition switch to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light will illuminate The air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the front air bag side air bag and curtain air bag systems and or pretensioner system are operational If any of the following conditions occur the front air bag side air bag and curtain air bag systems and or pretensioner system need servicing and your vehicle must be taken to your nearest NISSAN dealer e The supplemental air bag warning light remains on after approximately 7 seconds e The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently e The suppl
96. s door is opened during this period of about 45 seconds power to the windows is canceled Instruments and controls 2 39 1 3 o ee 8S a a7 TA aa Las nee SIC3286 SIC3241 SIC3288 Main power window switch driver s side 1 Driver side window 2 Front passenger side window 3 Window lock button To open or close the window push down A or pull up the switch and hold it The main switch driver side switches will open or close all the windows Locking passengers window When the lock button is pushed in only the driver side window can be opened or closed Push it in again to cancel 2 40 Instruments and controls Passenger side power window switch The passenger side switch will open or close only the corresponding window To open or close the window push down or pull up the switch and hold it Automatic operation To fully open or close the window completely push down or pull up the switch and release it it need not be held The window will automatically open or close all the way To stop the window just push or lift the switch in the opposite direction A light push or pull on the switch will cause the window to open or close until the switch is released Auto reverse function AA WARNING There are some small distances imme diately before the closed position which cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc i
97. say 555 6000 as five five five six thousands Note 3 When speaking a house number speak the number 0 as zero If the letter o Oh is included in the house number it will not be recognized as the number O zero even if you speak oh instead of zero You can only say zero for O Zero 4 100 Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Settings gt Voice Recognition E Command List E User Guide HE Speaker Adaptation E Alternate Command Mode 4j Minimize Voice Feedback SAA1907 Speaker adaptation function for Alter nate Command Mode The voice recognition system has a function to learn the user s voice for better voice recognition performance The system can memorize the voices of up to three persons Having the system learn the user s voice 1 Push the SETTING button on the instrument panel highlight the Others key on the display and then push the ENTER button Highlight the Voice Recognition key and then push the ENTER button Highlight the Speaker Adaptation key and then push the ENTER button Settings gt Speaker Adaptation z Settings gt Speaker Adaptation ee ____ a Ae 7 a O User 1 HE O User 2 E O User3 Learning result can be stored deleted edited SAA1918 TW E Prone S y y A E Audio E ar E riora E s att SAA2171 4
98. serious engine damage Selecting the correct oil filter Your new vehicle is equipped with a high quality genuine NISSAN oil filter When replacing use the genuine oil filter or its equivalent for the reason described in change intervals Change intervals The oil and oil filter change intervals for your engine are based on the use of the specified quality oils and filters Oil and filter other than the specified quality or oil and filter change intervals longer than recommended could reduce engine life Damage to engines caused by improper maintenance or use of incorrect oil and filter quality and or viscosity is not covered by the new NISSAN vehicle limited warranties Your engine was filled with a high quality engine oil when it was built You do not have to change the oil before the first recommended change interval Oil and filter change intervals depend upon how you use your vehicle Operation under the following conditions may require more Technical and consumer information 9 5 frequent oil and filter changes e repeated short distance driving at cold outside temperatures e driving in dusty conditions e extensive idling e stop and go rush hour traffic Refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for the maintenance schedule AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM RE FRIGERANT AND LUBRICANT RE COMMENDATIONS The air conditioning system in your NISSAN vehicle must be charged with the refrigerant HFC 134a
99. skipped through the first program will be played When the APS REW button is pushed the program being played returns to its beginning Push several times to skip back through programs The CD will go back the number of times the button is pushed CD PLAY selection To change to another CD already loaded into the player push the CD play select buttons to RPT REPEAT RPT play When the RPT button is pushed while the CD is played the play pattern can be changed as follows CD ALL DISCS RPT 1 DISC RPT E 1 TRK Track RPT CD with MP3 or WMA ALL DISCS RPT 1 DISC RPT 1 FOLDER 1 TRK Track RPT RDM RANDOM RDM play When the RDM button is pushed while the CD is played the play pattern can be changed as follows CD ALL DISCS RDM 1 DISC RDM E ALL DISCS RPT CD with MP3 or WMA ALL DISCS RDM gt 1 DISC RDM 1 FOLDER ALL DISCS RPT cD EJECT When the CD EJECT button is pushed with the CD loaded the CD will be ejected To eject the discs selected by the CD select button push the EJECT button for less than 1 5 seconds To eject all the discs push the EJECT button for more than 1 5 seconds When this button is pushed while the CD is being played the CD will come out and the system will turn off If the CD comes out and is not removed it will be pulled back into the slot to pro
100. switch is in the ON position the light comes on when the parking brake is applied Low brake fluid warning light When the ignition switch is in the ON position the light warns of a low brake fluid level If the light comes on while the engine is running with the parking brake not applied stop the vehicle and perform the following 1 Check the brake fluid level Add brake fluid as necessary See BRAKE AND CLUTCH FLUID in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section 2 If the brake fluid level is correct have the warning system checked by a NISSAN dealer Anti lock Braking System ABS warning indicator When the parking brake is released and the brake fluid level is sufficient if both the brake warning light and the Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light illuminate it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly Have the brake system checked and if necessary re paired by a NISSAN dealer promptly Avoid high speed driving and abrupt braking See Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light earlier in this section AA WARNING e Your brake system may not be working properly if the warning light is on Driving could be dangerous If you judge it to be safe drive care fully to the nearest service station for repairs Otherwise have your vehicle towed because driving it could be dangerous e Pressing the brake pedal with the engine stopped and or low brake fluid level may incr
101. system Advanced air bag system cc cece eee 1 29 Front passenger air bag and status light 1 30 Air bag warning labels cccee eee ee eee 1 36 Air bag warning light na 1 36 2 12 Air cleaner housing filter 0ceeeeeee eee 8 18 Air conditioner Air conditioner operation ceee ee 4 17 Air conditioner service cceeeee eee 4 23 Air conditioner specification label 9 11 Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations 4 23 9 6 In cabin microfilter sssini sisi iano prinsins 4 22 Ait dete Ctors ss c0i20i0cccddasions at saaesinat pinima 9 13 Alarm How to stop alarm see vehicle security system seeeeee eee 2 25 Alcohol drugs and driving cceeeee eee eee 5 6 ANION isch i siathaiearncce T 4 57 Anti lock Braking System ABS 060600 5 25 Anti lock braking system ABS warning light 2 8 Appearance care Exterior appearance Care 7 2 Interior appearance Care 0 cece eee eee 7 4 Audible reminders 0 ccceceeees seen ees 2 14 Audio operation precautions 00eeeeee 4 23 Audio System 5 ciiejsins2 acelue nee anann nn eenias 4 23 Steering wheel audio controls 4 56 Autochanger Compact Dise CD esscicasiesisiaciaececess 4 37 Autolight system 0 ccceceeeee eee eeeneees 2 29 Automatic Air conditioner Type A 0 0 0ceeeee
102. system SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LIGHT The supplemental air bag warning light display ing in the instrument panel monitors the circuits of the supplemental front impact air bag front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag roof mounted curtain side impact sup plemental air bag and seat belt pretensioner systems The monitored circuits include the Air bag Control Unit ACU satellite sensors crash zone sensor occupant classification system front air bag modules side air bag modules curtain air bag modules pretensioners and all related wiring When the ignition switch is in the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illumi nates for about 7 seconds and then turns off This means the system is operational If any of the following conditions occur the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag and pretensioner systems need servicing e The supplemental air bag warning light remains on approximately 7 seconds after the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position e The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently e The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Under these conditions the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag or pretensioner systems may not operate properly They must be checked and repaired Take your vehicle to the nearest NISSAN dealer A WARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the fro
103. tened e How far if at all the driver was depressing the accelerator and or brake pedal and e How fast the vehicle was traveling e Sounds are not recorded These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur NOTE EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a nontrivial crash situation occurs no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data e g name gender age and crash location are recorded However other parties such as law enforcement could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely ac quired during a crash investigation To read data recorded by an EDR special equipment is required and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed In addition to the vehicle manufacturer and NISSAN dealer other parties such as law enforce ment that have the special equipment can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR OWNER S MANUAL SERVICE MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is the best source of service and repair information for your vehicle Filled with wiring diagrams illustrations and step by step diagnostic and adjustment procedures this manual is the same one used by the factory trained technicians working at a NISSAN dealer Also available are genuine NISSAN Owner s Manuals and genuine NISSAN Service and Owner s Manuals for older N
104. the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire installed do not drive your vehicle at speeds faster than 50 MPH 80 km h When driving on roads covered with snow or ice the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire should be used on the front wheels and original tire used on the rear wheels drive wheels Use tire chains only on the two rear original tires Tire tread of the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire will wear at a faster rate than the standard tire Replace the spare tire as soon as the tread wear indicators appear Do not use the spare tire on other vehicles Do not use more than one spare tire at the same time Do not tow a trailer when the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire is installed CAUTION Do not use tire chains on a TEM PORARY USE ONLY spare tire Tire chains will not fit properly and may cause damage to the vehicle Because the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire is smaller than the original tire ground clearance is reduced To avoid damage to the vehicle do not drive over obstacles Also do not drive the vehicle through an automatic car wash since it may get caught Maintenance and do it yourself 8 37 MEMO 8 38 Maintenance and do it yourself 9 Technical and consumer information Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 9 2 Fuel recommendation 0 0 scccseeeeesseeeeneeeenes 9 3 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 5 Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant recommendati
105. the driving distance to the new maintenance schedule 2 Set the interval mileage of the maintenance schedule To determine the recommended maintenance interval refer to your NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide 3 To display the reminder automatically when the set trip distance is reached highlight the Interval Reminder key with the multi function controller and push the ENTER button 4 To return the display to MAINTENANCE INFO push the BACK button Maintenance information display cannot be operated when the vehicle is moving Stop the vehicle in a safe place to see the information The unit can be converted between US and Metric See HOW TO USE SETTING BUTTON later in this section Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 9 SAA1611 The Reminder will be automatically displayed as shown when both of the following conditions are met e the vehicle is driven the set distance and the ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK position e the ignition switch is pushed to the ACC or ON position the next time you drive the vehicle after the set value has been reached To return to the previous display after the MAINTENANCE NOTICE screen is displayed push the BACK button The MAINTENANCE NOTICE screen is dis played each time the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position until one of the following conditions is met e
106. to maintain their appearance e Clean the inner side of the wheels when the wheel is changed or the underside of the vehicle is washed e Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing the wheels e Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or corrosion Such damage may cause loss of pressure or poor seal at the tire bead e NISSAN recommends that the road wheels be waxed to protect against road salt in areas where it is used during winter 8 36 Maintenance and do it yourself Spare tire TEMPORARY USE ONLY T type spare tire Observe the following precautions if the T type spare tire must be used otherwise your vehicle could be damaged or involved in an accident AA WARNING e The T type spare tire should be used for emergency use It should be replaced with the standard tire at the first opportunity to avoid possi ble tire or differential damage e Drive carefully while the TEMPOR ARY USE ONLY spare tire is in stalled Avoid sharp turns and abrupt braking while driving e Periodically check spare tire infla tion pressure Always keep the pressure of the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire at 60 psi 420 kPa 4 2 bar Always keep the pressure of the full size spare tire if so equipped at the recommended pressure for standard tires as in dicated on the Tire and Loading Information label For Tire and Loading Information label location see Tire and Loading Information label in the index of this manual With
107. to resist the forces of a severe accident The child could be crushed between the adult and parts of the vehicle Also do not put the same seat belt around both your child and yourself Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An inflating supplemental front air bag could seriously injure or kill your child Improper use or improper installa tion of a child restraint can increase the risk or severity of injury for both the child and other occupants of the vehicle and can lead to serious 1 14 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system injury or death in an accident Follow all of the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for in stallation and use When purchasing a child restraint be sure to select one which will fit your child and vehicle It may not be possible to properly install some types of child restraints in your vehicle If the child restraint is not anchored properly the risk of a child being injured in a collision or a sudden stop greatly increases Child restraint anchor points are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints Under no circum stances are they to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses Adjustable seatbacks should be positioned to fit the child restraint but as upright as possible After attaching the child restraint test it before you place the c
108. to select SAA1783 J Information gt User Guide ao PA nc o i ems O E vaco Recognition sonnas If stearic E Push the ENTER switch to select E i j SAA2170 Displaying user guide You can confirm how to use voice commands by accessing a simplified User Guide which contains basic instructions and tutorials for several voice commands 1 Push the INFO button on the instrument panel Highlight the Voice Recognition key using the multi function controller and push the ENTER button Highlight the User Guide key using the multi function controller and push the EN TER button 4 Highlight an item using the multi function controller and push the ENTER button Available items Getting Started Describe the basics of how to operate the NISSAN Voice Recognition system Using the Address Book Refer to Navigation System Owner s Man ual Finding a Street Address if so equipped Refer to Navigation System Owner s Man ual 4 98 Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems e Placing Calls Tutorial for making a phone call by voice command operation e Help on Speaking Displays useful tips for how to correctly speak commands in order for them to be properly recognized by the system e Voice Recognition Settings Describes the available voice recognition settings e Speaker Adaptation Tutorial adapting the system to your voice
109. to the N Neutral position while holding down the shift lock Push the ignition switch to the ON position to unlock the steering wheel Now the vehicle may be moved to the desired location If the battery is discharged completely the steering wheel cannot be unlocked Do not move the vehicle with the steering wheel locked If the lever cannot be moved out of P Park have a NISSAN dealer check the automatic transmission system as soon as possible SSD0536 MANUAL TRANSMISSION Shifting To change gears or when upshifting or down shifting fully depress the clutch pedal shift into an appropriate gear and then slowly and smoothly release the clutch pedal This vehicle is equipped with a short throw shifter manual transmission To ensure smooth gear changes be sure to fully depress the clutch pedal before operating the shift lever If the clutch pedal is not fully depressed before the transmission is shifted a gear noise may be heard Transmission damage could occur Start the vehicle in 1st gear and upshift to 2nd Starting and driving 5 15 8rd 4th 5th and 6th gear in sequence accord ing to the vehicle speed To back up depress the shift knob and then move the shift lever to the R Reverse position after stopping the vehicle completely The shift knob returns to its original position when the shift lever is moved to the N Neutral position If it is difficult to move the shift lever into R R
110. two or more Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 77 phones paired with Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System are in the vehicle at the same time The system asks you to name the phone and confirm the selection Once the selection is confirmed the selected phone remains active until the ignition switch is turned OFF or you select a new phone Change priority Use the Change Priority command to change the priority level of the active phone The priority level determines which phone is active when more than one paired Bluetooth phone is in the vehicle The system states the priority level of the active phone and asks for a new priority level 1 2 3 4 5 If the new priority level is already being used for another phone the two phones will swap priority levels For example if the current priority levels are Priority Level 1 Phone A Priority Level 2 Phone B Priority Level 3 Phone C and you change the priority level of Phone C to Level 1 then Priority Level 1 Phone C Priority Level 2 Phone B Priority Level 3 Phone A Delete phone E Use the Delete Phone command to delete a specific phone or all phones from the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System The system announces the names of the phones already paired with the system and their priority level The system then gives you the option to delete a specific phone all phones or listen to the
111. using the multi function controller and push the ENTER button You can skip steps 1 and 3 above if you say Help Available items e Getting Started Describes the basics of how to operate the NISSAN Voice Recognition system e Placing Calls Tutorial for making a phone call by voice command operation e Finding a Street Address Tutorial for entering a destination by street address e Help on Speaking Displays useful tips of speaking for correct command recognition by the system e Voice Recognition Settings Describes the available voice recognition settings Note that the Command List feature is only available when Alternate Command Mode is active Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 83 C Information gt User Guide Using Voice Recognition With voice recognition you can use voice commands to control navigation audio phone and other functions To start the voice recognition system push the TALK switch on the steering wheel Then say a command after the tone SAA1904 Getting Started Before using the NISSAN Voice Recognition system for the first time you can confirm how to use commands by viewing the Getting Started section of the User Guide 1 Highlight Getting Started and push the ENTER button 2 You can confirm the page by scrolling the screen using the multi function controller Tutorials on the operatio
112. vehicle information display When a chime or beep sounds or the warning displays be sure to check the vehicle and Intelligent Key See TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE later in this section and VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY in the 2 Instruments and controls section Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 11 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE Symptom Possible cause Action to take The SHIFT P warning appears on the display and the inside warning chime sounds con tinuously Automatic Transmission models When pushing the ignition switch to stop the engine The selector lever is not in the P Park Shift the selector lever to the P Park position position The ignition switch is in the ACC Push the ignition switch to the OFF posi When opening the driver s door ic F position tion The inside warning chime sounds continuously 7 7 7 g to get out of the vehicle The Intelligent Key is in the Intelligent Remove the Intelligent Key from the Intelli Key port gent Key port The NO KEY warning appears on the display the outside chime sounds 3 times and the The ignition switch is in the ACC or ON Push the ignition switch to the OFF posi inside warning chime sounds for approximately position tion When closing the door after get 3 seconds ting out of the vehicle The SHIFT P warning appears on the display The ignition switch is in the ACC or OFF Move the selector lever to the P Park and the outsid
113. was playing immediately before the system was turned off While the system is on pushing the ON OFF button turns the system off Turn the VOL control knob to adjust the volume MUTE button Push the button to mute the audio sound Push the button again to release the mute Adjusting tone quality and speaker bal ance To adjust Bass Treble Balance and Fade push the Audio button When the display shows the setting you want to change Bass Treble Balance and Fade push the SEEK or TUNE button to set the desired setting These items can also be adjusted by pushing the AUDIO button e Speed Sensitive Vol Sound volume is increased according to the vehicle speed Choose the effect level from OFF 0 to 5 e Beep tuning When this item is turned to ON you will hear a beep sound when you use a button 4 36 Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems FM AM SAT radio operation FM AM radio FM AM band select Pushing the radio band select button will change the band as follows AM gt FM1 gt FM2 gt AM SAT radio SAT band select Pushing the radio band select button will change the band as follows XM1 gt XM2 gt XM3 gt XM1 When the radio band select button is pushed while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position the radio will come on at the channel last played The last channel played will also come on when
114. will reduce the sensitivity of the sensor resulting in improper opera tion For the HomeLink Universal Transceiver opera tion see HomeLink UNIVERSAL TRANSCEI VER in the 2 Instruments and controls section 3 22 Pre driving checks and adjustments SPA2319 OUTSIDE MIRRORS A WARNING Objects viewed in the outside mirror on the passenger side are closer than they appear Be careful when moving to the right Using only this mirror could cause an accident Use the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly judge distances to other objects Adjusting outside mirrors The outside mirror control switch is located on the armrest The outside mirror will operate only when the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position Turn the switch right or left to select the right or left side mirror then adjust using the control switch 2 SPA1829 SIC2555A Foldable outside mirrors VANITY MIRROR Fold the outside mirror by pushing it toward the rear of the vehicle To use the front vanity mirror pull down the sun visor and pull up the cover Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 23 4 Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Safety Noles e nee ER ES Center multi function control panel models with navigation system eeeeecceeeeceee How to use multi function controller 65 How to use touch screen sss
115. your headlights Failure to do so could cause an accident injuring yourself and others The daytime running lights automatically illumi nate when the engine is started with the parking brake released The daytime running lights SIC3981 Instrument brightness control The instrument brightness control operates when the headlight control switch is in the zpaz 4O or AUTO position with the autolights activated Push the upper or lower switch to brighten or dim the instrument panel lights when driving at night Instruments and controls 2 31 SIC3997 HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH rs SIC3998 SIC2574 TURN SIGNAL SWITCH Turn signal Move the lever up or down to signal the turning direction When the turn is completed the turn signals cancel automatically Lane change signal To indicate a lane change move the lever up or down to the point where lights begin flashing 2 32 Instruments and controls Push the switch on to warn other drivers when you must stop or park under emergency condi tions All turn signal lights will flash AA WARNING If stopping for an emergency be sure to move the vehicle well off the road e Do not use the hazard warning flashers while moving on the high way unless unusual circumstances force you to drive so slowly that your vehicle might become a hazard to other traffic FOG LIGHT SWITCH if so equipped To turn the rear fog ligh
116. your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly TERMS It is important to familiarize yourself with the following terms before loading your vehicle Curb Weight actual weight of your vehicle vehicle weight including standard equipment fluids emergency tools and spare tire assembly This weight does not include passengers and cargo GVW Gross Vehicle Weight curb weight plus the combined weight of optional equipment passengers and 9 14 Technical and consumer information cargo GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating maximum total combined weight of the unloaded vehicle passengers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment This information is located on the F M V S S C M V S S label GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating maximum weight load limit specified for the front or rear axle This informa tion is located on the F M V S S C M V S S label GCWR Gross Combined Weight Rat ing The maximum total weight rating of the vehicle passengers cargo and trailer Vehicle Capacity Weight Load limit Total load capacity maximum total weight limit specified of the load passengers and cargo for the vehicle This is the maximum combined weight of occupants and cargo that can be loaded into the vehicle If the vehicle is used to tow a trailer the trailer tongue weight must be included as part of the cargo load This information is located on the Tire and Loading
117. 0 4 87 Voltmeter sssrin apns onini asssnpp iin adara gene 2 7 w Warning labels Air bag warning labels 1 36 Warning light Air bag warning light assisen 1 36 2 12 Anti lock braking system ABS warning Mela E E E Mabteundeid dirname 2 8 Brake warning light cccseseeeee eee 2 9 Intelligent Key system warning light 2 10 Low tire pressure warning light 2 10 Seat belt warning light and chime 2 11 Warning lightsiii iscccicecsicciinteasiceacameneesaee 2 8 Warning Hazard warning flasher switch 2 32 Warning Tire pressure monitoring system CIPS A E E 5 3 6 2 Warning Warning indicator lights and audible rEmMINdErS aenn AREER ARRET ERN EE SAREEN 2 8 Warnings and alerts vehicle information display 00068 2 17 Warranty Emission control system warranty 9 18 Washer switch Windshield wiper and washer switch Cleaning aluminum alloy wheels Window washer fluid cc cece eeee eee 8 13 Window s Automatic adjusting function 0 5 2 41 CleanINGiansncsntybatecocdonanatecaees a 7 3 Power WINdOWS 00 c0cseee sees eee e eee eee 2 39 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 26 Wiper Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 26 Wiper blades 0 cece cece ee eens 8 18 x Xenon headlights 0cccceeee eee eee eee 2 28 10 7 GAS STATION INFORMATION FUEL RECOMMENDATION VQ37VHR eng
118. 2 to 25 mm diameter holes on the bumper using the marks B as a center Insert J nuts into the license plate bracket before placing the license plate bracket on the fascia Install the license plate bracket with screws Install the license plate with bolts that are no longer than 0 55 in 14 mm REMOVING AIR DEFLECTORS ST10623 Left side This vehicle is equipped with air deflectors in front of the front wheels The deflectors will change the air flow to help improve aerodynamic performance When transporting your vehicle on a trailer the air deflectors may interfere with a steep slope to a trailer bed In this case remove the deflectors from the undercover of the vehicle 1 Loosen three screws as shown and remove the left side air deflector 2 Tighten the removed screw original position in its 3 Perform the same procedure to remove the right side air deflector Store the two air deflectors and four screws to reinstall in the reverse order When reinstalling make sure all six screws are firmly tightened on both air deflectors Technical and consumer information 9 13 VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION AA WARNING It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside the vehi cle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts Be sure everyone in
119. 3 3 4 grouping 7 digits and 10 digits using this command Please use the International Call command for all other formats If you say Change Number during phone number entry the system will automatically request that you repeat the number using the 3 3 4 format In this case please say the area code first and then follow the prompts Do not add a 1 in front of the area code when speaking phone numbers If the system does not recognize your command please try repeating the com mand using a natural voice Speaking too slow or too loudly may further decrease recognition performance SAA2167 B Voice Recognition r UU E BC ul Navigation M Information a Help amp To exit hold the TALK swich SAA1908 a Dial Number ul Redial i Phonebook al International Call amp To exit hold the TALK swich B Voice Recognition gt Phone BL 9 Example 2 Placing an international call to the phone number 011 81 111 222 3333 1 Push the TALK switch located on the steering wheel 2 The system announces Would you like to access Phone Navigation Information or Help 3 Speak Phone 4 Speak International Call SAA1909 Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 91 B Voice Recognition BC Say the entire number or groups of numbers Say 0 9 pound star or plus amp To pause pus
120. 4 94H P The P indicates the tire is designed for passenger vehicles Not all tires have this information Three digit number 215 This number gives the width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge Two digit number 60 This number known as the aspect ratio gives the tire s ratio of height to width R The R stands for radial Two digit number 16 This number is the wheel or rim diameter in inches Two or three digit number 94 This number is the tire s load index It is a measurement of how much weight each tire can support You may not find this information on all tires because it is not required by law H Tire speed rating You should not drive the vehicle faster than the tire speed rating Maintenance and do it yourself 8 31 DOT XX XX XXX XXXX SDI1607 Example TIN Tire Identification Number for a new tire example DOT XX XX XXX XXXX 1 DOT Abbreviation for the Department of Transportation The symbol can be placed above below or to the left or right of the Tire Identification Number 2 Two digit code Manufacturer s identifi cation mark 3 Two digit code Tire size 4 Three digit code Tire type code Op tional 8 32 Maintenance and do it yourself 5 Three digit code Date of Manufacture 6 Four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For example the numbers 3103 means the 31st week of
121. 4 Instruments and controls ee Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light The light comes on when the vehicle dynamic control off switch is pushed to OFF This indicates that the vehicle dynamic control system and traction control system are not operating When the vehicle dynamic control off indicator light and slip indicator light come on with the vehicle dynamic control system turned on this light alerts the driver to the fact that the vehicle dynamic control system s fail safe mode is operating for example the vehicle dynamic control system may not be functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer If an abnormality occurs in the system the vehicle dynamic control system function will be canceled but the vehicle is still driveable For additional information see VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC SYSTEM in the 5 Starting and driving section of this manual AUDIBLE REMINDERS Key reminder chime A chime will sound if the driver side door is opened while the ignition switch is pushed to the ACC position or pushed to the OFF or LOCK position with the Intelligent Key left in the Intelligent Key port Make sure the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position and take the Intelligent Key with you when leaving the vehicle Light reminder chime A chime will sound when the driver side door is opened with the light switch in the pa or 2D position and the ignition swi
122. 6 Music box hard disk drive models with navigation system 66 eeeeeee 4 47 CD CF CompactFlash care and cleaning 4 55 Steering wheel mounted controls for audio 4 56 AMON E T 4 57 Gar phoneor CB radi arosine e era er 4 57 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with navigation Systemene EETAS 4 58 Regulatory information s ssoiirnsers crenis 4 59 Voice command S wire ctes iison oeei 4 59 Control DUTONS ee neresorriiseniig vcas 4 60 Pairing PrOCOdUre isidan ia anenmennaideadecien nag 4 60 Phonebook registration e srsirererivesrsaiesrosass 4 61 Making atallas e a 4 63 ReCeiving aall ciesicunsscceenitnemenceeeaasecniderass 4 64 D ring A Gallicis waneettamierseawnd arene eeatiss 4 64 PHONG SCHINGs ciseccidenaeteengaheaeanenckearinagina ss 4 65 Troubleshooting Quide ccccec eee 4 67 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System without NISSAN Voice Recognition System navigation Systeme sisri e 4 68 models with navigation system eeeeeeeceeeee 4 82 Using the SYStOM 0 ceceeeeeceee aieas 4 69 NISSAN voice recognition standard mode 4 82 Controlibuttons aroeira a 4 71 Using the syStem isiassissiri risinn eseina 4 85 Getting State esre ea 4 71 NISSAN voice recognition alternate command List of voice commandsS cccccceecccccccccuuceens 4 73 MODS eserin pa a EA EAEEREN E VEA EEA EE S 4 92 Speaker Adaptation SA MOE a vacavssaadesamencina 4 78 Using the SYSTEM nisione onie ii iana 4 98
123. 72 1 Pull the hood lock release handle located below the instrument panel the hood will then spring up slightly A WARNING e Make sure the hood is completely closed and latched before driving Failure to do so could cause the hood to fly open and result in an accident 2 Pull the lever up at the front of the hood with your fingertips and raise the hood 3 Hold the insulator of the support rod and insert its end into the slot on the front edge of the hood e If you see steam or smoke coming from the engine compartment to avoid injury do not open the hood 4 When closing the hood store the support rod to its original position then slowly close the hood and make sure it locks into place REAR HATCH AA WARNING e Do not drive with the rear hatch open This could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn into the vehicle See EXHAUST GAS car bon monoxide in the 5 Starting and driving section of this manual SPA2573 SPA2580 REAR HATCH OPENER SWITCH The rear hatch can be opened by pushing the rear hatch opener switch when the Intelligent Key is within the operating range of the rear hatch lock unlock function regardless of the inside lock knob position See INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM earlier in this section SECONDARY REAR HATCH RELEASE The secondary rear hatch release mechanism allows opening the rear hatch in the event of discharged battery or emergency
124. 8 11 Power Steering flUId 00c0ciceseeeseeeneesenseeeneesenes 8 12 Brake and clutch uid sscccccnssavecnsiacsseeavee sees 8 12 Brake Mui eiciccsictariaiandenetncatiinemenicrdaceneiianca ss 8 13 Cl teh TWIG sineren inina 8 13 Window washer fluid ssisiscssesiinsrisrssirssissisceiserivs 8 13 Batte aia basic aa A A E ES 8 14 JUMP StAMING aidera i a aS 8 16 Drive DES icici arareori nrrainn aaneen 8 16 Spaik PUGS mane ie a a 8 17 Replacing spark plUgS issssiiiisererissrncsenreiissss 8 17 Ail CleaN hirecccincessestecveareteeetiniesaa dies stereneensaniee es 8 18 Windshield wiper blades 0 cccecceeeee cess eee a es 8 18 Gleaming seeisiswceindddanhidarenstlydiuadebeucareneiaed 8 18 Replacing e Hecedoeticandtevins 8 19 Brako Sieniniai onnie Eie 8 20 Self adjusting brakes sssesserersererrrreresrerrere 8 20 Brake pad wear warning 0sceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee es 8 20 BUSCS ai iscnadearaacn kabwanpinemad ne vsisubaatinaubibamamanny assed 8 20 Engine compartments sisses 8 20 Passenger Compartment 0cccccceeeeeee eee eee es 8 22 Intelligent Key battery replacement 00ee 8 22 bigis siansa E A E 8 24 Headlights seis secede venveacetccnie ssa aciabbarehectsanses se 8 25 Exterior and interior lightS 0 ccceeeeeees 8 25 Wheels and tires ccccisictaccctcseasetenctitueimeciees eset 8 27 Tire PPOSSULC cssvdeciernceamans addins insna 8 27 Tire ADSIING atssccacsiecancsaeet shia sereni oinnia ies 8 31 Types
125. A1688 Text Refer to the following information for each item Set Mood Set the mood category of the track to Relaxing Music Lively Music Slow Music or Upbeat Music Delete Track Delete the track being played Edit Info Edit the name of the track being played and its artist using the keypad displayed on the screen See HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN earlier in this section The category of the track can also be set to Rock Pop Latin Jazz R amp B Hip Hop Club Dance Punk Reggae Folk Blues Country Metal Easy Listening New Age Sound track Gospel amp Religious World Classical Children s and Others Remove Track Reset the mood setting of a track Restoring deleted data Deleted music data can be restored by perform ing the following 1 Select the Menu key and then the Music Box System Info key on the screen Select the Deleted Items key and then the Album Track key Select the Restore Album Track key to restore the deleted music data You can also listen to the beginning of each track that has been deleted by performing the following ili 2 Select the Menu key and then the Music Box System Info key on the screen Select the Deleted Items key and then the Play Sample key Music Box gt Music Box Settings 3 Automatic Recording 3 Recording Quality K 4l Title Text Priority
126. AN SCAN tuning Push the SCAN tuning button to tune from low to high frequencies and stop at each broad casting station channel for 5 seconds Pushing the button again during this 5 seconds period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station channel If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 5 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next station channel to Station memory operations Eighteen stations channels can be set for the SAT band 6 each for XM1 XM2 and XMS twelve can be set for the FM band 6 each for FM1 and FM2 and 6 can be set for the AM band 1 Choose the radio band using the radio band select button 2 Tune to the desired station channel using the SEEK SCAN or TUNE button 3 Push and hold the desired radio station preset button Q to until a beep sound is heard The radio mutes when the select button is pushed 4 The station indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Memorizing is now complete 5 Other buttons can be set in the same manner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be erased In that case reset the desired stations DISP RADIO DISPLAY change When the DISP button is pushed while the radio is being played the audio display will change as follows E Category Name gt Channel Name gt Artist Feature Station amp Channel Number Normal Mode
127. Allow the tire dressing to dry as recom mended by tire dressing manufacturer Appearance and care 7 3 CLEANING INTERIOR Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior trim plastic parts and seats using a vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush Wipe the vinyl and leather surfaces with a clean soft cloth dam pened in mild soap solution then wipe clean with a dry soft cloth Regular care and cleaning is required in order to maintain the appearance of the leather Before using any fabric protector read the manufacturer s recommendations Some fabric protectors contain chemicals that may stain or bleach the seat material Use a cloth dampened only with water to clean the meter and gauge lens AA CAUTION e Never use benzine thinner or any similar material e Small dirt particles can be abrasive and damaging to the leather sur faces and should be removed promptly Do not use saddle soap car waxes polishes oils cleaning fluids solvents detergents or am monia based cleaners as they may damage the leather s natural finish e Only use fabric protectors approved by NISSAN 7 4 Appearance and care e Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on meter or gauge lens covers It may damage the lens cover FLOOR MATS The use of NISSAN floor mats can extend the life of your vehicle carpet and make it easier to clean the interior No matter what mats are used be sure they are fitted for your vehicle and are properl
128. Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light Brake warning light Charge warning light Engine oil pressure warning light Intelligent Key system warning light CHECKING BULBS With all doors closed apply the parking brake and push the ignition switch to the ON position without starting the engine The following lights will come on if so equipped 4 ea or SHON The following lights come on briefly and then go off if so equipped a VI AY ABS Or otoo o W 2 8 Instruments and controls Low tire pressure warning light Master warning light Automatic transmission check warning light Seat belt warning light and chime Supplemental air bag warning light Transmission position indicator N I CRUISE Cruise indicator light bers e OFF Ala Front passenger air bag status light High beam indicator light blue ZO If any light does not come on it may indicate a burned out bulb or an open circuit in the electrical system Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Some indicators and warnings are also dis played on the vehicle information display See VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY later in this section SERVICE ENGINE Malfunction Indicator Light MIL OF Rear fog light indicator light cy Security in
129. CAUTION This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause minor or moderate personal injury or damage to your vehicle To avoid or reduce the risk the procedures must be followed care fully SICO697 If you see the symbol above it means Do not do this or Do not let this happen ees If you see a symbol similar to those above in an illustration it means the arrow points to the front of the vehicle S 9 7 WJ Arrows in an illustration that are similar to those above indicate movement or action gt t Arrows in an illustration that are similar to those above call attention to an item in the illustration CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING A WARNING Engine Exhaust some of its constitu ents and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm In addition certain fluids con tained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of Cali fornia to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVI SORY Some vehicle parts such as lithium bat teries may contain perchlorate material The following advisory is provided Per chlorate Material special handling may apply See www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate 3 Bluetooth D gracenote BLUETOOTH is a t
130. CB radio Cargo cover 044 Cargo room light Catalytic converter Three way catalyst 5 2 CD CF care and cleaning 0cc cece 4 55 Center multi function control panel models with navigation system 6 eseee 4 2 Child restraints lt c cnccesccvses useen en 1 14 Booster seats ccceceeeet riss insna 1 20 Installation using the seat belts 1 16 Precautions on child restraints 1 14 Top tether Staps senasis pinnaan cons 1 15 Child saferi nauan euni 1 9 Chimes Audible reminders 005 Seat belt warning light and chime Circuit breaker Fusible link Cleaning exterior and interior ClO CK scifi Clutch fluid Cockpit cies scx teeece sist Cold weather driving 0 0cccceee eee e eee Command See Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System cc ccccettttsneenciieeetes Command See NISSAN voice recognition SYSIOMN uers anean R ERREEN ie 4 10 4 87 Compact Disc CD changer See audio system c cece cece eens e eee 4 37 Compact Disc CD player See audio system Compact spare tire 0 0 00 cece cece eee CompactFlash CF player See audio system e cc cece ee eeee ee ee eee 4 45 Console DOX sssiveestecenernnssse aiaa 2 37 Coolant Capacities and recommended fuel IUDNCANIS ianareo aniraa 9 2 Changing engine coolant sssesiie een 8 9 Checking engine coolant leve
131. D position and the ignition switch in the ACC OFF or LOCK position When the headlight switch is in the pa or 2D position while the ignition switch is in the ON position the lights will automatically turn off 5 minutes after the ignition switch has been pushed to the OFF position When the headlight switch remains in the baz or 4D position after the lights automatically turn off the lights will turn on when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position A CAUTION e When you turn on the headlight switch again after the lights auto matically turn off the lights will not turn off automatically Be sure to turn the light switch to the OFF position when you leave the vehicle for extended periods of time other wise the battery will be discharged e Never leave the light switch on when the engine is not running for extended periods of time even if the headlights turn off automatically Daytime running light system Canada only operate with the headlight switch in the OFF position or in the pa position Turn the headlight switch to the 4O position for full illumination when driving at night If the parking brake is applied before the engine is started the daytime running lights do not illuminate The daytime running lights illuminate once the parking brake is released The daytime running lights will remain on until the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position A WARNING It is necessary at dusk to turn on
132. DC OFF switch The We indicator will illuminate Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the engine to turn on the system See VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC SYSTEM in the 5 Starting and driving section POWER OUTLET SIC3984 Center console e SIC3985 Lower glove box The power outlet is located in the center console and on the lower glove box A CAUTION The outlet and plug may be hot during or immediately after use Do not use with accessories that exceed a 12 volt 120W 10A power draw Do not use double adapters or more than one electrical accessory Use power outlet with the engine running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery Avoid using power outlet when the air conditioner headlights or rear window defroster is on This power outlet is not designed for use with a cigarette lighter unit Push the plug in as far as it will go If good contact is not made the plug may overheat or the internal tem perature fuse may blow Before inserting or disconnecting a plug be sure the electrical acces sory being used is turned OFF When not in use be sure to close the cap Do not allow water to contact the outlet Instruments and controls 2 35 STORAGE SIC3987 INSTRUMENT POCKET except for na vigation system equipped models To open the lid push the knob up Q To close push the lid down AA WARNING Keep the pocket lid closed wh
133. Foreword Welcome to the growing family of new NISSAN owners This vehicle is delivered to you with confidence It was produced using the latest techniques and strict quality control This manual was prepared to help you under stand the operation and maintenance of your vehicle so that you may enjoy many miles of driving pleasure Please read through this manual before operating your vehicle A separate Warranty Information Booklet explains details about the warranties cov ering your vehicle The NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide explains details about maintaining and servicing your ve hicle Additionally a separate Customer Care Lemon Law Booklet U S only will explain how to resolve any concerns you may have with your vehicle as well as clarify your rights under your state s lemon law Your NISSAN dealer knows your vehicle best When you require any service or have any questions we will be glad to assist you with the extensive resources available to us READ FIRST THEN DRIVE SAFELY Before driving your vehicle read your Owner s Manual carefully This will ensure familiarity with controls and maintenance requirements assist ing you in the safe operation of your vehicle AA WARNING IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMA TION REMINDERS FOR SAFETY Follow these important driving rules to help ensure a safe and comfortable trip for you and your passengers NEVER drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs ALWAYS
134. ISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM models with navigation system later in this section page 4 82 2 Ensure that the command is spoken after the tone t fails to int tth d F F 5 x 5 F ae SO USIP ESE ie Oren 3 Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level in the vehicle 4 Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive for example windows open or defroster on NOTE If it is too noisy to use the phone it is likely that the voice commands will not be recognized 5 If more than one command was said at a time try saying the commands separately 1 Ensure that the voicetag requested matches what was originally stored See PHONEBOOK REGISTRATION earlier in this The system consistently selects the section wrong voicetag 2 Replace one of the names being confused with a new name Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 67 BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM AA WARNING e Use a phone after stopping your vehicle in a safe location If you have to use a phone while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation e Ifyou find yourself unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle before doing so A CAUTION To avoid draining the vehicle
135. ISSAN dealer TOWING YOUR VEHICLE When towing your vehicle all State Provincial in Canada and local regulations for towing must be followed Incorrect towing equipment could damage your vehicle Towing instructions are available from a NISSAN dealer Local service operators are familiar with the applicable laws and procedures for towing To assure proper towing and to prevent accidental damage to your vehicle NISSAN recommends that you have a service operator tow your vehicle It is advisable to have the service operator carefully read the following precautions AA WARNING e Never ride in a vehicle that is being towed e Never get under your vehicle after it has been lifted by a tow truck A CAUTION e When towing make sure that the transmission axles steering system and powertrain are in working con dition If any unit is damaged dol lies must be used e Always attach safety chains before towing For information about towing your vehicle behind a recreational vehicle RV see FLAT TOW ING in the 9 Technical and consumer information section of this manual SCE0792 TOWING RECOMMENDED BY NISSAN NISSAN recommends that your vehicle be towed with the driving rear wheels off the ground or place the vehicle on a flat bed truck as illustrated AA CAUTION Never tow automatic transmission models with the rear wheels on the ground or four wheels on the ground forward or backward
136. ISSAN models In the USA For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for the 2000 model year and later contact 1 800 450 9491 www nissan techinfo com For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for the 1999 model year and prior see a NISSAN dealer or contact 1 800 247 5321 For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Owner s Manuals for this model year and prior see a NISSAN dealer or contact 1 800 247 5321 In Canada To purchase a copy of a genuine NISSAN Service Manual or Owner s Manual please contact a NISSAN dealer For the phone number and location of a NISSAN dealer in your area call the NISSAN Satisfaction Center at 1 800 387 0122 and a bilingual NISSAN representative will assist you Also available are genuine NISSAN Service and Owner s Manuals for older NISSAN models IN THE EVENT OF A COLLISION Unfortunately accidents do occur In this unlikely event there is some important informa tion you should know Many insurance compa nies routinely authorize the use of non genuine collision parts in order to cut costs among other reasons Insist on the use of Genuine NISSAN Collision Parts If you want your vehicle to be restored using parts made to NISSAN s original exacting specifications if you want to help it to last and hold its resale value the solution is simple Tell your insurance agent and your repair shop to only use
137. Information label Cargo capacity permissible weight of cargo the weight of total occupants weight subtracted from the load limit Example 1 Occupants Load limit 1 400 Ib 640 kg Example 2 Occupants Load limit P 150 Ib x 4 600 Ib 70 kg 33 l 150 Ib 150 Ib 300 Ib 30 Ib 70 kg 70 kg 140 kg 15 kg F R ZR CCAA 30 Ib x 4 120 Ib 280 kg 15 kg Luggage Available cargo and luggage load capacity 1 070 Ib 485 kg Luggage Available cargo and luggage load capacity 680 Ib OKI 300 kg STI0365 VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY Do not exceed the load limit of your vehicle shown as The combined weight of occu pants and cargo on the Tire and Loading Information label Do not exceed the number of occupants shown as Seating Capacity on the Tire and Loading Informa tion label To get the combined weight of occupants and cargo add the weight of all occu pants then add the total luggage weight Examples are shown in the illustration Steps for determining correct load limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs on your vehicle s placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX Ibs 4 The resulting figure equals the availab
138. M SAT radio with compact disc CD changer models without navigation system 4 36 FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD player models with navigation system 4 40 FOG Night SWitchisxc ecteane vans a keen rosie 2 32 Front manual seat adjustment 0 00008 1 4 Front passenger air bag and status light 1 30 Front power seat adjustment 000eee eee 1 3 Front seat Front seat active head restraint 1 5 Front seat adjustment ccceeeee eee ee 1 3 Fuel Capacities and recommended fuel IUDMG ANTS issena Ra aa Fuel economy Fuel economy information center display 4 8 Fuelgctane YaNg csccccanscereinenas iania Fuel recommendation Fuel filler cap Fyelfiler dOOf arisin ri naana Galige rione ON SEN OS a E Fusible links 00ceceee nadia aneri G Garage door opener HomeLink Universal WANSCOIVER incg karnn einusinni itsi Tasses inania 2 44 EERE E E T 3 18 GAG herisono iai dedami a n ahes 2 4 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 6 Fuel GAU QC ssena iiiar id 2 6 OdOMGtelinisnsicers cane amernnisa wie aiian 2 5 SPSSdOMeCte hase cestecsvacenniobiadataddtenwan 2 5 Tachometer sanecncuctatdeateimiabaasttea iiai 2 5 TP COMPULST iciacntocetannenssusehackinecmees 2 19 General maintenance ccceceee eee eae 8 2 GIOVE 10 PE EE EEE ELTELT 2 37 H Hands free phone system Bluetooth with navigation system
139. Mode The AUX settings display will appear when the Setting key is selected using the multi function controller and pushing the ENTER button Choose the display mode from the following e Normal e Wide e Cinema SAA1862 COMPACTFLASH CF PLAYER OP a models with navigation sys tem Audio main operation Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position remove the cover and insert a CF card into the slot Then push the XSF button repeatedly to switch to the Compact Flash mode If the system has been turned off while the CompactFlash CF card was playing pushing the ON OFF button will start the CF card aux PLAY When the DISC AUX button is pushed with the system off and the CF card inserted the system will turn on If another audio source is playing and a CF card is inserted push the DISC AUX button repeat edly until the center display changes to the CompactFlash mode Text When the Text key is selected on the screen using the multi function controller and then the ENTER button is pushed while the CF is being played the music information below will be displayed on the screen Folder title e File Title e Song title e Album Title e Artist mao PPI KM4 cr FF Fast Forward REW Re wind APS Automatic Pro gram Search FF APS REW When the fast forward or mas rewind button is pushed for more than 1 5 sec
140. ORS INFLU ENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION Moisture Accumulation of sand dirt and water on the vehicle body underside can accelerate corro sion Wet floor coverings will not dry completely inside the vehicle and should be removed for drying to avoid floor panel corrosion Relative humidity Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high relative humidity especially those areas where the temperatures stay above freezing where atmospheric pollution exists or where road salt is used Temperature A temperature increase will accelerate the rate of corrosion to those parts which are not well ventilated Air pollution Industrial pollution the presence of salt in the air in coastal areas or heavy road salt use will accelerate the corrosion process Road salt will also accelerate the disintegration of paint surfaces TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM CORROSION e Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the vehicle clean e Always check for minor damage to the paint and repair it as soon as possible e Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doors open to avoid water accumulation e Check the underbody for accumulation of sand dirt or salt If present wash with water as soon as possible A CAUTION e NEVER remove dirt sand or other debris from the passenger compart ment by washing it out with a hose Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner or broom e Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electronic A
141. Of tire Sisseneri iinit ennienni birit 8 33 Mre chains inatoa asinn regedan iaa 8 33 Changing wheels and tires ssseseeserereererren 8 34 MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT Your new NISSAN has been designed to have minimum maintenance requirements with long service intervals to save you both time and money However some day to day and regular maintenance is essential to maintain your NISSAN s fine mechanical condition as well as its emission and engine performance It is the owner s responsibility to make sure that the scheduled maintenance as well as general maintenance is performed As the vehicle owner you are the only one who can ensure that your vehicle receives the proper maintenance care You are a vital link in the maintenance chain SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE For your convenience both required and op tional scheduled maintenance items are de scribed and listed in your NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide You must refer to that guide to ensure that necessary maintenance is performed on your NISSAN at regular intervals GENERAL MAINTENANCE General maintenance includes those items which should be checked during normal day to day operation They are essential for proper vehicle operation It is your responsibility to perform these procedures regularly as pre scribed 8 2 Maintenance and do it yourself Performing general maintenance checks re quires minimal mechanical skill and only a few general autom
142. PHONE END Push the sa button to cancel a VR session or end a call GETTING STARTED The following procedures will help you get started using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with NISSAN Voice Recognition For additional command options refer to LIST OF VOICE COMMANDS later in this section Choosing a language You can interact with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System using English Spanish or French To change the language perform the following 1 Press and hold the 4 button for more than 5 seconds 2 The system announces Press the PHONE SEND K button for the hands free phone system to enter the speaker adapta tion mode or press the PHONE END sma button to select a different language 3 Press the s button For information on speaker adaptation see SPEAKER ADAPTATION SA MODE later in this section 4 The system announces the current language and gives you the option to change the Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 71 language to Spanish in Spanish or French in French Use the following chart to select the language NOTE You must press the ats button or the sa button within 5 seconds to change the language Press sa amp MODE PHONE END to select Press Current lan used TALK PHONE guag SEND to select English Spanish French Spanish English French French English Spanish
143. Pulling devices such as ropes or canvas straps are not recommended for use in vehicle towing or recov ery Rocking a stuck vehicle If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use the following procedure 1 Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system 2 Make sure the area in front and behind the vehicle is clear of obstructions 3 Turn the steering wheel right and left to clear an area around the front tires Slowly rock the vehicle forward and back ward Shift back and forth between R reverse and D drive automatic transmission models or 1st low and R reverse manual transmission models Apply the accelerator as little as possi ble to maintain the rocking motion Release the accelerator pedal before shifting between R and D automatic transmission models or 1st and R manual transmission models Do not spin the tires above 35 MPH 55 km h If the vehicle cannot be freed after a few tries contact a professional towing service to remove the vehicle In case of emergency 6 13 MEMO 6 14 In case of emergency 7 Appearance and care Cleaning Exter O icenian e E 7 2 Cleaning interior sassoni aan onnenn aE 7 4 Washi geirarnar nna a a a 7 2 Floor MAtS aeai 7 4 WAKING erensia e 7 2 Seat belg ireen aioe 7 5 REMOVING SPOIS ccccicviniecmerssieived ninien 7 3 Corrosion proteCtiONsiicsccccitaginiiasinew tent oman stets 7 5 Wider Oy esitiestiniecwenaitn hts tapcseteenacteagutats 7 3 Most
144. SAN recommends erasing the ID code of that Intelligent Key from the vehicle This may prevent the unauthorized use of the Intelligent Key to operate the vehicle For information regarding the erasing procedure contact a NISSAN deal er Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 7 SPA2567 INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATING RANGE The Intelligent Key functions can only be used when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range from the request switch 4 When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged or 3 8 Pre driving checks and adjustments strong radio waves are present near the operat ing location the Intelligent Key system s operat ing range becomes narrower and the Intelligent Key may not function properly The operating range is within 31 50 in 80 cm from each request switch 4 If the Intelligent Key is too close to the door glass handle or rear bumper the request switches may not function When the Intelligent Key is within the operating range it is possible for anyone who does not carry the Intelligent Key to push the request switch to lock unlock the doors including the rear hatch SPA2568 DOOR LOCKS UNLOCKS PRECAU TION e Do not push the door handle request switch with the Intelligent Key held in your hand as illustrated The close distance to the door handle will cause the Intelligent Key system to have difficulty recognizing that the In telligent Key is outside the vehicl
145. SSS0007 SSS0006 AA WARNING e Never let children ride unrestrained or extend their hands or face out of the window Do not attempt to hold them in your lap or arms Some examples of dangerous riding posi tions are shown in the illustrations e Children may be severely injured or killed when the front air bags side air bags or curtain air bags inflate if they are not properly restrained SSS0008 SSS0099 e Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An inflating front air bag could seriously injure or kill your child See CHILD RESTRAINTS earlier in this section for details SSS0009 SSS0100 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 27 SSS0059A SSS0159 AA WARNING Front seat mounted side impact sup plemental air bags and roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bags e The front seat mounted side impact air bags and roof mounted curtain air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a frontal impact rear impact rollover or lower severity side collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds SSS0162 1 28 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system of accidents The seat belts side air bags and curtain air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright
146. Select the user whose voice is memorized 5 Select a category to be learned by the by the system and push the ENTER button system from the following list and then push the ENTER button Navigation Phone Audio Information Climate The voice commands in the category are displayed Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 101 6 Select a voice command and then push the ENTER button The voice recognition system starts EE Settings gt Speaker Adaptation Music Box Changes the source of the audio system to the Music Box To end tutorial push the TALK switch for 2 seconds SAA1921 Settings gt Speaker Adaptation E Edit Name CUsr1 id il E Store Result HE Reset Result E Continuous Learning SAA1922 7 The system requests that you repeat a command after a tone 8 After the tone sounds and the icon on the screen changes from to 3w speak the command that the system requested 9 When the system has recognized the voice command the voice of the user is learned Push the y amp switch or BACK button to return to the previous screen If the system has learned the command cor rectly the voice command indicator on the screen turns on 4 102 Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Speaker Adaptation function settings Edit Name Edit the user name using the keypad displayed on the screen Store Result W
147. TIRES Road wheel Type Size Offset in mm Front 18 x 8J 1 69 43 Rear 18 x 9J 0 59 15 Aluminum Front 19 x 9J 1 85 47 Rear 19 x 10J 1 18 30 17 x 4T 1 18 30 Spare 18 x 4T 0 0 Tire Type Size Pressure PSI kPa Cold Front 225 50R18 35 240 Rear 245 45R18 Conventional Front 245 40R19 35 240 Rear 275 35R19 T145 80D17 Spare T type T145 70R18 60 420 9 8 Technical and consumer information DIMENSIONS in mm 167 2 4 246 1 167 4 4 253 2 Overall width 72 6 1 845 Overall height 51 8 1 315 61 0 1 550 3 60 6 1 540 4 62 8 1 595 3 61 6 1 565 4 Wheelbase 100 4 2 550 Overall length Front tread Rear tread 1 Without front license plate 2 With front license plate 3 18 inch wheel models 4 19 inch wheel models WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING YOUR VEHICLE IN ANOTHER COUNTRY If you plan to travel in another country you should first find out if the fuel available is suitable for your vehicle s engine Using fuel with too low an octane rating may cause engine damage All gasoline vehicles must be operated with unleaded gasoline Therefore avoid taking your vehicle to areas where appropriate fuel is not available When transferring the registration of your vehicle to another country state province or district it may be necessary to modify the vehicle to meet local laws and regulations The laws and regulations for motor vehicle e
148. TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replace ment or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly Starting and driving 5 3 Additional information The TPMS does not monitor the tire pressure of the spare tire The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h Also this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving The low tire pressure warning light does not automatically turn off when the tire pressure is adjusted After the tire is inflated to the recommended pressure the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire pressure Tire pressure rises and falls depending on the heat caused by the vehicle s operation and the outside temperature Low outside temperature can lower the temperature of the air inside the tire which can cause a lower tire inflation pressure This may cause the low tire pressure warning light to illuminate If the warning light illuminates in low ambient temperature check the tire pressure for a
149. TTON earlier in this section windows to fog up Start the engine and operate the heater and air conditioner system Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 17 SAA2277 1 amp fan speed control dial 2 Temperature control dial The display of degrees 60 75 90 is used for F US 18 25 32 is used for C Canada 3 Air flow control dial 4 A C air conditioner button 5 Intake air control button aG gt outside air and air recirculation 6 rear window defroster button See REAR WINDOW DEFROSTER SWITCH in the 2 Instruments and controls section aii AIR CONDITIONER Type A In your vehicle the air conditioner system is designed to automatically activate the cooling function when operating the air flow control dial the gg fan speed control dial or the acy gt intake air control button The indicator light on the A C button will illuminate Push the A C button off when the cooling function is not necessary Automatic operation Cooling and or dehumidified heating AUTO This mode may be used all year round The system works automatically to control the inside temperature air flow distribution and fan speed 4 18 Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems after the preferred temperature is set manually 1 Turn the gg f
150. Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If the light still illuminates while driv ing after adjusting the tire pressure a tire may be flat If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi mately 1 minute The light will remain on after the 1 minute Con tact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not ori ginally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS A CAUTION The TPMS is not a substitute for the regular tire pressure check Be sure to check the tire pressure regularly If the vehicle is being driven at speeds of less than 16 MPH 25 km h the TPMS may not operate correctly Be sure to install the specified size of tires to the four wheels correctly A Master warning light When the ignition switch is in the ON position the master warning light illuminates if any of the following are displayed on the vehicle informa tion display e No key warning e Low fuel warning e Low washer fluid warning e Parking brake release warning e Door rear hatch open warning See VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY later in this section A Seat belt warning light and chime The light and chime
151. UTIONS ON SEAT BELT Seat lifter if so equipped USAGE later in this section The seatback may Turn either dial to adjust the angle and height of also be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the seat cushion to the desired position the vehicle is stopped and the transmission is in the P Park position or N Neutral position with the parking brake fully applied 1 4 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system qa T SSS0684 Lumbar support if so equipped The lumbar support feature provides lower back support to the driver Move the lever 4 up or down to adjust the seatback lumbar area FRONT SEAT ACTIVE HEAD RE STRAINT A WARNING Head restraints should be adjusted properly as they may provide significant protection against injury in an accident Do not remove them Check the adjust ment after someone else uses the seat iO SSS0288 To raise the head restraint pull it up To lower push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint down Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 5 f SSS0287 SSS0508 Adjust the head restraint so the center is level with the center of your ears A WARNING Always adjust the head restraints properly as specified in the previous section Failure to do so can reduce the effectiveness of the Active Head Restraint Active Head Restraints are designed to supplement other sa
152. above 158 F 70 C could affect the performance of the hard disk Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 47 NOTE If the hard disk needs to be replaced due to a malfunction all stored music data will be erased o is A U 1 XXXXXX 3 XXXXXX 4 XXXXXX 1 DISC RPT 5 XXXXXX 6 XXXXXX Cs si aon W XXXXXXXXXX 0 22 SAA1613 Recording CDs 1 Operate the audio system to play a CD For the details of playing CDs see Compact Disc CD changer operation earlier in this section 2 Select the REC key using the multi function controller and push the ENTER button NOTE e The system starts playing and record ing the 1st track on the CD when the REC key is selected e Individual tracks from a CD cannot be recorded to the Music Box hard disk 4 48 Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems drive e The skip fast forward and rewind features are disabled while the CD is recording e The recording process can be stopped at any time All tracks that were played before the CD was stopped are stored e Individual tracks can be deleted from the hard disk drive after the CD is re corded 1 XXXXXX 2 XXXXXX 3 XXXXXX 4 XXXXXX 1 DISC RPT 5 XXXXXX REC CD f 5 12 XXXXXX E XXXXXXXXXX 0 22 SAA1614 If the title information of the track being recorded is s
153. ace Inserts a space e Delete Deletes the last character that has been input with one touch Push and hold the button to delete all of the characters e OK Completes character inputs Touch screen maintenance If you clean the display screen use a dry soft cloth If additional cleaning is necessary use a small amount of neutral detergent with a soft cloth Never spray the screen with water or detergent Dampen the cloth first and then wipe the screen WARNING Program navigation system only when stopped Doing so while driving can lead to a serious or fatal accident See Owner s Manual This navigation system can help guide you However road and traffic conditions may require you to change your route Drive safety and obey all laws Push ENTER to accept SAA1454 s p START UP SCREEN When you push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position the SYSTEM START UP warn ing is displayed on the screen When you read and agree with the warning push the ENTER button If you do not push the ENTER button you will not be able to use the NAVI system To proceed to the NAVI system refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual START MENU The start menu can be displayed using the ENTER switch on the steering wheel mounted controls 1 While the map or status screen is displayed push and hold the ENTER switch until the Menu Options screen appears 2 Highlight th
154. acicnccnersagdias 3 11 Troubleshooting guide cceeee cece eee eee ee 3 12 Remote keyless entry system c cece 3 13 How to use remote keyless entry system 3 13 HOOD P E E ST 3 16 Rear hateh coc sicneisasuicaseensnovtanie tin aecibamenteccsamiease 3 17 Rear hatch opener Switch ssrsssreresrrersesn 3 17 Secondary rear hatch release 3 17 Fuel filler OOM seien ae eaaa 3 18 Opening the fuel filler door sssserererereereren 3 18 Fuel filler Cap iciscccsicsiansceredcarescenonwenesaceeenderans 3 18 WIE Steering isene oia eiin 3 20 Manual operation sse uonane sanaa 3 20 SUM VISONS arrine one r a 3 20 MINOS viociiccioser savor ena EEn AEA AS 3 21 Inside MiO eeneioe 3 21 Outside MINO S sann aai aias 3 22 Vanity MitOniessssstcsdncescotsannesssieedhancntccetyeniien 3 23 KEYS A key number plate is supplied with your keys Record the key number and keep it in a safe place such as your wallet not in the vehicle If you lose your keys see a NISSAN dealer for duplicates by using the key number NISSAN does not record any key numbers so it is very important to keep track of your key number plate A key number is only necessary when you have lost all keys and do not have one to duplicate from If you still have a key this key can be duplicated by a NISSAN dealer 3 2 Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 SPA2406 1 Intelligent Keys 2 sets 2 Mechanical keys inside the Keys 2
155. agaa dees NES 3 20 Tire Pressure Low tire pressure warning light 2 10 Tire replacement indicator 0005 2 18 Tires Flat Ti osc ccctara easiness abeagiationgetdemeacne 6 2 Low tire pressure warning system 5 3 Spare tilegner aoii inssin niam 8 36 Tire and Loading information label 8 29 Tire and Loading Information label 9 11 Tire Chains snsAassdsceaweinas seeteennatecewas 8 33 Tine CreSSING swasecccccotene mea ted tad iniiae 7 3 THE PFESSUME i aacecnccaceawerans en inaa 8 27 Tire pressure monitoring system PMS eadein in oani Tire rotation saa Types Of E Sriciririri oi namasaniawnsetemacen 8 33 Uniform tire quality grading 005 9 17 Whee IIE SIZE ispi cccnaes s soumaomnes gacemannnet 9 8 Wheels and tires 0 cce eee ee eee 8 27 Tonneau cover see cargo Cover 6 6 ee 2 38 Top tether strap child restraints 1 15 10 6 Towing Flat towing raon aa aaea 9 17 Tow truck towing sssssssssssrssssrrssre 6 10 TOWING Tallet cciccceassresmateeensaaamecneeas 9 16 Towing load specification chart 9 16 TPMS Tire pressure monitoring system 5 3 TPMS Tire pressure warning system 6 2 Trailer TOWING eisses ccsccqncncssemsensacsacaenensess 9 16 Transceiver HomeLink Universal TRANSCEIVERS siiinaicccntvnent aa teeta ncmernaet s 2 44 Transmission Automatic transmission fluid ATF
156. an speed control dial and air flow control dial to the AUTO position The air conditioner will automatically turn on The A C button indicator light illuminates 2 Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature e The temperature can be set within the following range For U S 60 to 90 F 16 to 32 C For Canada 64 to 90 F 18 to 32 C e The temperature of the passenger compart ment will be maintained automatically Air flow distribution and fan speed are also controlled automatically A visible mist may be seen coming from the ventilators in hot humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly This does not indicate a mal function Heating A C OFF The air conditioner does not activate When you need to heat only use this mode 1 Turn the g fan speed control dial and air flow control dial to the AUTO position The air conditioner will turn on 2 Push the A C button to turn off the air conditioner The A C button indicator light will turn off 3 Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature e The temperature of the passenger com partment will be maintained automati cally Air flow distribution and fan speed are also controlled automatically e Do not set the temperature lower than the outside air temperature Otherwise the system may not work properly e Not recommended if windows fog up Dehumidified defro
157. and vehicle speed When the clutch pedal is depressed with the transmission in neutral the system operates for approximately 2 seconds and then the engine speed will decrease to the idle speed When the engine coolant temperature is low right after starting the engine engine speed synchronization will be delayed or may be insufficient The system controls the engine speed up to the rev limit Note that S MODE is not a function that prevents over revving resulting from shifting mistakes The system does not operate while the vehicle is backing up If the engine speed is limited lower than usual when the engine oil temperature is extremely high the system will control up to the limited engine speed If the malfunction indicator light illuminates the system may not operate and the S MODE indicator turns off S MODE SSD0830 SynchroRev Match mode S MODE warn ing The SynchroRev Match mode S MODE warn ing will appear on the vehicle information display and the S MODE indicator will turn off if a system malfunction occurs If the warning appears the S MODE function will not operate but manual transmission will operate normally and driving can be continued Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer SSD0831 Activating the system To activate the S MODE push the S MODE switch The S MODE indicator on the tachometer will show S To deactivate push and hold the S MODE switch
158. and and makes the call For additional command options see LIST OF VOICE COMMANDS later in this section Receiving a call When you hear the ring tone press the W4 amp button on the steering wheel Once the call has ended press the s button on the steering wheel NOTE If you do not wish to take the call when you hear the ring tone press the s button on the steering wheel to reject the call For additional command options see LIST OF VOICE COMMANDS later in this section LIST OF VOICE COMMANDS Main menu Call or Call International Phone Book Memo Pad Setup When you push and release the 4 button on the steering wheel you can choose from the commands on the Main Menu The following pages describe these commands and the commands in each sub menu Remember to wait for the tone before speaking You can say Help to hear the list of commands currently available anytime the system is waiting for a response If you want to end an action without completing it you can say Cancel or Quit at anytime the system is waiting for a response The system will end the VR session Whenever the VR session is cancelled a double beep is played to indicate you have exited the system If you want to go back to the previous command you can say Go back or Correction anytime the system is waiting for a response When you get used to the menus i
159. and do it yourself cleaner housing and the cover with a damp A WARNING Operating the engine with the air cleaner removed can cause you or others to be burned The air cleaner not only cleans the air it stops flame if the engine backfires If it isn t there and the engine backfires you could be burned Do not drive with the air cleaner removed and be careful when working on the engine with the air cleaner removed Never pour fuel into the throttle body or attempt to start the engine with the air cleaner removed Doing so could result in serious injury WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES CLEANING If your windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if a wiper blade chatters when running wax or other material may be on the blade or windshield Clean the outside of the windshield with a washer solution or a mild detergent Your windshield is clean if beads do not form when rinsing with clear water Clean each blade by wiping it with a cloth soaked in a washer solution or a mild detergent Then rinse the blade with clear water If your windshield is still not clear after cleaning the blades and using the wiper replace the blades Worn windshield wiper blades can damage the windshield and impair driver vision SDI2359 REPLACING Replace the wiper blades if they are worn 1 2 Pull the wiper arm Push the release tab and then move the wiper blade down the wiper arm while
160. any interference received including interference that may cause un desired operation of the device AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLL OVER A WARNING Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe and prudent manner may result in loss of control or an accident Be alert and drive defensively at all times Obey all traffic regulations Avoid excessive speed high speed cornering or sudden steering maneuvers because these driving practices could cause you to lose control of your vehicle As with any vehicle a loss of control could result in a collision with other vehicles or objects or cause the vehicle to rollover particularly if the loss of control causes the vehicle to slide sideways Be attentive at all times and avoid driving when tired Never drive when under the influence of alcohol or drugs including prescription or over the counter drugs which may cause drowsiness Always wear your seat belt as outlined in the SEAT BELTS in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual and also instruct your passengers to do so Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in collisions and rollovers In a rollover crash an unbelted or improperly belted person is significantly more likely to be injured or killed than a person properly wearing a seat belt OFF ROAD RECOVERY While driving the right side or left side wheels may unintentionally leave the road surface If this oc
161. arranty Information Booklet or it is lost you may obtain a replacement by writing to e Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 4Z5 REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS US only If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying NISSAN If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot be come involved in individual problems be tween you your dealer or NISSAN To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Ad ministrator NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Washington DC 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehi cle safety from http www safercar gov You may notify NISSAN by contacting our Consumer Affairs Department toll free at 1 800 662 6200 READINESS FOR INSPECTION MAINTENANCE I M TEST US only Due to legal requirements in some states areas your vehicle may be required to be in what is called the ready condition for an Inspection Maintenance I M test of the emission control system The vehicle is set to the ready condition when it is d
162. ation FM AM radio FM AM band select Pushing the radio band select button will change the band as follows AM gt FM1 gt FM2 gt AM SAT radio SAT band select Pushing the radio band select button will change the band as follows With navigation system XM1 gt XM2 XM1 When the radio band select button is pushed while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position the radio will come on at the channel last played The last channel played will also come on when the ON OFF button is pushed to ON The satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam If another audio source is playing when the radio band select button is turned to ON the audio source will automatically be turned off and the last radio channel played will come on When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio will automatically change from stereo to monaural reception TUNE Tuning e For AM and FM radio Turn the radio TUNE knob for manual tuning e For XM Satellite Radio Turn the radio TUNE knob to seek channels from all of the categories when any CAT is not selected Ma x gt SEEK tuning CATEGORY CAT e For AM and FM radio Push the SEEK TRACK button 144 OF wep to tune from low to high or high to low frequencies and to stop at the next broad casting station e For XM Satellite Radio Push the SEEK TRACK button ma or mpi Monitor heater air condi
163. ation see BATTERY in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER If the vehicle is to be left outside without antifreeze drain the cooling system including the engine block Refill before operating the vehicle For details see ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section TIRE EQUIPMENT SUMMER tires have a tread designed to provide superior performance on dry pavement How ever the performance of these tires will be substantially reduced in snowy and icy condi tions If you operate your vehicle on snowy or icy roads NISSAN recommends the use of MUD amp SNOW or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels Consult a NISSAN dealer for the tire type size speed rating and availability information For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires Tire chains may be used For details see TIRE CHAINS in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT It is recommended that the following items be carried in the vehicle during winter e A scraper and stiff bristled brush to remove ice and snow from the windows and
164. ation or in other operations Ringer Vol Incoming Call Outgoing Call For the details of these items see BLUE TOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM later in this section Button Beeps When this item is turned to ON you will hear a beep sound when you use a button Phone settings For the details of Phone settings see BLUE TOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM later in this section Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 13 Settings gt Clock 0 00 A omen Gok ea 5 Clock Format OEDD E Offset Adjust OConin 0 DayigntSavingtime o il E Time Zone Doo O SAA1563 Clock settings The display as illustrated will appear when pushing the SETTING button selecting the Clock key with the multi function controller and pushing the ENTER button On screen Clock When this item is turned to ON a clock is always displayed in the upper right corner of the screen This clock will indicate the time almost exactly because it is always adjusted by the GPS system Clock Format Choose either the 12 hour clock display or the 24 hour clock display Offset Adjust Adjust the time by increasing or decreasing per minute Daylight Saving Time Turn this item to ON for daylight saving time application Time Zone Choose the time zone from the following e Pacific e Mountain e Central
165. attery charging cellular phone antenna etc e The antenna display on the monitor will not coincide with the antenna display of some cellular phones e Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible to hear the caller s voice clearly as well as to minimize its echoes e f reception between callers is unclear adjusting the incoming or outgoing call volume may improve the clarity REGULATORY INFORMATION FCC Regulatory information CAUTION To maintain compliance with FCC s RF exposure guidelines use only the supplied antenna Unauthorized antenna modification or attachments could damage the transmitter and may violate FOC regula tions Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause un desired operation of the device IC Regulatory information Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regulations Bluetooth trademark BLUETOOTH is a trademark Bluetooth owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc U S A VOICE COMMANDS You can use voice commands to operate various Bluetooth Ha
166. ave the system checked by a NISSAN dealer 2 18 Instruments and controls MAINTENANCE ENGINE 1 sg marg OIL Thi 2 3 MAINTENANCE OTHER 4 SIC4031 INDICATORS FOR MAINTENANCE 1 Engine oil replacement indicator This indicator appears when the set time comes for changing the engine oil You can set or reset the distance for changing the engine oil See TRIP COMPUTER later in this section 2 Oil filter replacement indicator This indicator appears when the set time comes for replacing the oil filter You can set or reset the distance for replacing the oil filter See TRIP COMPUTER later in this section 3 Tire replacement indicator This indicator appears when the set time comes for replacing tires You can set or reset the distance for replacing tires See TRIP COM PUTER later in this section 4 OTHER indicator This indicator appears when the set time comes for replacing items other than the engine oil oil filter and tires You can set or reset the distance for replacing the items See TRIP COMPU TER later in this section More maintenance reminders are also available on the center display See HOW TO USE INFO BUTTON in the 4 Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems section 0900000000000 0090 o SIC3978 TRIP COMPUTER Switches for the trip computer are located on the left side o
167. back to the previous screen or cancel the selection if it is not completed Volume control switches Push the upper or lower side switch to increase or decrease the volume SOURCE select switch Pushing the source select switch for changing the mode as follows e Models with navigation system AM FM gt SAT gt iPod CD gt CompactFlash gt Music Box gt e Models without navigation system AM gt FM gt CD gt AUX gt SAT if so equipped ANTENNA Window antenna The antenna pattern is printed inside the rear window AA CAUTION e Donot place metalized film near the rear window glass or attach any metal parts to it This may cause poor reception or noise e When cleaning the inside of the rear window be careful not to scratch or damage the rear window antenna Lightly wipe along the antenna with a dampened soft cloth CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO When installing a car phone or a CB radio in your NISSAN be sure to observe the following cautions otherwise the new equipment may adversely affect the electronic control modules and electronic control system harness AA WARNING e A cellular telephone should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Some jurisdictions prohibit the use of cellular telephones while driving e If you must make a call while your vehicle is in motion the hands free cellular phone operational mode if so equipped
168. battery use a phone after starting the engine SAA2316 1 Volume control switch 2 PHONE SEND ats button 3 PHONE END ge button 4 Microphone Your NISSAN is equipped with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System If you are an owner of a compatible Bluetooth enabled cellular phone you can set up the wireless connection between your cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module With Bluetooth wireless tech nology you can make or receive a hands free telephone call with your cellular phone in your pocket Once your cellular phone is paired to the in vehicle phone module no other phone connect 4 68 Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems ing procedure is required anymore Your phone is automatically connected with the in vehicle phone module when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position with the registered cellular phone turned on and carried in the vehicle You can register up to 5 different Bluetooth cellular phones in the in vehicle phone module However you can talk on only one cellular phone at a time Before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System refer to the following notes e Set up the wireless connection between a compatible cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System e Some Bluetooth enabled cellular phones may not be recognized by the in vehicle phone module Plea
169. ble in Alaska Hawaii and Guam The satellite radio performance may be affected if cargo carried on the roof blocks the satellite radio signal If possible do not put cargo near the satellite antenna A build up of ice on the satellite radio antenna can affect satellite radio performance Remove the ice to restore satellite radio reception COMPACT is P SAA0480 Compact Disc CD player Do not force a compact disc into the CD insert slot This could damage the CD and or CD changer player Trying to load a CD with the CD door closed could damage the CD and or CD changer During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to the humidity If this occurs remove the CD and dehumidify or ventilate the player completely The player may skip while driving on rough roads The CD player sometimes cannot function when the passenger compartment tempera ture is extremely high Decrease the tem perature before use Only use high quality 4 7 in 12 cm round discs that have the COMPACT disc DIGI TAL AUDIO logo on the disc or packaging Do not expose the CD to direct sunlight CDs that are of poor quality dirty scratched covered with fingerprints or that have pin holes may not work properly The following CDs may not work properly Copy control compact discs CCCD Recordable compact discs CD R Rewritable compact discs CD RW Do not use the following CD
170. ble in the Standard Mode are replaced Please see the examples on the screen Settings gt Others py 7SN ASS verecon a enm E y E S y SAA1566 Settings gt Voice Recognition o A y N E User Guide aerate commaramo CD e 2 o o Fo o ooo y y y Change the mode of voice recognition SAA2168 C Information ee ee Fuel Economy GPS Satellite Info Traffic Info Navigation Version SAA1545 Activating Alternate Command Mode When the Standard Mode is active perform the following steps to switch to the Alternate Command Mode 1 Push the SETTING button on the instrument panel Highlight the Others key on the display and then push the ENTER button Highlight the Voice Recognition key and then push the ENTER button 4 Highlight the Alternate Command Mode key and push the ENTER button 5 The confirmation message is displayed on the screen Push the OK key to activate the Alternate Command Mode Displaying command list If you are controlling the system by voice commands for the first time or do not know the appropriate voice command perform the follow ing procedure for displaying the voice command list available only in Alternate Command Mode Push the INFO button on the instrument panel Highlight the Voice Recognition key using the multi function controller and push the ENTER button Highlight the Command List key using
171. by the jack If it is necessary to work under the vehicle support it with safety stands Use only the jack provided with your vehicle to lift the vehicle Do not use the jack provided with your vehicle on other vehicles The jack is de signed for lifting only your vehicle during a tire change Use the correct jack up points Never use any other part of the vehicle for jack support Never jack up the vehicle more than necessary Never use blocks on or under the jack Do not start or run the engine while vehicle is on the jack as it may cause the vehicle to move This is especially true for vehicles with limited slip differentials Do not allow passengers to stay in In case of emergency the vehicle while it is on the jack Carefully read the caution label attached to the jack body and the following instruc tions OHO o a e a SCE0790 Jack up point Place the jack directly under the jack up point as illustrated so the top of the jack contacts the vehicle at the jack up point Align the jack head between the two notches in the front or the rear as shown Also fit the groove of the jack head between the notches as shown The jack should be used on level firm ground SCE0504 SCE0661 2 Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns by turning counterclockwise with the wheel nut wrench Do not remove the wheel nuts until the tire is off the ground Carefully raise the ve
172. cannot be cleared however to clear all programming push and hold the two outside buttons and release when the indicator light begins to flash in approximately 20 seconds REPROGRAMMING A SINGLE Home Link BUTTON To reprogram a HomeLink Universal Transcei ver button complete the following 1 Push and hold the desired HomeLink button Do not release the button until step 4 has been completed 2 When the indicator light begins to flash slowly after 20 seconds position the hand held transmitter 2 to 5 in 50 to 127 mm away from the HomeLink surface 3 Push and hold the hand held transmitter button 4 The HomeLink indicator light will flash first slowly and then rapidly When the indicator light begins to flash rapidly release both buttons The HomeLink Universal Transceiver button has now been reprogrammed The new device can be activated by pushing the HomeLink button that was just programmed This procedure will not affect any other programmed HomeLink buttons IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLEN If your vehicle is stolen you should change the codes of any non rolling code device that has been programmed into HomeLink Consult the Owner s Manual of each device or call the manufacturer or dealer of those devices for additional information When your vehicle is recovered you will need to reprogram the HomeLink Univer sal Transceiver with your new transmitter information FCC Notice Thi
173. cccceee eee ee eee ee eee 3 6 Battery replacement cccee seen ee eeee 8 22 Intelligent Key system warning light 2 10 Key operating range c css eee e ence een ee 3 8 K6YsOperatlOnsticstcisitornadetiacketmnasnteane sade 3 9 Warning Signals siccr icstextinestastennsdiars 3 11 Interior light control switch ccc cece ee 2 42 Interior light replacement c0ceeeeee eee 8 25 Interior IQS oir csciteccersrentiesas adua 2 42 iPod player operation c cccceeeeeeeeeuenes 4 46 J JUMP startigi sirnorennnsisnnininenisresr asna 6 7 K Keyless entry See remote keyless entry system 4 5 3 13 KEYS dataan eed i PE RRR aain Da 3 2 Keys For Intelligent Key system 0005 3 6 L Labels Air bag warning labels 00 00ee eee 1 36 Air conditioner specification label 9 11 Emission control information label 9 10 Engine serial number 00eeee eee 9 10 F M V S S C M V S S certification label 9 10 Tire and Loading Information label 8 29 9 11 Vehicle identification number VIN 9 9 License plate Installing front license plate 9 12 Light Air bag warning light cceeee eee ee 1 36 Bulb replacement ccccseeeeeeeeeee eens 8 24 Fog light SWIRL 2 ic022scdensnsizsecemeanen esas 2 32 Headlight SWitCh ccceeeeeee essen ee eee 2 29 Headlights bulb replacement
174. ce from other vehicles can work against ideal reception Described below are some of the factors that can affect your radio reception Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Storing the device in a different location may reduce or eliminate the noise Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 23 MAXIMUM SIGNAL DISTANCES FM 25 to 30 miles 40 to 48 km AM 60 to 130 miles 97 to 209 km SAA0306 FM radio reception Range FM range is normally limited to 25 to 30 miles 40 to 48 km with monaural single channel FM having slightly more range than stereo FM External influences may sometimes interfere with FM station reception even if the FM station is within 25 miles 40 km The strength of the FM signal is directly related to the distance between the transmitter and receiver FM signals follow a line of sight path exhibiting many of the same characteristics as light For example they will reflect off objects Fade and drift As your vehicle moves away from a station transmitter the signals will tend to fade and or drift Static and flutter During signal interference from buildings large hills or due to antenna position usually in conjunction with increased distance from the station transmitter static or flutter can be heard This can be reduced by lowering the treble setting to reduce th
175. ce or eliminate the noise Refer to the cellular phone Owner s Manual regarding the telephone pairing procedure specific to your phone battery charging cellular phone antenna etc Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible to hear the caller s voice clearly as well as to minimize its echoes If reception between callers is unclear adjusting the incoming or outgoing call volume may improve the clarity This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation FCC Radiation Exposure Statement This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance 8 in 20 cm between the radiator and your body This Transmitter must not be co located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter USING THE SYSTEM The NISSAN Voice Recognition system allows hands free operation of the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System If the vehicle is in motion some commands may not be available so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Initialization When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position NISSAN Voice Recognition is initia lized which takes a few seco
176. cified Doors and engine hood Check that all doors and the engine hood operate properly Also ensure that all latches lock securely Lubricate hinges latches latch pins rollers and links if necessary Make sure that the secondary latch keeps the hood from opening when the primary latch is released When driving in areas using road salt or other corrosive materials check lubrication frequently Lights Clean the headlights on a regular basis Make sure that the headlights stop lights tail lights turn signal lights and other lights are all operating properly and installed securely Also check headlight aim Road wheel nuts lug nuts When checking the tires make sure no wheel nuts are missing and check for any loose wheel nuts Tighten if necessary Tire rotation Tires cannot be rotated because your vehicle is equipped with different sized tires in the front and rear Tires Check the pressure with a gauge often and always prior to long distance trips If necessary adjust the pressure in all tires including the spare to the pressure specified Check carefully for damage cuts or excessive wear Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS transmitter components Replace the TPMS transmitter grommet seal valve core and cap when the tires are replaced due to wear or age Tire wheel alignment and balance If the vehicle should pull to either side while driving on a straight and level road or if you detect uneven
177. cked and repaired as necessary could lead to poor driveability reduced fuel economy and possible damage to the emission control system Q Rear fog light indicator light if so equipped The rear fog light indicator light illuminates when the rear fog light is on See FOG LIGHT SWITCH later in this section gt Security indicator light The light blinks when the ignition switch is in the ACC OFF or LOCK position This function indicates the security system equipped on the vehicle is operational If the security system is malfunctioning this light Instruments and controls 2 13 will remain on while the ignition switch is in the ON position For additional information see SECURITY SYSTEMS later in this section Slip indicator light This indicator will blink when the VDC system or the traction control system is operating thus alerting the driver to the fact that the road surface is slippery and the vehicle is nearing its traction limits SynchroRev match mode S MODE indicator if so equipped This indicator will illuminate when the SynchroR ev match mode S MODE is activated Syn chroRev Match mode S MODE if so equipped for Manual Transmission models in the 5 Starting and driving section Turn signal hazard indicator lights The light flashes when the turn signal switch lever or hazard switch is turned on 2 1
178. ckground Color To adjust the brightness and contrast of the screen select the Brightness or Contrast key and push the ENTER button Then you can adjust the brightness to Darker or Brighter and the contrast to Lower or Higher using the multi function controller For information on the Background Color key refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual Navigation settings For the details of Navigation settings refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Man ual Settings gt Volume and Beeps Guidance vo C OOOODODOODOLII C E Guidance Voice E Ringer Vol 000000000000000 i E Incoming Call 0000000000000 E E Outgoing Call Mii ve row SAA1561 Settings gt Volume and Beeps Outgoing Call owe E BwtonBees C j SAA1562 Volume and Beeps settings The display as illustrated will appear when pushing the SETTING button selecting the Volume and Beeps key with the multi function controller and pushing the ENTER button Guidance Vol To adjust the guidance voice volume louder or softer select the Guidance Volume and adjust it with the multi function controller You can also adjust the guidance voice volume by turning the VOLUME control knob while voice guidance is being announced Guidance Voice When this item is turned to ON you will hear voice guidance in the navigation oper
179. cks In a sudden stop or collision unse cured cargo could cause personal injury Your child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the child restraint top tether strap is da maged If the cargo cover contacts the top tether strap when it is at tached to the top tether anchor remove the cargo cover from the vehicle or secure it on the cargo floor below its attachment loca tion If the cargo cover is not removed it may damage the top tether strap during a collision Do not allow cargo to contact the top tether strap when it is attached to the top tether an chor Properly secure the cargo so it does not contact the top tether strap Cargo that is not properly secured or that con tacts the top tether strap may damage the top tether strap during a collision WINDOWS POWER WINDOWS AA WARNING e Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle while it is in motion and before closing the windows Use the win dow lock switch to prevent unex pected use of the power windows e Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could un knowingly activate switches or con trols and become trapped in the window Unattended children could become involved in serious acci dents The power windows operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position or for about 45 seconds after the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position If the driver s or front passenger
180. common factors contributing to vehicle GASS Ae e E A 7 3 Eole eee 7 5 Aluminum alloy wheels 00 cceeeeeeeeeneeeeeeees 7 3 Environmental factors influence the rate of Chrome paris tenean reir nin eea E 7 3 COMOSION ierra irnia u EE Ea E EERE EREE 7 5 Tire dreSSiNg sises reani 7 3 To protect your vehicle from corrosion 7 5 CLEANING EXTERIOR In order to maintain the appearance of your vehicle it is important to take proper care of it To protect the paint surface wash your vehicle as soon as you can e after a rainfall to prevent possible damage from acid rain e after driving on coastal roads e when contaminants such as soot bird droppings tree sap metal particles or bugs get on the paint surface e when dust or mud builds up on the surface Whenever possible store or park your vehicle inside a garage or in a covered area When it is necessary to park outside park in a shady area or protect the vehicle with a body cover Be careful not to scratch the paint surface when putting on or removing the body cover WASHING Wash dirt off the vehicle with a wet sponge and plenty of water Clean the vehicle thoroughly using a mild soap a special vehicle soap or general purpose dishwashing liquid mixed with clean lukewarm never hot water 7 2 Appearance and care AA CAUTION e Do not use car washes that use acid in the detergent Some car washes especially brushless ones use some acid
181. cted When this button is pushed while the CD is being played the CD will come out and the system will turn off If the CD comes out and is not removed it will be pulled back into the slot to protect it SCAN SCAN tuning When the SCAN tuning button is pushed while the CD is being played the beginning of all the tracks of the CDs will be played for 10 seconds in sequence Pushing the button again during this 10 second period will stop SCAN tuning Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 33 If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 10 seconds SCAN tuning continues to move to the next CD track AUX AUX Auxiliary button The AUX IN jack is located on the audio unit The AUX IN audio input jack accepts any standard analog audio input such as from a portable cassette tape CD player MP3 player or laptop computers Push the AUX button to play a compatible device when it is plugged into the AUX IN jack 4 34 Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 12 ON OFF button VOL volume control knob DISC button 1 i 5 ie 16 17 l z I toad 18 PusH ON OFF AT AUDIO auio scan 7 RPT RDM oun FM AM DISC AUX es ene T VOL 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 7 18 19 SAA2280 1 CD EJECT button 7 SEEK the TRACK CAT category or FILE APS 2 DISP display butt
182. cuatorime es 4 7 Status light Front passenger air bag 1 30 Steering Power steering fluid 8 12 Power steering system 5 24 Steering lock release malfunction indicator 2 15 Steering wheel mounted controls for audio 4 56 SiON GC istics cinmeindacsmutmacinaetineaatnnedadionmecaais 2 36 Sun visors Supplemental air bag warning labels Supplemental air bag warning light Supplemental restraint system Precautions on supplemental restraint SYSTEM hasita denda ua ai kaak ahaaa e biii Ei 1 24 Switch AUtOliQht SWtEhcissesia iterii 2 29 Fog Night sSwite hronna is 2 32 Hazard warning flasher switch 2 32 Headlight switch cceeee eee eens 2 29 Ignition switch automatic transmission MOCEIS soc ciecicccagoe nern r ni Nonin Eaa 5 11 Ignition switch manual transmission MODES asien ninna a naa DaniaiaA 5 15 Power door lock switch 0 0eeseeeeee 3 5 Rear window defroster switch 2 28 Turn Signal SWithis sccetesiersiediesreemeese ae 2 32 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch 2 34 SynchroRev Match mode S MODBE 5 16 T WACHOMECHEH viciciccccccicageecan veeewten eds sninn 2 5 Temperature gauge Engine coolant temperature gauge 25 c00craeesccncesacecccaans 2 6 Theft NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System Engine Starten oe e e a A 2 25 Whree way catalyStinsoneiei rinas vewncenvasatwed sews 5 2 MIP SIGCMNG issie eani oE See ie
183. curely See CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS in the 9 Technical and consumer information section for drain and refill capacity The drain and refill capacity depends on the oil temperature and drain time Use these specifications for reference only Always use the dipstick to determine the proper amount of oil in the engine Start the engine and check for leakage around the drain plug and the oil filter Correct as required Turn the engine off and wait more than 15 minutes Check the oil level with the dipstick Add engine oil if necessary After the operation f Install the engine undercover into position as the following steps Pull the center of the small plastic clip out Hold the engine undercover into position Insert the clip through the undercover into the hole in the frame then push the center of the clip in to lock the clip in place Install the other bolts that hold the under cover in place Be careful not to strip the bolts or over tighten them Lower the vehicle carefully to the ground Dispose of waste oil and filter properly WARNING Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer Try to avoid direct skin contact with used oil If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible Keep used engine oil out of reach of children AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID When checking or replacement is required
184. curs maintain control of the vehicle by following the procedure below Please note that this procedure is only a general guide The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the conditions of the vehicle road and traffic 1 Remain calm and do not overreact Do not apply the brakes Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course 4 When appropriate slowly release the accel erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle 5 If there is nothing in the way steer the vehicle to follow the road while the vehicle speed is reduced Do not attempt to drive the vehicle back onto the road surface until vehicle speed is reduced 6 When it is safe to do so gradually turn the steering wheel until both tires return to the Starting and driving 5 5 road surface When all tires are on the road surface steer the vehicle to stay in the appropriate driving lane e f you decide that it is not safe to return the vehicle to the road surface based on vehicle road or traffic conditions gra dually slow the vehicle to a stop in a safe place off the road RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSS Rapid air pressure loss or a blow out can occur if the tire is punctured or is damaged due to hitting a curb or pothole Rapid air pressure loss can also be caused by driving on under inflated tires Rapid air pressure loss can affect the handling and stability of the vehicle especially at highway speeds
185. d of the TUNE button is pushed while the CD is being played the CD will play while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the CD will return to normal play speed msx APS Automatic Program Search FF APF REW When i APS FF of the SEEK button is pushed while the CD is being played the next track or the current track on the CD will start to play from its beginning Push several times to skip through tracks The CD will advance the number of times the button is pushed When the last track on the CD is skipped through the first track will be played When the 1 lt APS REW button is pushed the track being played returns to its beginning Push several times to skip back through tracks The CD will go back the number of times the button is pushed A CD with MP3 or WMA is not supported with this function RPT RDM REPEAT RPT RANDOM RDM play When the RPT or RDM button is pushed while the CD is being played the play pattern can be changed as follows RPT button 1 Disc Repeat Normal play lt 1 Track Repeat RDM button 1 Disc Repeat Normal play lt 1 Disc Random The display shows the following symbol No mark 1 CD RPT 1 1 TR RPT RDM 1 CD RDM A CD with MP3 or WMA is not supported with this function cD EJECT When the CD EJECT button is pushed with the CD loaded the CD will be eje
186. d off Note that in this mode the recognition success rate may be affected as the number of available commands and the ways of speaking each command are increased For U S customers the Standard Mode is selected by default For Canadian customers the Alternate Command Mode is the default mode To switch one mode to another see each mode description later in this section To improve the recognition success rate when Alternate Command Mode is active try using the Speaker Adaptation Function available in that mode Otherwise it is recommended that Alternate Command Mode be turned off and Standard Mode be used for the best recognition performance For the voice commands for the navigation system refer to the Navigation System Owner s Manual of your vehicle NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION STANDARD MODE The following section is applicable when the Standard Mode is activated This mode is selected by default for U S customers The Standard Mode enables you to complete the desired operation by simply following the prompts that appear on the display and also are announced by the system Hands free operation of Audio Air Conditioner and Display systems is not available in this mode 4 82 Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Settings gt Others _ 2 EP eanguage suns E e SAA1566 Activating Standard Mode When the Alternate Command Mode is active p
187. de air temperature and driving conditions 2 6 Instruments and controls AA CAUTION If the gauge indicates engine coolant temperature near the hot H end of the normal range reduce vehicle speed to decrease temperature If gauge is over the normal range stop the vehicle as soon as Safely possible If the engine is overheated continued operation of the vehicle may seriously damage the en gine See IF YOUR VEHICLE OVER HEATS in the 6 In case of emergency section for immediate action required ooo0000000000000 0 SIC3976 FUEL GAUGE The gauge indicates the approximate fuel level in the tank The gauge may move slightly during braking turning acceleration or going up or down hills Refill the fuel tank before the gauge registers E Empty The low fuel warning appears on the vehicle information display when the amount of fuel in the tank is getting low Refuel as soon as it is convenient preferably before the gauge reaches E There will be a small reserve of fuel in the tank when the fuel gauge reaches E The R gt indicates that the fuel filler door is located on the passenger s side of the vehicle result in engine damage A CAUTION Voltmeter When the ignition switch is turned to the ON position the volt meter 2 indicates the battery e lf the vehicle runs out of fuel the YA YA HE voltage When the engine is running it indicates So malfunction
188. dicator light amp Slip indicator light SynchroRev Match mode S MODE indi cator Turn signal hazard indicator lights Co VDC Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator OFF light if so equipped WARNING LIGHTS ABS or Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light When the ignition switch is in the ON position the Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light illuminates and then turns off This indicates the ABS is operational If the ABS warning light illuminates while the engine is running or while driving it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer lf an ABS malfunction occurs the anti lock function is turned off The brake system then operates normally but without anti lock assis tance See BRAKE SYSTEM in the 5 Starting and driving section AT se cueck Automatic transmission check warning light if so equipped When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position the light comes on for 2 seconds If the light comes on at any other time it may indicate the transmission is not functioning properly Have your NISSAN dealer check and repair the transmission BRAKE or This light functions for both the parking brake and the foot brake systems Brake warning light Parking brake indicator When the ignition
189. dio file The CF card inserted in the slot or its folder does not contain any music files SAA2283 iPod PLAYER OPERATION if so equipped Connecting iPod Open the console lid and connect the cable 4 as illustrated and then connect the other end of the cable to your iPod Your vehicle is equipped with the specialized cable for con necting the iPod to your vehicle audio unit The battery of your iPod is charged during the connection to the vehicle The display on the iPod shows a NISSAN screen when the connection is completed While connecting the iPod to the vehicle the iPod can only be operated by the vehicle audio controls 4 46 Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems To disconnect the cable from the vehicle outlet fully depress the center connector button to unlatch the connector and pull the connector straight out of the outlet To disconnect the cable from the iPod fully depress the side connector buttons and pull the iPod connector straight out of the iPod iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries Compatibility The following models are available e Third generation iPod Firmware version 2 3 or later Audiobook and Podcast are not available e Fourth generation iPod Firmware version 3 1 1 or later e Fifth generation iPod Firmware version 1 1 2 or later e iPod mini Fi
190. ds Release both buttons Position the end of the hand held transmitter 1 3 inches away from the HomeLink sur face Using both hands simultaneously push and hold both the HomeLink button you want to program and the hand held transmitter button DO NOT release the buttons until step 4 has been completed Hold down both buttons until the indicator light on HomeLink flashes changing from a slow blink to a rapid blink This could take up to 90 seconds When the indicator light blinks rapidly both buttons may be released The rapidly flashing light indicates successful programming To activate the garage door or other programmed device push and hold the programmed HomeLink button releasing when the device begins to activate 5 If the indicator light on HomeLink blinks rapidly for two seconds and then turns solid HomeLink has picked up a rolling code garage door opener signal You will need to proceed with the next steps to train Home Link completing the programming may require a ladder and another person for convenience 6 Push and release the program button located on the garage door opener s motor to activate the training mode This button is usually located near the antenna wire that hangs down from the motor If the wire originates from under a light lens you will need to remove the lens to access the training button NOTE Once you have pushed and released the trainin
191. ds cannot be accepted when the iconis 3 The list displayed can be scrolled by tilting the ENTER switch on the steering wheel If the command is not recognized the system announces Please say again Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 99 Repeat the command in a clear voice e Push the BACK button once to return to the previous screen e f you want to cancel the command push and hold the TALK y amp switch for 1 second The message Voice canceled will be announced e Push the TALK switch again to pause the operation Push the TALK amp switch to restart the operation e f you want to adjust the volume of the system feedback push the volume control buttons or on the steering wheel or use the audio system volume knob while the system is making an announcement How to speak numbers NISSAN Voice Recognition requires a certain way to speak numbers when giving voice commands Refer to the following examples General rule Only single digits 0 zero to 9 can be used For example if you would like to say 500 five zero zero can be used but five hundred cannot Phone numbers Speak phone numbers according to the follow ing examples e 1 800 662 6200 Dial one eight zero zero six six two zero zero Note 1 For the best voice recognition phone dialing results say phone numbers as single digits Note 2 You cannot
192. e e After locking with the door handle request switch verify the doors are securely locked by testing them e To prevent the Intelligent Key from being left inside the vehicle make sure you carry the key with you and then lock the doors Do not pull the door handle before pushing the door handle request switch The door will be unlocked but will not open Release the door handle once and pull it again to open the door The Intelligent Key system opening closing doors with the door handle request switch can be set to remain inactive See VEHI CLE INFORMATION AND SETTINGS models with navigation system in the 4 Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems sec tion SPA2569 SPA2570 INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATION You can lock or unlock the doors without taking the key out from your pocket or bag SPA2571 Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 9 When you carry the Intelligent Key with you you can lock or unlock all doors and the rear hatch by pushing the door handle request switch driver s or front passenger s A or the rear hatch request switch within the range of operation When you lock or unlock the doors and the rear hatch the hazard indicator will flash and the horn or the outside chime will sound as a confirma tion For details see Setting hazard indicator and horn mode later in this section Locking doors rear hatc
193. e Eastern e Atlantic e Newfoundland e Hawaii e Alaska 4 14 Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Settings gt Comfort amp Conv E Auto Interior Illumination E Auto Headlights Sensitivity o 0000 2 A mud E Auto Headlights Off Delay OCE DA orc anc Af saene norin _ SAA1564 Settings gt Comfort amp Conv i 3 Auto Headlights Off Delay F E Speed Sensing Wiper Interval HE Selective Door Unlock E Intelligent Key Lock Unlock 4j Return All Settings to Default F 7 SAA2323 Comfort amp Conv settings The display as illustrated will appear when pushing the SETTING button selecting the Comfort amp Conv key with the multi function controller and pushing the ENTER button This key does not appear on the display until the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position Auto Interior Illumination When this item is turned to ON the interior lights will illuminate if any door is unlocked Auto Headlights Sensitivity Adjust the sensitivity of the automatic headlights higher right or lower left Auto Headlights Off Delay Choose the duration of the automatic headlight off timer from O 30 45 60 90 120 150 and 180 second periods Speed Sensing Wiper Interval When this item is turned to ON the wiper interval is adjusted automatically according to the vehicle speed Selective Door Unlock When this i
194. e chime sounds continuously position and the selector lever is not in position and push the ignition switch to the Automatic Transmission models the P Park position OFF position When closing the door with the The outside chime sounds for approximately 3 The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle inside lock knob turned to LOCK seconds and all the doors unlock and cargo room area Cary the Intelligent Key with you The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle and cargo room area Carry the Intelligent Key with you When pushing the door handle The outside chime sounds for approximate A door is not closed securely Close the door securely request switch to lock the door seconds The door handle request switch is Push the door handle request switch after pushed before the door is closed the door is closed 3 12 Pre driving checks and adjustments REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM A WARNING The Intelligent Key transmits radio waves when the buttons are pushed The FAA advises that the radio waves may affect aircraft navigation and com munication systems Do not operate the Intelligent Key while on an airplane Make sure the buttons are not operated unintentionally when the unit is stored during a flight It is possible to lock unlock all doors fuel filler door activate the panic alarm and open the windows by pushing the buttons on the Intelli gent Key from outside the vehicle Before loc
195. e driving checks and adjustments section for the seat position memory function SSS0928 Forward and backward Moving the switch forward or backward will slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position Reclining Move the recline switch backward until the desired angle is obtained To bring the seatback forward again move the switch 2 forward The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit See PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE later in this section The seatback may also be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is stopped and the transmission is in the P Park position or N Neutral position with the parking brake fully applied Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 3 SSS0394 SPA1715 Front manual seat adjustment Forward and backward Pull the lever up while you slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position Release the lever to lock the seat in position Reclining To recline the seatback pull the lever up and lean back To bring the seatback forward again pull the lever and move your body forward The seatback will move forward The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit See PRECA
196. e ignition switch to the ON position Depress the brake pedal AT model or the clutch pedal MT model and push the ignition switch to start the engine To start the engine immediately push and release the ignition switch while depressing the brake pedal with the ignition switch in any position e f the engine is very hard to start in extremely cold weather or when restart ing depress the accelerator pedal a little approximately 1 3 to the floor and while holding crank the engine Release the accelerator pedal when the engine starts e f the engine is very hard to start because it is flooded depress the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and hold it Push the ignition switch to the ON position to start cranking the engine After 5 or 6 seconds stop cranking by pushing the ignition switch to OFF After cranking the engine release the accelerator pedal Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by depressing the brake pedal and pushing the push button ignition switch to start the engine If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure A CAUTION Do not operate the starter for more than 15 seconds at a time If the engine does not start push the ignition switch to OFF and wait 10 seconds before cranking again otherwise the starter could be damaged Warm up Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 seconds after starting Do not race the engine while warming it up Dri
197. e parking brake is applied 2 Low fuel warning This warning appears when the fuel level in the tank is getting low Refuel as soon as it is convenient preferably before the fuel gauge reaches the empty E position There is a small reserve of fuel remaining in the tank when the fuel gauge reaches the empty E position 3 Low washer fluid warning This warning appears when the washer tank fluid is at a low level Add washer fluid as necessary See WINDOW WASHER FLUID in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section 4 Door rear hatch open warning ignition switch is in the ON position This warning appears if any of the doors and or the lift gate are open or not closed securely The vehicle icon indicates which door is open on the display 5 Time to rest indicator This indicator appears when the set time to rest indicator activates You can set the time for up to 6 hours See TRIP COMPUTER later in this section 6 Low outside temperature warning This warning appears if the outside temperature is below 37 F 3 C The warning can be set not to be displayed See TRIP COMPUTER later in this section 7 SynchroRev Match mode S MODE warning This warning appears if a system malfunction Instruments and controls 2 17 occurs When the warning appears the S MODE function will not operate but the manual transmission will operate normally and driving can be continued H
198. e preferred item by tilting the ENTER switch up or down and then push the ENTER switch to select it Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 5 EGY Menu Options Destination Route Information Settings SAA1591 Ge Setings gt Comtonecow Gad PC PETTEE N Ato Heaaigms Sers 0000 Ef Auto Heasights or pery OCES JE Speca Sensing wiper miena _f PLE Setecive Door Uniock C pown Cabin lighting when unlocking d ors SAA1510 Available items Destination Route These items are for the navigation system See the separate Navigation System Owner s Man ual for details Information Displays the information screen It is the same screen that appears when you push the INFO button Settings Displays the settings screen It is the same screen that appears when you push the SET TING button HOW TO SELECT MENUS ON THE SCREEN Vehicle functions are viewed on the display screen in menus Whenever a menu selection is made or menu item is highlighted different areas on the screen provide you with important information See the following for details 1 Header Shows the path used to get to the current screen i e push SETTING button gt choose Comfort amp Conv menu item 4 6 Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Menu Selections Shows the options to choose within
199. e such as a television set or personal computer Do not allow the Intelligent Key to come into contact with water or salt water and do not wash it in a washing machine This could affect the system function If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen NISSAN recommends erasing the ID code of that Intelligent Key This will prevent the Intelligent Key from unauthorized use to unlock the vehicle For information regarding the erasing procedure please con tact a NISSAN dealer aS SPA2033 Mechanical key To remove the mechanical key release the lock knob at the back of the Intelligent Key To install the mechanical key firmly insert it into the Intelligent Key until the lock knob returns to the lock position Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock the doors and glove box See DOORS later in this section and STO RAGE in the 2 Instruments and controls section AA CAUTION Always carry the mechanical key in stalled in the Key VALET HAND OFF When you have to leave a key with a valet give them the Intelligent Key itself and keep the mechanical key with you to protect your belongings To prevent the glove box from being opened during valet hand off follow the procedures below 1 Remove the mechanical key from the In telligent Key 2 Lock the glove box with the mechanical key 3 Hand the Intelligent Key to the valet keeping the mechanical key in your pocket or bag for inse
200. e three point type seat belts have two modes of operation e Emergency Locking Retractor ELR e Automatic Locking Retractor ALR The Emergency Locking Retractor ELR mode allows the seat belt to extend and retract to allow the driver and passengers some freedom Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 11 of movement in the seat The ELR locks the seat belt when the vehicle slows down rapidly or during impacts The Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode child restraint mode locks the seat belt for child restraint installation When the ALR mode is activated the seat belt cannot be extended again until the seat belt tongue is detached from the buckle and fully retracted The seat belt returns to the ELR mode after the seat belt fully retracts For additional information see CHILD RESTRAINTS later in this section The ALR mode should be used only for child restraint installation During normal seat belt use by an occupant the ALR mode should not be activated If it is activated it may cause uncomfortable seat belt tension AA WARNING When fastening the seat belts be certain that seatbacks are completely secured in the latched position If they are not completely secured passengers may be injured in an accident or sudden stop SSS0326 Unfastening the seat belts To unfasten the seat belt push the button on the buckle The seat belt automatically retracts Checking seat belt o
201. e to follow these recommenda tions may result in shortened engine life and reduced engine performance Avoid driving for long periods at constant speed either fast or slow Do not run the engine over 4 000 rpm Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear Avoid quick starts Avoid hard braking as much as possible INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY Accelerate slowly and smoothly Maintain cruising speeds with a constant accelerator position Drive at moderate speeds on the highway Avoid unnecessary stopping and braking Keep a safe distance behind other vehicles Select a gear range suitable to road condi tions Avoid unnecessary prolonged engine idling Keep your engine tuned up Follow the recommended periodic mainte nance schedule Keep the tires inflated at the correct pressure Improper tire pressure will in crease wear and waste fuel Make sure the front wheels are properly aligned Improper alignment will cause pre mature tire wear and lower fuel economy Air conditioner operation lowers fuel econ omy Use the air conditioner only when necessary When cruising at highway speeds it is more economical to use the air conditioner and leave the windows closed to reduce drag PARKING PARKING ON HILLS aS ES Er eS Ea Fr ic ce A WARNING e Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire e Never l
202. e treble response Multipath reception Because of the reflective characteristics of FM signals direct and re flected signals reach the receiver at the same time The signals may cancel each other resulting in momentary flutter or loss of sound AM radio reception AM signals because of their low frequency can bend around objects and skip along the ground In addition the signals can be bounced off the ionosphere and bent back to earth Because of these characteristics AM signals are also subject to interference as they travel from transmitter to receiver Fading Occurs while the vehicle is passing through freeway underpasses or in areas with many tall buildings It can also occur for several seconds during ionospheric turbulence even in areas where no obstacles exist Static Caused by thunderstorms electrical power lines electric signs and even traffic lights 4 24 Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Satellite radio reception if so equipped When the satellite radio is used for the first time or the battery has been replaced the satellite radio may not work properly This is not a malfunction Wait more than 10 minutes with the satellite radio ON and the vehicle outside of any metal or large building for the satellite radio to receive all of the necessary data The satellite radio mode requires an active XM Satellite Radio subscription The satellite radio is not availa
203. e your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions NISSAN recommends the use of SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels Snow tires If snow tires are needed it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size and load rating to the original equipment tires If you do not it can adversely affect the safety and handling of your vehicle Generally snow tires will have lower speed ratings than factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire If you install snow tires they must be the same size brand construction and tread pattern on all four wheels For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction cap abilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires TIRE CHAINS AA CAUTION Tire chains cables should not be in stalled on 19 inch size tires Doing so will cause damage to the vehicle If you plan to use tire chains cables you should install 18 inch size tires on your vehicle Use of tire chains may be prohibited according to location Check the local laws before instal ling tire chains When installing tire chains make sure they are the proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are installed according to
204. ears move the selector lever to the P Park position or push the ignition switch to the ON position An inside warning chime will also sound See INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section 7 PUSH warning This warning appears when the selector lever is moved to the P Park position with the ignition switch in the ACC position after the SHIFT P warning appears To push the ignition switch to the OFF position perform the following procedure SHIFT P warning Move the selector lever to P gt PUSH warning Push the ignition switch ignition switch position is turned to ON gt PUSH warning Push the ignition switch ignition switch position is turned to OFF 8 Key battery discharge indicator This indicator appears when the key battery is running out of power If this indicator appears replace the battery with a new one See INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY REPLACEMENT in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section 9 Engine start operation indicator Manual Transmission models This indicator means that the engine will start by pushing the ignition switch with the clutch pedal depressed WARNING 0 0 RELEASE PARKING ALERT Low 00 F F outSIDE 6 FEN TEMP SIC4027 WARNINGS AND ALERTS 1 Parking brake release warning This warning appears when the vehicle speed is above 4 MPH 7 km h and th
205. ease your stop ping distance and braking will re quire greater pedal effort as well as pedal travel e If the brake fluid level is below the minimum or MIN mark on the brake fluid reservoir do not drive until the brake system has been checked at a NISSAN dealer Charge warning light If the light comes on while the engine is running it may indicate the charging system is not functioning properly Turn the engine off and check the alternator belt If the belt is loose broken missing or if the light remains on see a Instruments and controls 2 9 NISSAN dealer immediately A CAUTION Do not continue driving if the alternator belt is loose broken or missing y Engine oil pressure warning light This light warns of low engine oil pressure If the light flickers or comes on during normal driving pull off the road in a safe area stop the engine immediately and call a NISSAN dealer or other authorized repair shop The engine oil pressure warning light is not designed to indicate a low oil level Use the dipstick to check the oil level See ENGINE OIL in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section A CAUTION Running the engine with the engine oil pressure warning light on could cause serious damage to the engine almost immediately Such damage is not cov ered by warranty Turn off the engine as soon as it is safe to do so 2 10 Instruments and controls KEY 0
206. eat belt usage 1 7 Pregnant WOmenieccceevceres tenctosiendceeeaees 1 10 S at belt Cleaning assir vsnskaseatcwateriealin wns 7 5 Seat belt extenders cccceee eee eee 1 13 Seat belt maintenance ccceee 1 13 Seat belt warning light and chime 2 11 Sat belts wus ceds ouge eas 1 7 Seat belts with pretensioners 0 1 35 Shoulder Delt aMis wiisrsewcensecreegt 1 13 Small children Three point type Seat s Heated seats Seats sisi Secondary rear hatch release Security system NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System Engine stan es iccccsassenancrisarnuenaetemecrant 2 25 Security system Vehicle security system 2 24 Selector lever Shift lock release Servicing air conditioner SETTING button 0 Shift lock release Transmission Shifting Automatic transmission 22 e0eeeeee 5 11 Manual transmission c00ceseeee eee 5 15 Shoulder belt armasi eraser mesecedennani ves 1 13 PAO reoni cid ENSA ENNES 9 8 Spark plgi siinne piian sadeiangens ree 8 17 SpSedometeri is iiaccacinrasemtneadanactiacaere canes 2 5 Starting Before starting the engine 66 5 10 JUMP STARING csdeccces setae scene saaeneneen semen 6 7 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 PUSHiSTAMIAG insira cameem ig nitdeuneen canes 6 9 Starting the engine ccceeee eee 5 10 STATUS DUHA iweciecertieerncttasinterdee
207. eave the engine running while the vehicle is unattended e Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could un knowingly activate switches or con trols Unattended children could become involved in serious acci o BSP lt lt ES JES Ea es NIN PN PN IN GNIN NAN FN AN ANTINTS SD1006MA dents Safe parking procedures require that both the parking brake be applied and the transmission placed into P Park for Automatic Trans mission AT model or in an appro priate gear for Manual Transmission MT model Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpect edly or roll away and result in an accident Make sure the automatic transmis sion selector lever has been pushed as far forward as it can go and cannot be moved without depres sing the foot brake pedal Firmly apply the parking brake Automatic transmission models Move the selector lever to the P Park position Manual transmission models Place the shift lever in the R Reverse gear When parking on an uphill grade place the shift lever in the 1st gear To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into the street when parked on a sloping drive way it is a good practice to turn the wheels as illustrated e HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels into the curb and move the vehicle forward until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb e HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels away from the
208. ecify that seat belts be worn at all times when a vehicle is being driven S0134A Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 7 AA WARNING Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times The seat belt should be properly adjusted to a snug fit Failure to do so may reduce the effectiveness of the entire restraint system and in crease the chance or severity of injury in an accident Serious injury or death can occur if the seat belt is not worn properly Always route the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never put the belt behind your back under your arm or across your neck The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Position the lap belt as low and snug as possible AROUND THE HIPS NOT THE WAIST A lap belt worn too high could increase the risk of internal injuries in an acci dent Be sure the seat belt tongue is securely fastened to the proper buckle Do not wear the seat belt inside out or twisted Doing so may reduce its effectiveness Do not allow more than one person to use the same seat belt Never carry more people in the vehicle than there are seat belts If the seat belt warning light glows continuously while the ignition is turned ON with all doors closed and all seat belts fastened it may in dicate a malfunction in the system Have the system
209. eck the coolant level in the reservoir when the engine is cold If the coolant level is below MIN open the reservoir tank cap and add coolant up to the MAX 4 level If the reservoir tank is empty check the coolant level in the radiator when the engine is cold If there is insufficient coolant in the radiator fill the radiator with coolant up to the filler opening and also add it to the reservoir tank up to the MAX level Tighten the cap securely after adding engine coolant If the cooling system requires coolant frequently have it checked by a NISSAN dealer CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT Major cooling system repairs should be per formed by a NISSAN dealer The service procedures can be found in the appropriate NISSAN Service Manual Improper servicing can result in reduced heater performance and engine overheat ing A WARNING e To avoid the danger of being scalded never change the coolant when the engine is hot e Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator e Avoid direct skin contact with used coolant If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible e Keep coolant out of reach of chil dren and pets Engine coolant must be disposed of properly Check your local regulations ENGINE OIL SDI2348 CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL ili Park the vehicle on a level surface and
210. ecome shorter For information regarding replacement of a battery see INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY REPLACEMENT in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section Because the steering wheel is locked electri cally unlocking the steering wheel with the ignition switch in the LOCK position is impos sible when the vehicle battery is completely discharged Pay special attention that the vehicle battery is not completely discharged As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered and used with one vehicle For information about the purchase and use of additional Intelligent Keys contact a NISSAN dealer A CAUTION e Do not allow the Intelligent Key which contains electrical compo nents to come into contact with water or salt water This could affect the system function e Do not drop the Intelligent Key e Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharply against another object e Do not change or modify the Intel ligent Key e Wetting may damage the Intelligent Key If the Intelligent Key gets wet immediately wipe until it is comple tely dry e Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in an area where temperatures exceed 140 F 60 C e Do not attach the Intelligent Key with a key holder that contains a magnet e Donot place the Intelligent Key near equipment that produces a mag netic field such as a TV audio equipment and personal computers If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen NIS
211. ed forward or backward When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and is not an indication of a malfunction A WARNING e The VDC system is designed to help improve driving stability but does not prevent accidents due to abrupt steering operation at high speeds or due to careless or dangerous driv ing techniques Reduce vehicle speed and be especially careful when driving and cornering on slip pery surfaces and always drive care fully If engine related parts such as muffler are not standard equipment or are extremely deteriorated the vec indicator or indicator or both indicator lights may illuminate Do not modify the vehicle s suspen sion If suspension parts such as shock absorbers struts springs stabilizer bars and bushings are not NISSAN approved or are extre mely deteriorated the VDC system may not operate properly This could adversely affect vehicle handling performance and the Y indicator or indicator or both indicator lights may illuminate If brake related parts such as brake pads rotors and calipers are not standard equipment or are extre mely deteriorated the indicator or indicator or both indicator lights may illuminate When driving on extremely inclined surfaces such as higher banked corners the VDC system may not Starting and driving 5 27 operate properly a
212. ed high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law A WARNING The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed under inflation or excessive 9 18 Technical and consumer information loading either separately or in combi nation can cause heat build up and possible tire failure EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARRANTY Your NISSAN is covered by the following emission warranties For US e Emission Defects Warranty e Emissions Performance Warranty Details of these warranties may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty In formation Booklet which comes with your NISSAN If you did not receive a Warranty Information Booklet or it is lost you may obtain a replacement by writing to e Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5003 For Canada Emission Control System Warranty Details of this warranty may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Information Booklet which comes with your NISSAN If you did not receive a W
213. ed with different sized tires in the front and rear A pin is on the front brake rotor to prevent the rear wheels from being installed in place of the front wheels The spare tire can be installed in place of the front and rear wheels When installing the spare tire in the front wheel the hole in the spare tire wheel must be aligned with the pin on the brake rotor AA WARNING e Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc e For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Cana da in the Warranty Information Booklet M faa A Bl SDI1663 1 Wear indicator 2 Wear indicator location mark Tire wear and damage AA WARNING e Tires should be periodically in spected for wear cracking bul ging or objects caught in the tread If excessive wear cracks bulging or deep cuts are found the tire s should be replaced e The original tires have built in tread wear indicators When wear indicators are visible the tire s should be replaced e Tires degrade with age and use Have tires including the spare over 6 years old checked by a qualified technician because some tire damage may not be obvious Replace the tires as necessary to prevent tire failure and possible personal injury e Improper service of the spare tire may result in ser
214. edal is not depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the wear warning sound is heard Under some driving or climate conditions occasional brake squeak squeal or other noise may be heard Occasional brake noise during light to moderate stops is normal and does not 8 20 Maintenance and do it yourself affect the function or performance of the brake system Proper brake inspection intervals should be followed For additional information see the maintenance log section of your NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for mainte nance intervals FUSES SDI1479A ENGINE COMPARTMENT AA CAUTION Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than that specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If any electrical equipment does not operate check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF or LOCK position and the headlight switch is turned to OFF Open the engine hood and remove the cover on the battery and the fuse fusible link holder Remove the fuse fusible link holder cover Remove the fuse with the fuse puller SDI1754 5 If the fuse is open A replace it with a new fuse Spare fuses are stored in the passenger compartment fuse box 6 If a new fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by a NISSAN dealer Fusible links If any electrical equipment does not opera
215. elector lever to the P Park position Automatic transmis 6 8 In case of emergency sion models Move the shift lever to the N Neutral position Manual transmission models Switch off all unnecessary elec trical systems light heater air conditioner etc Remove vent caps on the battery if so equipped Cover the battery with a firmly wrung out moist cloth to reduce explosion hazard Connect jumper cables in the sequence as illustrated GQ gt gt gt If the battery is disconnected or dis charged the steering wheel will lock and cannot be turned Supply power using jumper cables before pushing the ignition switch and disengaging the steering lock AA CAUTION e Always connect positive to posi tive and negative to body ground as illustrated not to the battery e Make sure the jumper cables do not touch moving parts in the engine compartment and that clamps do not contact any other metal 5 Start the engine of the booster vehicle and let it run for a few minutes Keep the engine speed of the booster vehicle A at about 2 000 rpm and start the engine of the vehicle being jump started A CAUTION Do not keep the starter motor engaged for more than 10 seconds If the engine does not start right away push the ignition switch to the OFF position and wait 10 seconds before trying again After starting your engine carefully discon nect the negative cab
216. emental air bag warning light does not come on at all Unless checked and repaired the Supplemental Restraint Systems and or the pretensioner seat belt may not function properly 2 12 Instruments and controls For additional information see SUPPLEMEN TAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section A WARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the front air bag side air bag and curtain air bag systems and or pretensioner system will not operate in an accident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possible INDICATOR LIGHTS N I Transmission position indicator if so equipped When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position the indicator shows the transmission position See DRIVING THE VEHICLE in the 5 Starting and driving section CRUISE Cruise indicator light Cruise main switch indicator This light illuminates when the cruise control main switch is pushed The light turns off when the main switch is pushed again When the cruise main switch indicator light illuminates the cruise control system is operational See CRUISE CONTROL in the 5 Starting and driving section Cruise malfunction If the cruise indicator light blinks while the engine is running it may indicate the cruise control system i
217. ender Such unnecessary use could result in serious personal injury in the event of an accident e Never use seat belt extenders to install child restraints If the child restraint is not secured properly the child could be seriously injured in a collision or a sudden stop SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE e To clean the seat belt webbings apply a mild soap solution or any solution recom mended for cleaning upholstery or carpets Then wipe with a cloth and allow the seat belts to dry in the shade Do not allow the seat belts to retract until they are completely dry e If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide of the seat belt anchors the seat belts may retract slowly Wipe the shoulder belt guide with a clean dry cloth Periodically check to see that the seat belt and the metal components such as buckles tongues retractors flexible wires and anchors work properly If loose parts deterioration cuts or other damage on the webbing is found the entire seat belt assembly should be replaced Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 13 CHILD RESTRAINTS SSS0099 SSS0100 PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RESTRAINTS AA WARNING Children should always be placed in an appropriate child restraint while riding in the vehicle Failure to use a child restraint can result in serious injury or death Children should never be carried on your lap lt is not possible for even the strongest adult
218. ened in a mild soap solution especially during winter months in areas where road salt is used Salt could discolor the wheels if not removed A CAUTION Follow the directions below to avoid staining or discoloring the wheels e Do not use a cleaner that uses strong acid or alkali contents to clean the wheels e Do not apply wheel cleaners to the wheels when they are hot The wheel temperature should be the same as ambient temperature e Rinse the wheel to completely re move the cleaner within 15 minutes after the cleaner is applied CHROME PARTS Clean chrome parts regularly with a non abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish TIRE DRESSING NISSAN does not recommend the use of tire dressings Tire manufacturers apply a coating to the tires to help reduce discoloration of the rubber If a tire dressing is applied to the tires it may react with the coating and form a com pound This compound may come off the tire while driving and stain the vehicle paint If you choose to use a tire dressing take the following precautions e Use a water based tire dressing The coat ing on the tire dissolves more easily with an oil based tire dressing e Apply a light coat of tire dressing to help prevent it from entering the tire tread grooves where it would be difficult to remove e Wipe off excess tire dressing using a dry towel Make sure the tire dressing is completely removed from the tire tread grooves e
219. eplacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not ori ginally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors AA CAUTION The TPMS may not function properly when the wheels are equipped with tire chains or the wheels are buried in snow Do not place metalized film or any metal parts antenna etc on the windows This may cause poor re ception of the signals from the tire pressure sensors and the TPMS will not function properly Some devices and transmitters may temporarily interfere with the operation of the TPMS and cause the low tire pressure warning light to illuminate Some examples are Facilities or electric devices using similar radio frequencies are near the vehicle lf a transmitter set to similar frequencies is being used in or near the vehicle Ifa computer or similar equipment or a DC AC converter is being used in or near the vehicle FCC Notice Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Cana da Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept
220. erature F or C The outside air temperature is displayed in F or C in the range of 22 to 131 F 30 to 55 C The outside air temperature mode includes a low temperature warning feature If the outside air temperature is below 37 F 3 C the warning ICY is displayed on the screen The outside temperature sensor is located in front of the radiator The sensor may be affected by road or engine heat wind directions and other driving conditions The display may differ from the actual outside temperature or the temperature displayed on various signs or bill boards Instruments and controls 2 21 SETTING gt CLOCK gt MAINTENANCE gt ALERT gt OPTIONS ENTER NEXT SIC3992 Setting Setting cannot be made while driving A message Setting can only be operated when stopped is also displayed on the vehicle information display The J switch and switch are used in the setting mode to select and decide a menu SKIP Push the J switch to move to the warning check mode Push the switch to select other menus 2 22 Instruments and controls ALERT Alert menu can be set to notify the following items e UPSHIFT Select this submenu to set the engine speed RPM of the upshift indicator See Upshift indicator if so equipped for Manual Trans mission models in the 5 Starting and driving section e TIMER Select this submenu to specify when the
221. erciicirrccrsicoreiinesse 9 17 Temperature A B and C eeeeeeeeeeeee eee 9 18 Emission control system warranty 0ccccceeeeeees 9 18 Reporting safety defects US only eeeeeeeees 9 19 Readiness for Inspection Maintenance I M test US SONNY eara a ei a Fota 9 19 Event Data Recorders EDR cceceeeeeueeeeeees 9 20 Owner s Manual Service Manual order information 9 21 In the event of a Collision cceeeee eee ee ees 9 21 CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS The following are approximate capacities The actual refill capacities may be a little different When refilling follow the procedure instructed in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section to determine the proper refill capacity Capacity Approximate a 5 Recommended specifications US measure Imp measure Liter Fuel 19 gal 15 4 5 gal 71 9 Unleaded gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI RON 96 1 Engine oil 6 Drain and refill With oil filter change 5 1 8 qt 4 3 8 qt 4 9 e Engine oil with API Certification Mark 2 3 Without oil filter change 4 7 8 qt 4 qt 4 6 e Viscosity SAE 5W 30 2 3 Cooling system A ae With reservoir 9 qt 7 1 2 qt 8 5 Automatic transmission model Reservoir 7 8 qt 3 4 gt 0 8 50 Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant or equivalent Se With reservoir 9 1 8 qt 7 5 8 qt 8 6 50 Demineralized or distilled water Manual transmission model gt R
222. erform the following steps to switch to the Standard Mode 1 Push the SETTING button on the instrument panel 2 Highlight the Others key on the display and then push the ENTER button 3 Highlight the Voice Recognition key and then push the ENTER button Settings gt Voice Recognition E Command List E User Guide 7 Speaker Adaptation Alternate Command Mode 3 Minimize Voice Feedback Change the operation mode SAA1917 J Information gt User Guide E Getting Started E Placing Calls HE Finding a Street Address E Help on Speaking 4j Voice Recognition Settings Push the ENTER switch to select MON ieee t R 7 K SAA2164 4 Highlight the Alternate Command Mode key and push the ENTER button 5 The indicator turns off and the Standard Mode activates Displaying user guide lf you use the NISSAN Voice Recognition system for the first time or you do not know how to operate it you can display the User Guide for confirmation You can confirm how to use voice commands by accessing a simplified User Guide which contains basic instructions and tutorials for several voice commands 1 Push the INFO button on the instrument panel 2 Highlight the Voice Recognition key using the multi function controller and push the ENTER button 3 Highlight the User Guide key using the multi function controller and push the EN TER button 4 Highlight an item
223. ersonal injury e Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs If you do parts of your vehicle can break tire damage could occur or it can change the way your vehicle handles This could result in loss of control and cause personal injury e Overloading could not only shorten the life of your vehicle and the tires but also could lead 9 16 Technical and consumer information to hazardous vehicle handling and long braking distance This may cause a premature tire malfunction which could result in a serious accident and perso nal injury Failures caused by overloading are not covered by the vehicle s warranty MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS Secure loose items to prevent weight shifts that could affect the balance of your vehicle When the vehicle is loaded drive to a scale and weigh the front and the rear wheels separately to determine axle loads Individual axle loads should not exceed either of the gross axle weight ratings GAWR The total of the axle loads should not exceed the gross vehicle weight rating GVWR These ratings are given on the vehicle certification label If weight ratings are exceeded move or remove items to bring all weights below the ratings TOWING A TRAILER Do not tow a trailer with your vehicle FLAT TOWING Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground is sometimes called flat towing This method is sometimes used when towing a vehicle be
224. ery by the edges Holding the battery across the contact points will seriously deplete the storage capacity e Make sure that the side faces the bottom case Lx SDI1889 4 Align the tips of the upper and lower parts and then push them together until it is securely closed 5 Operate the buttons to check its operation See a NISSAN dealer if you need any assistance for replacement FCC Notice This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential in stallation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accor dance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communica tions However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the inter ference by one or more of the following measures Reorient or relocate the receiving an tenna Increase the separation between the equipment and the receiver Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected
225. es You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit SS0133 well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat belt properly See PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE later in this section After adjustment gently rock in the seat to make sure it is securely locked Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could un knowingly activate switches or con trols Unattended children could become involved in serious acci dents 1 2 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system The seatback should not be reclined any more than needed for comfort Seat belts are most effective when the passenger sits well back and straight up in the seat If the seat back is reclined the risk of sliding under the lap belt and being injured is increased A CAUTION When adjusting the seat positions be sure not to contact any moving parts to avoid possible injuries and or damages FRONT SEATS Front power seat adjustment Operating tips e The power seat motor has an auto reset overload protection circuit If the motor stops during operation wait 30 seconds then reactivate the switch e Do not operate the power seat switch for a long period of time when the engine is off This will discharge the battery See FRONT SEATS in the 3 Pr
226. eservoir 7 8 qt 3 4 qt 0 8 Automatic transmission fluid Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF 4 Manual ranamissionaearoll E _ E Genuine NISSAN Manual Transmission Fluid MTF g HQ Multi 75W 85 or API GL 4 Viscosity SAE 75W 85 or 75W 90 Differential gear oil _ _ _ Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL 5 80W 90 or API GL 5 9 Viscosity SAE 80W 90 7 Power steering fluid PSF Refill to the proper oil level according to the instructions in the 8 Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent 9 Brake and clutch fluid Maintenance and do it yourself section Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid 5 or equivalent DOT 3 Multi purpose grease NLGI No 2 Lithium soap base Air conditioning system refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a 8 Air conditioning system lubricants n NISSAN UV Luminous Oil Type S or exact equivalent Window washer fluid _ _ aia Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Antifreeze or 1 For additional information see later in this paragraph for fuel recommendation 2 For additional information see later in this paragraph for engine oil and oil filter recommendation 3 NISSAN recommends Genuine NISSAN Ester Engine Oil which is available at a NISSAN dealer 4 Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF will cause deterioration in driveability and automatic transmission durability and may damage the automatic transmission which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty 5
227. ess or death If you suspect that exhaust fumes are entering the vehicle drive with all windows fully open and have the vehicle inspected immediately Do not run the engine in closed spaces such as a garage Do not park the vehicle with the engine running for any extended length of time Keep the rear hatch closed while driving otherwise exhaust gases could be drawn into the passenger compartment If you must drive with the rear hatch open follow these precautions 1 Open all the windows 2 Set the air recirculation to off and the fan control to high to circulate the air If electrical wiring or other cable connections must pass to a trailer through the seal on the rear hatch or the body follow the manufacturer s recommendation to prevent carbon monoxide entry into the vehicle The exhaust system and body should be inspected by a qualified mechanic whenever The vehicle is raised for service You suspect that exhaust fumes are entering into the passenger compartment You notice a change in the sound of the exhaust system You have had an accident invol ving damage to the exhaust system underbody or rear of the vehicle THREE WAY CATALYST The three way catalyst is an emission control device installed in the exhaust system Exhaust gases in the three way catalyst are burned at high temperatures to help reduce pollutants AA WARNING The exhaust gas and the exhaust system are
228. etween CD and medium DISP CD DISPLAY information When the DISP button is pushed while the CD is being played the audio display will change as follows CD C Track Number gt Albun Title E Song Title CD with MP3 or WMA C Track Number Folder Title Song Title Artist Name lt Album Title 4 38 Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems ILO CD When the fast forward or rewind button is pushed while the CD is being played the CD will play while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the CD will return to normal play speed CD with MP3 or WMA When the or button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while the CD is being played the folders in the CD will change When the or button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds while the CD is being played the CD will play while forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the CD will return to the normal play speed FF Fast Forward REW Re wind APS Automatic Program Search FF APS REW When the APS FF button is pushed while the CD is being played the program next to the present one will start to play from its beginning Push several times to skip through programs The CD will advance the number of times the button is pushed When the last program on the CD is
229. everse or 1st Low gear shift to N Neutral then release the clutch pedal Fully depress the clutch pedal again and shift into R or 1st AA WARNING e Do not downshift abruptly on slip pery roads This may cause a loss of control e Do not over rev the engine when shifting to a lower gear This may cause a loss of control or engine damage AA CAUTION e Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal while driving This may da mage the clutch 5 16 Starting and driving e Fully depress the clutch pedal be fore shifting to help prevent trans mission damage e Stop your vehicle completely before shifting into R Reverse e When the vehicle is stopped with the engine running for example at a stop light shift to N Neutral and release the clutch pedal with the foot brake applied SynchroRev Match mode S MODE if so equipped for Manual Transmission models The SynchroRev Match mode S MODE auto matically adjusts the engine speed to match the selecting gear ratio while changing gears Precautions e Shift lever and clutch pedal operations are not different than a conventional manual transmission e Fully depress the clutch pedal Insufficient pedal depression may cause slow response of this system e When the clutch pedal is depressed with the gear still engaged the engine speed is kept at the proper level for the engaged gear Thus the engine speed may be kept high depending on the gear position
230. f the combination meter panel To operate the trip computer push the switches as shown above ENTER switch NEXT switch When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position modes of the trip computer can be selected by pushing the E switch Each time the E switch is pushed the display will change as follows Current fuel consumption Average fuel consumption and speed Elapsed time and trip odometer gt Distance to empty gt Outside air temperature gt Setting gt Warning check SIC3673 Current fuel consumption MPG or liter 100 km The current fuel consumption mode shows the current fuel consumption Instruments and controls 2 19 SIC3674 Average fuel consumption MPG or liter 100 km and speed MPH or km h Fuel consumption The average fuel consumption mode shows the average fuel consumption since the last reset Resetting is done by pushing the switch for longer than 1 second The average speed is also reset at the same time The display is updated every 30 seconds At about the first 1 3 mile 500 m after a reset the display shows 2 20 Instruments and controls Speed The average speed mode shows the average vehicle speed since the last reset Resetting is done by pushing the switch for longer than 1 second The average fuel consumption is also reset at the same time The display is updated every 30 seconds The fi
231. f time If you want to return to the D Drive position manually pull and hold the paddle shifter for about 1 5 seconds In the manual shift mode the shift range is displayed on the transmission position indicator in the meter Shift ranges up or down one by one as follows iM M aM a ee es 7 7th Use this position for all normal forward driving at highway speeds 6 6th and 5 5th Use this position when driving up long slopes or for engine braking when driving down long slopes 4 4th 3 3rd and 2 2nd Use for hill climbing or engine braking on downhill grades 5 14 Starting and driving 1 1st Use this position when climbing steep hills slowly or driving slowly through deep snow or for maximum engine braking on steep downhill grades e Remember not to drive at high speeds for extended periods of time in lower than 7th gear This reduces fuel economy e Moving the selector lever rapidly to the same side twice will shift the ranges in succes sion e Inthe manual shift mode the transmis sion may not shift to the selected gear This helps maintain driving perfor mance and reduces the chance of vehicle damage or loss of control e Inthe manual shift mode the transmis sion automatically shifts down to 1st gear before the vehicle comes to a stop When accelerating again it is necessary to shift up to the desired range Accelerator downshift In D Drive posi
232. fety systems Always wear seat belts No system can prevent all injuries in any acci dent 1 6 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system e Do not attach anything to the head restraint stalks Doing so could impair Active Head Restraint func tion The Active Head Restraint moves forward utilizing the force that the seatback receives from the occupant in a rear end collision The movement of the head restraint helps support the occupant s head by reducing its backward movement and helping absorb some of the forces that may lead to whiplash type injuries Active Head Restraints are effective for colli sions at low to medium speeds in which it is said that whiplash injury occurs most Active Head Restraints operate only in certain rear end collisions After the collision the head restraints return to their original positions Properly adjust the Active Head Restraints as described in the previous section SEAT BELTS PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE If you are wearing your seat belt properly adjusted and you are sitting upright and well back in your seat with both feet on the floor your chances of being injured or killed in an accident and or the severity of injury may be greatly reduced NISSAN strongly encourages you and all of your passengers to buckle up every time you drive even if your seating position includes a supplemental air bag Most U S states and Canadian provinces or territories sp
233. following information Your name address and telephone number Vehicle identification number attached to the top of the instrument panel on the driver s side Date of purchase Current odometer reading Your NISSAN dealer s name Your comments or questions OR You can write to NISSAN with the information on the left at For U S customers Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5003 For Canadian customers Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 4Z5 We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle Table of Contents Illustrated table of contents Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Instruments and controls Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and Pre driving checks and adjustments Starting and driving In case of emergency Appearance and care Maintenance and do it yourself Technical and consumer information r 0 Illustrated table of contents Seats seat belts and Supplemental Restraint Instrument panelis naea maene aa AET 0 7 System SRS sccceeceeteeeereeeeeeeeeteeenteee 0 2 Meters and QaugeS eeeeeeeeetteeeeeeeeteeneeennne 0 8 Exterior Monbar atsa a o a hres 0 3 Engine compartment ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 0 9 Exterior POON cerris iaeei ne ira eiae a awe 0 4 VQ37VHR engine model
234. formation for each item Download All Download all of the contacts registered in the Bluetooth cellular phone Availability of this function depends on each cellular phone The memory downloading procedure from the cellular phone also varies according to each cellular phone See cellular phone Owner s Manual for more details Delete Downloaded Phonebook Delete a downloaded phonebook Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 65 e Delete an Entry of Downloaded Phone book Delete an entry from the downloaded phonebook Automatic Hold If this item is turned on an incoming call will be placed on hold automatically after several rings Use Vehicle Ringtone If this item is turned on a specific ringtone that is different from the cellular phone s will sound when receiving a call Delete Call Logs Delete all of the incoming or outgoing call logs from the list Bluetooth Setup See the following information for each item e Bluetooth If this setting is turned off the connection between the cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module will be canceled e Bluetooth Info Check information about the device name device PIN and connection status Pair Phone See PAIRING PROCEDURE later in this section Priority Change Use this command to change the priority level of the active phone The priority level determines which phone will be connected to the system when more
235. g a stuck vehicle AA WARNING e Stand clear of a stuck vehicle e Do not spin your tires at high speed This could cause them to explode and result in serious injury Parts of your vehicle could also overheat and be damaged Pulling a stuck vehicle If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use a tow strap or other device designed specifically for vehicle recovery Always follow the manufacturer s instructions for the recovery device To remove the cover A first unhook the claws Q using a suitable tool wrapped in a cloth and then pull the lower side of the cover 2 Securely install the vehicle recovery hook stored with jacking tools as illustrated Attach the tow strap to the recovery hook Make sure that the hook is properly secured in the original place after use Do not use the tie down hooks for towing or vehicle recovery AA CAUTION e Tow chains or cables must be at tached only to the vehicle recovery hooks or main structural members of the vehicle Otherwise the vehi cle body will be damaged e Do not use the vehicle tie downs to free a vehicle stuck in sand snow mud etc e Never tow a vehicle using the vehi cle tie downs or recovery hooks e Always pull the cable straight out from the front of the vehicle Never pull on the vehicle at an angle e Pulling devices should be routed so they do not touch any part of the suspension steering brake or cool ing systems e
236. g button on the garage door open er s motor and the training light is lit you have 30 seconds in which to perform step 7 For convenience use the help of a second person to assist when performing this step 7 Quickly within 30 seconds of pushing and releasing the garage door opener training button and firmly push and release the HomeLink button you have just pro grammed Push and release the HomeLink Instruments and controls 2 45 button up to three times to complete the training 8 Your HomeLink button should now be programmed To program the remaining HomeLink buttons for additional door or gate openers follow steps 2 through 8 only NOTE Do not repeat step 1 unless you want to clear all previously programmed Home Link buttons If you have any questions or are having difficulty programming your HomeLink buttons please refer to the HomeLink web site at www homelink com or call 1 800 355 3515 PROGRAMMING HomeLink FOR CA NADIAN CUSTOMERS Prior to 1992 D O C regulations required hand held transmitters to stop transmitting after 2 seconds To program your hand held trans mitter to HomeLink continue to push and hold the HomeLink button note steps 2 through 4 under Programming HomeLink while you push and re push cycle your hand held transmitter every 2 seconds until the indicator light flashes rapidly indicating successful pro gramming NOTE If prog
237. ger ei ssedcc cect 1 7 Supplemental restraint system 1 24 When starting and driving 00eeeee 5 2 PUSHStAMIAG seiseecnsisiePeeteeine dad saginaoel aueteciiaeser 6 9 Push button ignition switch c ceeeee eee 5 7 R Radio serais arna Ea ETE 4 23 4 56 Car phone or CB radio 00ccee 4 57 Rapid air pressure lOSSrrericrinianaoniaisrorian 5 6 Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test US only 9 19 Rear hatch 3 17 Rear hatch opener 3 17 Rear hatch opener switch 3 17 Rear parcel box 2 38 Rear power point 0008 2 35 Rear window defroster switch 2 28 Recorders Event data cccecceeeeeeeeees 9 20 Registering your vehicle in another country 9 9 Remote keyless entry system 0000e 3 13 Reporting safety defects US only 668 9 19 Rollovers sse a a sages case 5 5 S Safety Child seat bolsi niincsessisressuan Reporting safety defects US only Satellite radio operation 0008 Seat adjustment Front manual seat adjustment 0 1 4 Front power seat adjustment 000 1 3 Front Seats s2 20 ccaceaqcrieeconesidasacadinaanenss a 1 3 Seat belt s Child Saletysen 22cscidenscc an aea 1 9 INFANTS nies od aciterngeeeeia aan tad etadene at a 1 9 Injured Person 22 000sesccsaeesserseencers 1 10 Larger children sieis ssnin padaanin 1 10 Precautions on s
238. gine is not running it indicates that the vehicle is not ready for an emission control system inspection maintenance test See READINESS FOR INSPECTION MAINTENANCE I M TEST US only in the 9 Technical and consumer information section Operation The malfunction indicator light will come on in one of two ways e Malfunction indicator light on steady An emission control system malfunction has been detected Check the fuel filler cap If the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The Sage light should turn off after a a ee SERVICE few driving trips If the ENGINE light does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer e Malfunction indicator light blinking An engine misfire has been detected which may damage the emission control system To reduce or avoid emission control system damage a Do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH 72 km h b Avoid hard acceleration or deceleration c Avoid steep uphill grades d If possible reduce the amount of cargo being hauled or towed The malfunction indicator light may stop blinking and remain on Have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer A CAUTION Continued vehicle operation without having the emission control system che
239. gt gt intake air control button to draw outside air into the passenger compart ment The indicator light on the a gt side will come on Automatic intake air control In the AUTO mode the intake air will be controlled automatically To manually control the intake air push the a y lt 6 gt intake air control button To return to the automatic control mode push the a y lt 6 gt intake air control button for approximately 2 seconds The indi cator lights both air recirculation and outside air circulation sides will flash twice and then the intake air will be controlled automatically Air flow control Turning the air flow control dial selects the air outlet to 7 Air flows from center and side ventila tors rye Air flows from center and side ventila tors and foot outlets tp Air flows mainly from foot outlets NA Air flows from defroster and foot out lets ty Air flows mainly from defroster outlets Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 19 To turn the system off Turn the fan speed control dial to the OFF position SAA2278 1 A C air conditioner ON OFF button fan AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER speed control dial T e B 2 Qy front defroster button yp 3 5 intake air control button Automatic operation 4 AUTO automatic air conditioner ON button Temperature control dial 5
240. h and fuel filler door 1 Push the ignition switch to the OFF position and make sure you carry the Intelligent Key with you 1 2 Close all the doors and the rear hatch 2 3 Push the door handle request switch dri ver s or front passenger s or the rear hatch request switch while carrying the Intelligent Key with you 3 4 All the doors rear hatch and fuel filler door will lock 5 The hazard indicator flashes twice and the outside chime sounds twice 1 Doors and the rear hatch will lock with the Intelligent Key while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position 3 10 Pre driving checks and adjustments 2 Doors and the rear hatch will not lock with the Intelligent Key while any door or the rear hatch is open 3 Doors and the rear hatch will not lock by pushing the door handle request switch or the rear hatch request switch with the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle However when an Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle doors and the rear hatch can be locked with another registered Intelligent Key Unlocking doors rear hatch and fuel filler door 1 Push the door handle request switch dri ver s or front passenger s or the rear hatch request switch once while carrying the Intelligent Key with you 2 The hazard indicator flashes once and out side chime sounds once The corresponding door and the fuel filler door or the rear hatch will unlock 3 Push the door handle request switch or the rear
241. h on the steering wheel repeatedly until the center display changes to the Music Box mode See STEERING WHEEL MOUNTED CONTROLS FOR AUDIO later in this section e Push the DISC AUX button repeatedly until the center display changes to the Music Box mode e Give voice commands See NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM models Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 49 with navigation system later in this sec tion Stopping playback The system stops playing when a another mode radio CD CompactFlash or AUX is selected b the audio system is turned off c the ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK position tac PP I44 cr FF Fast Forward REW Re wind APS Automatic Pro gram Search FF APS REW When the fast forward or ma rewind button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds while a track is being played the track will play while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the track will return to the normal play speed When the gt or ma button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while a track is being played the next track or the beginning of the current track will be played The multi function controller can also be used to select tracks when a track is being played Play mode selection To change to another album or artist turn the MP3 WMA folder selector fom REPEAT RPT RANDOM RDM
242. h the TALK switch SAA1914 B Voice Recognition gt International call E 01181111222333 Please continue or say Dial Pushing the ENTER switch also dials the number amp To pause push the TALK switch SAA1915 5 Speak 01181111222333 6 Speak Dial 7 System makes a call to 011 81 111 222 3333 Note Any digit input format is available in the International Number input process 4 92 Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION AL TERNATE COMMAND MODE The following section is applicable when Alter nate Command Mode is activated This mode is selected by default for Canadian customers The Alternate Command Mode enables the operation of the display audio and air condi tioner through Voice Recognition When this mode is active an expanded list of commands can be spoken after pushing the TALK y switch and the voice command menu prompts are turned off Please note that in this mode the recognition success rate may be affected as the number of available commands and ways of speaking each command are increased To improve the recog nition success rate try using the Speaker Adaptation Function available in that mode See Speaker adaptation function for Alternate Command Mode later in this section In the Alternate Command Mode review the expanded command list for this mode as some commands availa
243. h the engine off Check the lines for proper attachment leaks cracks etc Radiator and hoses Check the front of the radiator and clean off any dirt insects leaves etc that may have accumulated Make sure the hoses have no cracks deformation rot or loose connections Underbody The underbody is frequently ex posed to corrosive substances such as those used on icy roads or to control dust It is very important to remove these substances other wise rust will form on the floor pan frame fuel lines and around the exhaust system At the end of winter the underbody should be thoroughly flushed with plain water being careful to clean those areas where mud and dirt may accumu late For additional information see CLEANING EXTERIOR in the 7 Appearance and care section Windshield washer fluid Check that there is adequate fluid in the reservoir MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS When performing any inspection or mainte nance work on your vehicle always take care to prevent serious accidental injury to yourself or damage to the vehicle The following are general precautions which should be closely observed AA WARNING e Park the vehicle on a level surface apply the parking brake securely and block the wheels to prevent the vehicle from moving For man ual transmission models move the shift lever to N Neutral For auto matic transmission models move the selector lever to P Park e Be sure the ignition
244. hat recommended for unleaded gasoline e If an oxygenate blend excepting a methanol blend is used it should contain no more than 10 oxygenate MTBE may however be added up to 15 e If a methanol blend is used it should contain no more than 5 methanol methyl alcohol wood alcohol It should also contain a suitable amount of appropriate cosolvents and corro sion inhibitors If not properly formu lated with appropriate cosolvents and corrosion inhibitors such methanol blends may cause fuel system damage and or vehicle performance problems At this time sufficient data is not available to ensure that all methanol blends are suitable for use in NISSAN Technical and consumer information 9 3 vehicles If any undesirable driveability problems such as engine stalling or hard hot starting are experi enced after using oxygenate blend fuels im mediately change to a non oxygenate fuel or a fuel with a low blend of MTBE Take care not to spill gasoline during refueling Gasoline containing oxygenates can cause paint damage E 85 fuel E 85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85 fuel ethanol and 15 unleaded gasoline E 85 can only be used in a Flexible Fuel Vehicle FFV Do not use E 85 fuel in your vehicle U S govern ment regulations require fuel ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified by a small square orange and black label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region Afte
245. he display screen shows vehicle and navigation information for your convenience The information shown on the screen should be a guide to determine the condition of the vehicle See the following for details C Information ee ee Fuel Economy GPS Satellite Info Traffic Info Navigation Version Where am SAA1545 Vehicle information display 1 Push the INFO button on the control panel 2 Choose an item using the multi function controller and push the ENTER button 3 After viewing or adjusting the information on the following screens push the BACK button to return to the INFORMATION menu See the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual for the following items e Traffic Info e Where am I Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 7 GPS Satellite Info Navigation Version C Information gt Fuel Economy Distance to Empty 34 miles Fuel Economy a Average CIT Fuel Economy 10 20 30n Reset Fuel Economy Record SAA1546 4 Information gt Fuel Economy Record MPG 00000000 TOOOOO000 WUUUUUUUUU Reset Interval Latest SAA1547 4 8 Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Fuel Economy information The distance to empty average fuel economy and current fuel economy shown on the right side bar will be displayed for reference To reset the Average Fuel Economy use the
246. he ignition switch is pushed without depressing the brake pedal automatic transmis sion model or the clutch pedal manual transmission model the ignition switch position will change as follows e Push center once to change to ACC e Push center two times to change to ON e Push center three times to change to OFF No position illuminates e Push center four times to return to ACC e Open or close any door to return to LOCK during the OFF position The ignition switch is equipped with an anti theft steering lock device In order for the steering wheel to be locked it must be turned about 1 8 of a right or left turn from the straight up position To lock the steering wheel push the ignition switch to the OFF position To unlock the steering wheel push the igni tion switch If the steering lock release malfunction indicator appears on the ve hicle information display push the push button ignition switch again while lightly turning the steering wheel right and left See VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY in the 2 Instruments and controls sec tion If the battery of the vehicle is discharged the push button ignition switch cannot be turned from the LOCK position Some indicators and warnings for operation are displayed on the vehicle information display See VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY in the 2 Instruments and controls section Automatic transmission models The ignition lock is de
247. he selector lever to the P Park position Automatic transmission models Move the shift lever to the R Reverse gear Manual transmission mod els 4 Turn off the engine 5 Raise the hood to warn other traffic and to signal professional road assistance person nel that you need assistance 6 Have all passengers get out of the vehicle and stand in a safe place away from traffic and clear of the vehicle AA WARNING e Make sure the parking brake is securely applied and the manual transmission is shifted into R Re verse or the automatic transmis sion into P Park Never change tires when the vehicle is on a slope ice or slippery areas This is hazardous Never change tires if oncoming traffic is close to your vehicle Wait for professional road assistance MCE0001A SCE0789 Blocking wheels Place suitable blocks 4 at both the front and back of the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire to prevent the vehicle from moving when it is jacked up A WARNING Be sure to block the wheel as the vehicle may move and result in personal injury Getting the spare tire and tools Raise the cargo room carpet and floor cover Remove jacking tools A located inside the cargo room as illustrated Remove the cap holding the spare tire In case of emergency 6 3 Jacking up the vehicle and removing the damaged tire 6 4 AA WARNING Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only
248. he shift lever to the N Neutral position Manual transmis sion models Do not stop the engine 2 Turn off the air conditioner Open all the windows move the heater or air conditioner In case of emergency 6 9 temperature control to maximum hot and fan control to high speed 3 If engine overheating is caused by climbing a long hill on a hot day run the engine at a fast idle approximately 1 500 rpm until the temperature gauge indication returns to normal 4 Get out of the vehicle Look and listen for steam or coolant escaping from the radiator before opening the hood If steam or coolant is escaping turn off the engine Do not open the hood further until no steam or coolant can be seen 5 Open the engine hood AA WARNING If steam or water is coming from the engine stand clear to prevent getting burned 6 Visually check if the cooling fan is running The radiator hoses and radiator should not leak water If coolant is leaking or the cooling fan does not run stop the engine AA WARNING Be careful not to allow your hands hair jewelry or clothing to come into contact 6 10 In case of emergency 7 with or get caught in engine belts or the engine cooling fan The engine cooling fan can start at any time After the engine cools down check the coolant level in the reservoir tank with the engine running Add coolant to the reservoir tank if necessary Have your vehicle repaired at the nearest N
249. he users can create a voice model of their own voice that is stored in the system The system is capable of storing a different speaker adaptation model for memory A and memory B If memory A is available the system will use memory A to store the model If memory A is in use and memory B is available the system will use memory B to store the model If both of the memory locations are in use the system will ask the user to select which memory location should be overwritten Training procedure 1 Position the vehicle in a reasonably quiet outdoor location 2 Sit in the driver s seat with the engine running the parking brake on and the transmission in Park 3 Press and hold the 4 button for more than 5 seconds 4 The system announces Press the PHONE SEND K button for the hands free phone system to enter the speaker adapta tion mode or press the PHONE END ema button to select a different language 5 Press the 44 button For information on selecting a different language see Choosing a language earlier in this section 6 Voice memory A or memory B is selected automatically If both memory locations are already in use the system will prompt you to overwrite one Follow the instructions pro vided by the system 7 When preparation is complete and you are ready to begin press the 4 button 8 The SA mode will be explained Follow the instructions provided by the system 9 When tra
250. he various adjustments to be sure the child restraint is compatible with your child Choose a child restraint that is designed for your child s height and weight Always follow all recommended procedures The passenger seat is not suitable for use with a rear facing child restraint for infants Therefore infants should not be transported in this vehicle All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated Canadian law requires the top tether strap on front facing child restraints to be secured to the designated anchor point on the vehicle Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0929 TOP TETHER STRAP CHILD RE STRAINT If the manufacturer of your child restraint requires the use of a top tether strap it must be secured to an anchor point A WARNING e Child restraint anchor points are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints Under no circum stances are they to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses e Do not allow cargo to contact the 1 15 top tether strap when it is attached to the top tether anchor Properly secure the cargo so it does not contact the top tether strap Cargo that is not properly secured or that contacts the top tether strap may damage the top tether strap during a collision You
251. hed the hazard indicator flashes twice When the UNLOCK Q_ button is pushed neither the hazard indicator nor the horn operates Hazard indicator and horn mode Intelligent Key system Using door handle or rear hatch request switch HAZARD twice OUTSIDE CHIME twice HAZARD once OUTSIDE CHIME once Remote keyless entry system Using a or a button Hazard indicator mode HAZARD twice HORN once DOOR LOCK HAZARD once HORN none DOOR UNLOCK Intelligent Key system door handle or rear hatch request switch Remote keyless entry system Using a or B button HAZARD twice OUTSIDE CHIME none HAZARD twice HORN none HAZARD none OUTSIDE CHIME none HAZARD none HORN none Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 15 Switching procedure To switch the hazard indicator and horn chime operation push the LOCK and UN LOCK Q buttons on the Intelligent Key simultaneously for more than 2 seconds e When the hazard indicator mode is set the hazard indicator flashes 3 times e When the hazard indicator and horn mode is set the hazard indicator flashes once and the horn chirps once HAZARD INDICATOR AND i HORN MODE HAZARD once HORN once t e HAZARD 3 times Push ce for more than 2 sec L HAZARD INDICATOR MODE Push for more than 2 sec 3 16 Pre driving checks and adjustments HOOD DG cee CX SPA25
252. hen this item is turned to ON the voice recognition system can easily recognize the user s voice that it has learned Reset Result Resets the user s voice that the voice recogni tion system has learned Continuous Learning When this item is turned to ON you can have the system learn the voice commands in succession without selecting commands one by one Minimize voice feedback for Alternate Command Mode To minimize the voice feedback from the system perform the following steps 1 Push the SETTING button on the instrument panel 2 Highlight the Others key using the multi function controller and push the ENTER button 3 Highlight the Voice Recognition key and then push the ENTER button 4 Highlight the Minimize Voice Feed back key and push the ENTER button 5 The item is turned to ON and the vocal feedback is reduced if the voice recognition system is activated Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 103 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty If problems are encountered follow the solutions given in this guide for the appropriate error Where the solutions are listed by number try each solution in turn starting with number one until the problem is resolved Symptom error message Solution Displays COMMAND NOT RECOGNIZED or the 1 Ensure that the command format is valid
253. hicle until the tire clears the ground To lift the vehicle securely hold the jack lever and rod with both hands as shown above Remove the wheel nuts and then remove the tire Installing the spare tire The T type spare tire is designed for emergency use See specific instructions under the heading WHEELS AND TIRES in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section 1 Clean any mud or dirt from the surface between the wheel and hub Carefully put the spare tire on and tighten the wheel nuts finger tight Models equipped with different sized tires in the front and rear When replacing a front tire make sure that the hole in the spare tire wheel is aligned In case of emergency 6 5 6 6 with the pin on the brake rotor With the wheel nut wrench tighten wheel nuts alternately and evenly in the sequence as illustrated 0 until they are tight Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire touches the ground Then with the wheel nut wrench tighten the wheel nuts securely in the sequence as illustrated Lower the vehicle completely A WARNING Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to become loose or come off This could cause an accident Do not use oil or grease on the wheel studs or nuts This could cause the nuts to become loose Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire
254. hild in it Push it from side to side while holding the seat by the seat belt path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the belt as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles e When your child restraint is not in use keep it secured with a seat belt to prevent it from being thrown around in case of a sudden stop or accident A CAUTION Remember that a child restraint left in a closed vehicle can become very hot Check the seating surface and buckles before placing your child in the child restraint In general child restraints are designed to be installed with the lap portion of a lap shoulder seat belt Several manufacturers offer child restraints for children of various sizes When selecting any child restraint keep the following points in mind e Choose only a restraint with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 e Check the child restraint in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system e lf the child restraint is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the child restraint and check t
255. hind a recreational vehicle such as a motor home AA CAUTION e Failure to follow these guidelines can result in severe transmission damage e Whenever flat towing your vehicle always tow forward never back ward e DO NOT tow any automatic trans mission vehicle with all four wheels on the ground flat towing Doing so WILL DAMAGE internal transmis sion parts due to lack of transmis sion lubrication e For emergency towing procedures refer to TOWING RECOMMENDED BY NISSAN in the 6 In case of emergency section of this manual AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION To tow a vehicle equipped with an automatic transmission an appropriate vehicle dolly MUST be placed under the towed vehicle s drive wheels Always follow the dolly manufacturer s recommendations when using their product MANUAL TRANSMISSION e Always tow with the manual transmission in Neutral e Your vehicle speed should never exceed 70 MPH 112 km h when flat towing your vehicle e After towing 500 miles start and idle the engine with the transmission in Neutral for two minutes Failure to idle the engine after every 500 miles of towing may cause damage to the transmission s internal parts UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING DOT Department Of Transportation Quality Grades All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between t
256. i ble Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure Serious vehicle damage 6 2 In case of emergency could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pres sure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If the light still illuminates while driving after adjusting the tire pressure a tire may be flat If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi mately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not ori ginally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors CHANGING A FLAT TIRE If you have a flat tire follow the instructions below Stopping the vehicle 1 Safely move the vehicle off the road and away from traffic Turn on the hazard warning flashers 3 Park ona level surface and apply the parking brake Move t
257. i adegcaddes nenia a A 5 5 Rapid air pressure l0S8ssiisirnricasencisiorseiscssrseisa 5 6 Drinking alcohol drugs and driving 0c 5 6 Push button ignition SWItCh 00 0 eee ees 5 7 Operating range for engine start function 5 7 Push button ignition switch operation 00 5 8 Push button ignition switch positions 000 5 9 Intelligent Key battery discharge ccee 5 9 Before starting the engine cccceseeeseeeeeeeeens 5 10 Starting the nihe kenorin eii ias e iA 5 10 Driving the VehICl sisiccccterscoctmiersadendrnecvececinneess 5 11 Automatic tranSMiSSiON ccee eee eee eee eee 5 11 Manual Transmission c0cccceeeee eee ee eee eee 5 15 Parking Drakes icicsicienonrice decctnadarssenioies heeaiinancnss 5 19 Cruise Control srncov niai nao an 5 20 Precautions on cruise Control cccceeee eee 5 20 Cruise control operations ceeeeeeeeeees 5 21 Breakin schedule icc itis innsenda 5 22 Increasing fuel ECONOMY ieee 5 22 Parking parking on hills 0s seeeeeeeeeeeeeeee teen eens 5 23 POW6P STCOMING icles ssoi aasia a iria Aaaa 5 24 Brake System sorana EA 5 24 Braking preca tioNS isseire ideaa 5 24 Parking brake break in ccccceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 24 Brake ASSIS sii ccccsctienticecnseeetanecijes ona esmmcontce tes 5 25 Brake ASSiStiii ciscicncaccreieewsseteteneactereratieess 5 25 Anti lock Braking System ABS
258. ialize the power window system 1 Push the ignition switch to the ON position 2 Close the door 3 Open the window completely by operating the power window switch 4 Pull the power window switch and hold it to close the window and then hold the switch more than 3 seconds after the window is closed completely 5 Release the power window switch Operate the window by the automatic function to confirm the initialization is complete 6 Perform steps 2 through 5 above for other windows If the power window automatic function does not operate properly after performing the pro cedure above have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer Instruments and controls 2 41 INTERIOR LIGHTS SIC4001 MAP LIGHTS Push the button as illustrated to turn the light on or off 2 42 Instruments and controls ON DOOR OFF 0 9 SIC4002 INTERIOR LIGHT CONTROL SWITCH The interior light control switch has three positions ON DOOR and OFF ON position When the switch is in the ON position the map lights will illuminate DOOR position When the switch is in the DOOR position the map lights will illuminate under the following conditions e ignition switch is switched to the OFF or LOCK position remain on for about 15 seconds e doors are unlocked by pushing the UN LOCK button on the Intelligent Key or door handle request switch with the ignition switch in the LOCK position
259. ife of xenon headlights will be shortened by frequent on off opera tion It is generally desirable not to turn off the headlights for short intervals for example when the vehicle stops at a traffic signal Even when the daytime running lights are active Canada only the xenon headlights do not turn on This way the life of the xenon head lights is not reduced If the xenon headlight bulb is close to burning out the brightness will drasti cally decrease the light will start blinking or the color of the light will become reddish If one or more of the above signs appear contact a NISSAN dealer SIC3994 SIC3995 HEADLIGHT SWITCH Lighting Turn the switch to the a position The front park side marker tail license plate and instrument lights will come on Turn the switch to the 2D position Headlights will come on and all the other lights remain on Autolight system The autolight system allows the headlights to be set so they turn on and off automatically To set the autolight system 1 Make sure the headlight switch is in the AUTO position Q Push the ignition switch to the ON position 3 The autolight system automatically turns the headlights on and off To turn the autolight system off turn the switch to the OFF pa or 2D position The autolight system can turn on the headlights Instruments and controls 2 29 automatically when it is dark and turn off the headlight
260. ile driving to help prevent injury in an accident or a sudden stop 2 36 Instruments and controls CUP HOLDERS A CAUTION e Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is being used to prevent spilling the drink If the liquid is hot it can scald you or your passenger e Use only soft cups in the cup holder Hard objects can injure you in an accident SIC3986 Two cup holders are attached to the center console To use the cup holder located in the center console box push the button Q and open the lid SIC3988 SIC3999 SIC4000 Soft bottle holder A CAUTION e Do not use bottle holder for any other objects that could be thrown about in the vehicle and possibly injure people during sudden braking or an accident e Do not use bottle holder for open liquid containers GLOVE BOX A WARNING Keep glove box lid closed while driving to help prevent injury in an accident or a sudden stop To open the glove box pull the handle To close push the lid in until the lock latches To lock 2 unlock the glove box use the mechanical key For the mechanical key usage see KEYS in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section CONSOLE BOX To open the console box push the button and pull up the lid To store large items the partition can be removed and stored as illustrated The inner tray can also be removed for larger items
261. indicate a malfunction If the computer senses a malfunction it switches the ABS off and illuminates the ABS warning light on the instrument panel The brake system then oper ates normally but without anti lock assistance lf the ABS warning light illuminates during the self test or while driving have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer Normal operation The ABS operates at speeds above 3 to 6 MPH 5 to 10 km h When the ABS senses that one or more wheels are close to locking up the actuator rapidly applies and releases hydraulic pressure This action is similar to pumping the brakes very quickly You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise from under the hood or feel a vibration from the actuator when it is operating This is normal and indicates that the ABS is operating properly However the pulsa tion may indicate that road conditions are hazardous and extra care is required while driving VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC SYSTEM The Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system uses various sensors to monitor driver inputs and vehicle motion Under certain driving situa tions the system will control braking and engine output to help keep the vehicle on its steered path e When the VDC system is operating the amp indicator in the instrument panel blinks e Ifthe amp indicator blinks the road condi tions may be slippery Be sure to adjust your speed and driving to these conditions Be sure to dri
262. indicator light the generator voltage MIL may come on Refuel as soon While cranking the engine the volts drop below as possible After a few driving trips the normal range If the needle is not in the the ane light should turn off If the normal range 11 to 15 volts while the engine is light remains on after a few driving E E running it may indicate that the charging system trips have the vehicle inspected by 7 is not functioning properly Have the system a NISSAN dealer checked by a NISSAN dealer e For additional information see SIC4003 Clock Malfunction Indicator Light MIL later in this section Triple meter 1 Engine oil temperature gauge 2 Voltmeter 3 Clock TRIPLE METER Engine oil temperature gauge If the engine oil temperature gauge 4 in dicates more than 280 F 140 C while driving reduce the engine speed RPM and drive at a slow speed When the engine oil temperature is high the engine protection mode which helps reduce the chance of engine damage could activate and automatically decrease engine power Driving while the engine oil temperature is high may If necessary adjust the clock on the setting screen of the vehicle information display See CLOCK later in this section If the power supply is disconnected the clock will not indicate the correct time Readjust the time Instruments and controls 2 7 WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS
263. ine Use unleaded premium gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI Anti Knock Index number Research octane number 96 If premium gasoline is not available unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of 87 AKI number Research octane number 91 may be temporarily used but only under the following precautions e Have the fuel tank filled only partially with unleaded regular gasoline and fill up with unleaded premium gasoline as soon as possible e Avoid full throttle driving and abrupt accel eration However for maximum vehicle perfor mance the use of unleaded premium gasoline is recommended A CAUTION e Using a fuel other than that speci fied could adversely affect the emis sion control systems and may also affect warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used since this will damage the three way catalyst e Do not use E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 85 fuel Using E 85 fuel can damage the fuel system compo nents and is not covered by the NISSAN vehicle limited warranty For additional information see CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS in the 9 Technical and consumer information section ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATION e Engine oil with API Certification Mark e Viscosity SAE 5W 30 See CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS in the 9 Technical and consumer information section for engine
264. ing injured in a collision or a sudden stop greatly increases Adjustable seatbacks should be positioned to fit the booster seat but as up right as possible After placing the child in the booster seat and fastening the seat belt make sure the shoulder portion of the belt is away from the child s face and neck and the lap portion of the belt does not cross the abdomen Do not put the shoulder belt behind the child or under the child s arm If you must install a booster seat in the front seat see BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLATION later in this section When your booster seat is not in use keep it secured with a seat belt to prevent it from being thrown around in case of a sudden stop or accident AA CAUTION Remember that a booster seat left in a closed vehicle can become very hot Check the seating surface and buckles before placing your child in the booster seat LRS0455 SSS0363 Booster seats of various sizes are offered by several manufacturers When selecting any booster seat keep the following points in mind e Choose only a booster seat with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 Check the booster seat in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system Make sure the child s head will be properly supported by the booster seat or vehicle seat The seatback
265. ing on if you push the switch shorter less than 1 5 seconds or longer more than 1 5 seconds RADIO e Pushing DOWN w UP A shorter Next or previous preset station 4 56 Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems e Pushing DOWN w UP A longer Next or previous station CD e Pushing DOWN w UP A shorter Next track or the beginning of the current track e Pushing DOWN w UP A longer Disc change if so equipped When only one disc is loaded the 1st track of the disc will be selected CD CF with MP3 WMA if so equipped e Pushing DOWN w UP A shorter Next track or the beginning of the current track e Pushing DOWN w UP A longer Folder change When the last folder on a disc is playing the next disc will be selected iPod models with navigation system e Pushing DOWN w UP A shorter Previous or next track Start Pause or Menu can be selected when the ENTER button is pushed e Pushing DOWN w UP A longer Rewind or fast forward search Music Box hard drive models with navi gation system e Pushing DOWN w UP A shorter Next track or the beginning of the current track e Pushing DOWN w UP A longer Playlist change When the last playlist is playing the next playlist will be selected S BACK switch Push this switch to go
266. ing the SEEK SCAN or TUNE button 3 Select the desired station and push and hold the desired station preset buttons 1 to 6 until a beep sound is heard The radio mutes when the select button is pushed 4 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Memorizing is now complete 5 Other buttons can be set in the same manner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse blows the radio memory will be erased In that case reset the desired stations Compact Disc CD player operation Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position and insert the CD into the slot with the label side facing up The CD will be guided automatically into the slot and start playing After loading the disc the number of tracks on the disc will appear on the display If the radio is already operating it will auto matically turn off and the CD will play If the system has been turned off while the CD was playing pushing the PWR button will start the CD Do not use 3 1 in 8 cm discs CD Play When the CD CD play button is pushed with the system off and the compact disc loaded the system will turn on and the CD will start to play When the CD button is pushed with the CD loaded and the radio playing the radio will automatically be turned off and the CD will start to play ue EE Fast Forward REW Rewind When the gt gt fast forward or lt rewin
267. ing the inner and outer edges with the side of a pen or pencil as illustrated CF cards e Never touch the terminal portion of the CompactFlash cards Do not bend the cards Always place the cards in the storage case when they are not being used e Do not place heavy objects on the cards e Do not store the cards in highly humid locations e Do not expose the cards to direct sunlight Do not spill any liquids on the cards Refer to the CompactFlash card Owner s Manual for the details Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 55 SAA2157 With navigation system SAA2158 Without navigation system 1 Source select switch 2 ENTER models with navigation system or tuning models without navigation system switch 3 BACK switch 4 Volume control switch STEERING WHEEL MOUNTED CON TROLS FOR AUDIO ENTER models with navigation system or tuning models without navigation system switch Push the switch upward or downward to select a station track CD or folder when they are listed on the display You can also use the ENTER switch to select the items on the usual setting menu screen After selecting an MP3 folder using the up and down switch push the ENTER switch to complete the selection While the display is in the NAVI STATUS or Audio setting screen some audio functions can also be controlled using the ENTER switch The function varies depend
268. ining is finished the system will tell you an adequate number of phrases have been recorded 10 The system will ask you to say your name Follow the instructions to register your name 11 The system will announce that speaker adaptation has been completed and the system is ready The SA mode will stop if e The button is pressed for more than 5 seconds in SA mode e The vehicle is driven during SA mode e The ignition switch is turned to the OFF or LOCK position Training phrases During the SA mode the system instructs you to say the following phrases The system will prompt you for each phrase e phone book new entry e dial three oh four two nine e delete call back number e setup pair phone e memo pad play e eight pause nine three two pause seven e delete all entries e call seven two four zero nine e phone book delete entry e memo pad record e dial star two one seven oh e Yes e No e select ring tone e dial eight five six nine two e Bluetooth on e setup change priority Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 79 e call three one nine oh two e go back e nine seven pause pause three oh eight e call five six two eight zero e Cancel e dial six six four three seven e call back number e call star two zero nine five e delete phone e dial eight three zero five one e Home e four three pause two nine pause zero e delete redial number e phone book
269. injury if the occupant is too close to or is against the air bag module during inflation The front air bags deflate quickly after a collision The supplemental front air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON position After pushing the ignition switch to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational 1 30 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system OFF AN2 PASSENGER AIR BAG SSS0676 Front passenger air bag status light Front passenger air bag and status light A WARNING The front passenger air bag is designed to automatically turn OFF under some conditions Read this section carefully to learn how it operates Proper use of the seat seat belt and child restraints is necessary for most effective protection Failure to follow all instructions in this manual concerning the use of seats seat belts and child restraints can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident Status light The front passenger air bag status light sg is located above the ashtray The light operates as follows e Unoccupied passenger seat The sg is OFF and the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash e Passenger seat occupied by a small adult child or child restraint as outlined in this section The stg illuminates to i
270. int could be struck by the supplemental front air bag in a crash and could seriously injure or kill your child e The three point seat belt in your 1 16 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Zo me SSS0640 Front facing front passenger seat step 1 Front facing Follow these steps to install a front facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belt in the front passenger seat 1 If you must install a child restraint in the front seat it should be placed in a front facing direction only Move the seat to the rearmost position Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direction and therefore must not be used in this vehicle Position the child restraint on the seat Always follow the child restraint manufac turer s instructions The back of the child restraint should be secured against the seatback If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint to obtain the correct child restraint fit See FRONT SEAT ACTIVE HEAD RESTRAINT earlier in this section If the head restraint is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to install the head restraint when the child restraint is removed SSS0360B Front facing step 3 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for belt routing
271. ious perso nal injury If it is necessary to repair the spare tire contact a NISSAN dealer e For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Cana da in the Warranty Information Booklet Replacing wheels and tires When replacing a tire use the same size tread design speed rating and load carrying capacity as originally equipped See SPECIFICA TIONS in the 9 Technical and consumer information section for recommended types and sizes of tires and wheels AA WARNING The use of tires other than those recommended or the mixed use of tires of different brands construc tion bias bias belted or radial or tread patterns can adversely affect the ride braking handling ground clearance body to tire clearance tire chain clearance speedometer calibration headlight aim and bum per height Some of these effects may lead to accidents and could result in serious personal injury If the wheels are changed for any reason always replace with wheels which have the same off set dimen sion Wheels of a different off set could cause premature tire wear degrade vehicle handling character istics and or interference with the brake discs drums Such interfer ence can lead to decreased braking efficiency and or early brake pad shoe wear See WHEELS AND TIRES in the 9 Technical and consumer information section of
272. ipped P 4 58 Volume control switches P 4 56 Source select switch P 4 56 Tilt steering lever P 3 20 Steering wheel Horn P 2 33 Driver supplemental air bag P 1 24 Steering wheel mounted controls right side Cruise control switches P 5 20 Selector lever for automatic transmission P 5 11 Shift lever for manual transmission P 5 15 Parking brake P 5 19 INSTRUMENT PANEL SS10508 Ventilator P 4 16 Center display and multi function control panel P 4 2 Instrument pocket P 2 36 Navigation system if so equipped Vehicle information and setting buttons if so equipped P 4 7 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System if so equipped P 4 58 ODNOaAA Ww Front passenger air bag status light P 1 29 Front passenger supplemental air bag P 1 24 Fuse box cover P 8 20 Push button ignition switch P 5 7 Hazard warning flasher switch P 2 32 SynchroRev Match mode S MODE switch if so equipped P 5 16 9 10 11 12 Heater and air conditioner P 4 17 Rear window defroster switch P 2 28 Audio system P 4 23 Power outlet P 2 35 Glove box P 2 37 Refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual Illustrated table of contents 0 7 METERS AND GAUGES SS10521 10 Odometer Twin trip odometer control knob P 2 5 11 Odometer Twin trip odometer P 2 5 12 Engine oil temperature gauge P 2 7
273. isc identification and obtain music related informa tion including name artist track and title information Gracenote Data from online servers Gracenote Servers and to perform other functions You may use Gracenote Data only by means of the intended End User functions of this device You agree that you will use Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and Gracenote Servers for your own personal non commercial use only You agree not to assign copy transfer or transmit the Gracenote Software or any Grace note Data to any third party YOU AGREE NOT TO USE OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE DATA THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR GRACE NOTE SERVERS EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED HEREIN You agree that your non exclusive license to use the Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and Gracenote Servers will terminate if you violate these restrictions If your license termi nates you agree to cease any and all use of the Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and Gracenote Servers Gracenote reserves all rights in Gracenote Data the Gracenote Soft ware and the Gracenote Servers including all ownership rights Under no circumstances will Gracenote become liable for any payment to you for any information that you provide You agree that Gracenote Inc may enforce its rights under this Agreement against you directly in its own name The Gracenote MusiclD Service uses a unique 4 54 Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and v
274. ist of artists in alphabetical order Selecting an artist displays all of the tracks by the artist and starts playing the first track 2 Music Box gt Menu E Search Albums E Search Song Details pu i HE Search Keywords Ef Edit Albums 4j Music Box System Info C o wy SAA1686 Search Albums Displays a list of albums in order of the date when they were stored in the system Selecting an album displays all of the tracks on the album and starts playing the first track Select the Sort key to re sort albums in one of the following order Rec Recorded Date Name Release Year Artist e Search Song Details Set the conditions and select the Start Song Search key to search for a desired song that is stored in the system The conditions are as follows Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 51 Music Tempo All Slow Normal and Fast Decade All 70s 80s 90s 00s and 10s and After Group All Male Artist Female Artist Group and Duo Category Rock Pop Latin Jazz R amp B Hip Hop Club Dance Punk Reggae Folk Blues Country Metal Easy Listening New Age Soundtrack Gospel amp Religious World Classical Children s and Other Search Keywords Input a search keyword using the keypad displayed on the screen See HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN earlier in this section Edit Albums Select a category Rec
275. itions below 4 F 20 C and above 158 F 70 C Operating this system under these condi tions may result in system malfunctions 4 2 Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems SS N wa Ke o SAA2274 HOW TO USE MULTI FUNCTION CONTROLLER Choose an item on the display using the main directional buttons 2 or additional directional buttons with navigation system or center dial and push the ENTER button Q for operation If you push the BACK button before the setup is completed the setup will be canceled and or the display will return to the previous screen This button can also be used to delete characters that have been input After the setup is completed push the BACK button and return to the previous screen For the VOICE button functions refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN A CAUTION e The glass screen on the liquid crystal display may break if it is hit with a hard or sharp object If the glass breaks do not touch the liquid crystalline material which contains a small amount of mercury In case of contact with skin wash immedi ately with soap and water e To clean the display use a soft dry cloth If additional cleaning is ne cessary use a small amount of neutral detergent with a soft cloth Never use a rough cloth alcohol benzine thinner or any kind of solvent or paper towel wi
276. ive position while the ignition switch position is ON The selector lever cannot be moved out of the P Park position and into any of the other gear positions if the ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK OFF or ACC position Starting and driving 5 11 1 Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and push the selector lever button to shift into a driving gear Release the parking brake and foot brake then gradually start the vehicle in motion A WARNING Do not depress the accelerator pedal while shifting from P Park or N Neutral to R Reverse D Drive or manual shift mode Al ways depress the brake pedal until shifting is completed Failure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident Cold engine idle speed is high so use caution when shifting into a forward or reverse gear before the engine has warmed up Never shift to P Park or R Re verse while vehicle is moving for ward Never shift to P Park or D Drive while vehicle is moving rear ward Failure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident 5 12 Starting and driving AA CAUTION When stopping the vehicle on an uphill grade do not hold the vehicle by depressing the accelerator pedal The foot brake should be used for this purpose Do not downshift abruptly on slip pery roads This may cause a loss of control SSD0827 Selector lever Shifting To move the selector lever Push the
277. iving 6 In case of emergency Flat tine scistsdees a E EE eaten 6 2 If your vehicle overheats srcane onea ausi 6 9 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 6 2 Towing Your VehIClO sicccsiscccovctasrie tuner sci teed vee 6 10 Changing a flat tire 0 eee 6 3 Towing recommended by NISSAN 45 6 11 Jump Stating wiiissavecncnccnncrensi tae ceednetedereeraaie 6 7 Vehicle recovery freeing a stuck vehicle 6 12 Push Stanin gernes et aae a 6 9 FLAT TIRE TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYS TEM TPMS This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS It monitors tire pressure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure the TPMS will activate and warn you of it by the low tire pressure warning light This system will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h For more details see WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS in the 2 Instruments and controls section and TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS in the 5 Starting and driving section AA WARNING e If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving avoid sud den steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as poss
278. king the doors make sure the Intelligent Key is not left in the vehicle The LOCK UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key can operate at a distance of approximately 33 ft 10 m from the vehicle The effective distance depends upon the conditions around the vehicle As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be used with one vehicle For information concerning the purchase and use of additional Intelligent Keys contact a NISSAN dealer The lock and unlock buttons on the Intelligent Key will not operate when e the distance between the Intelligent Key and the vehicle is over 33 ft 10 m e the Intelligent Key battery is discharged After locking with the remote keyless entry function pull the door handle to make sure the doors are securely locked The LOCK UNLOCK operating range varies depending on the environment To securely operate the lock and unlock buttons approach the vehicle to about 3 ft 1 m from the door SPA2252B 1 LOCK button 2 UNLOCK button a 3 PANIC button 3p HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM When you lock or unlock the doors and rear hatch the hazard indicator will flash and the horn or the outside chime will sound as a confirma tion For details see Setting hazard indicator and horn mode later in this section Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 13 Locking doors rear hatch and fuel filler door 1 Push the ignition switch to the OFF position and make sure you carry the
279. l 0 8 8 Corrosion protection ccccce eee ee eee ea ee 7 5 Cover Cargo cover 2 38 Cruise control saa 5 20 Cup NOSIS isiin nnanassai inpren 2 36 D Daytime running light system 00008 2 31 Defroster switch Rear window defroster SWC electors eienaam eaa 2 28 DIMCNSIONS 3 cedicccicccecatwaa ieee dates Decades 9 8 Display cleaning ccisscccngasiwineabsa vases incisions 4 5 DrivetbeltS occcciccnandicciac naa raeseuatean faced 8 16 Driving Cold weather driving c cceeeeee 5 28 Driving with automatic transmission 5 11 Driving with manual transmission 5 15 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 10 2 E Economy FUG ssisisscestvrestigssiivtadsnecncea ys 5 22 Elapsed tM i iessiiseecveet ase a EEEE 2 20 Emission control information label 9 10 Emission control system warranty 665 9 18 Engine Before starting the engine 0005 5 10 Break in schedule 0 ceceeeeeee eee 5 22 Capacities and recommended fuel JUDPICANS sites ciscatacnees catered ad amacmetaes ar 9 2 Changing engine coolant 0c cee 8 9 Changing engine oil and filter 0 0 8 9 Checking engine coolant level 0 8 8 Checking engine oil level 000008 8 9 Coolant temperature gauge 0ce 2 6 Engine block heater 000eeeeeeee ees 5 29 Engine compartme
280. l filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The Sax light should turn off after a few driving trips If the Hake light does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN deal er SPA2582 The fuel filler cap is a ratcheting type Turn the cap counterclockwise to remove To tighten turn the cap clockwise until ratcheting clicks are heard Use the fuel filler cap holder on the hook while refueling Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 19 TILT STEERING SUN VISORS AA WARNING e Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an acci dent e Do not adjust the steering wheel any closer to you than is necessary for proper steering operation and comfort The driver s air bag inflates with great force If you are unrest rained leaning forward sitting side ways or out of position in any way ee SPA2583 you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash You may also MANUAL OPERATION receive serious or fatal injuries from Tilt operation the air bag if you are up against it when it inflates Always sit back against the seatback and as far Push the lock lever down and adjust the steering wheel up or down to the desired z i position away as practical from the steering wheel Always use the seat belts Pull the lock lever up securely to lock the steeri
281. l See TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION LABEL in the 9 Technical and consumer infor mation section of this manual For detailed information see WHEELS AND TIRES in the 8 Maintenance and do it your self section of this manual The Anti lock Braking System ABS controls the brakes so the wheels do not lock during hard braking or when braking on slippery surfaces The system detects the rotation speed at each 5 26 Starting and driving wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to prevent each wheel from locking and sliding By preventing each wheel from locking the system helps the driver maintain steering control and helps to minimize swerving and spinning on slippery surfaces Using the system Depress the brake pedal and hold it down Depress the brake pedal with firm steady pressure but do not pump the brakes The ABS will operate to prevent the wheels from locking up Steer the vehicle to avoid obstacles A WARNING Do not pump the brake pedal Doing so may result in increased stopping dis tances Self test feature The ABS includes electronic sensors electric pumps hydraulic solenoids and a computer The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle at a low speed in forward or reverse When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and does not
282. lar phone to enter the PIN code The pairing procedure of the cellular phone varies according to each cellular phone See the cellular phone Owner s Manual for the details You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth or call NISSAN Consumer Affairs Department for instructions on pairing NISSAN recom mended cellular phones When the pairing is completed the screen will return to the Bluetooth setup display PHONEBOOK REGISTRATION U p to 40 phone numbers can be stored in the phonebook 1 2 Push the SETTING button and select the PHONE key on the display using the multi function controller Then push the ENTER button Select the Phonebook key and push the ENTER button Select the None Add New key from the name list of the phonebook and push the ENTER button Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 61 Settings gt Phonebook m Y 77 Enter Data by Keypad ELO TTE copy om ousaracanas E Sopy tam incoring Cal Loge i ester via Busiooh D ee ok PO SAA1575 Settings gt Transfer via Bluetooth M Y Add a voicetag SAA1576 Select the Transfer via Bluetooth key and push the ENTER button in order to register your cellular phone memory in the phonebook Operate the cellular phone to send a person s name and phone number from the memory of the cellular phone The memory sending procedure from the cellular
283. le amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 lbs and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs or 640 340 5 x 70 300 kg 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the avail able cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle Before driving a loaded vehicle confirm that you do not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for your vehicle See MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS later in this section Also check tires for proper inflation pres sures See the Tire and Loading Information label Technical and consumer information 9 15 LOADING TIPS e The GVW must not exceed GVWR or GAWR as specified on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label e Do not load the front and rear axle to the GAWR Doing so will exceed the GVWR A WARNING e Properly secure all cargo to help prevent it from sliding or shift ing Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or collision unsecured car go could cause p
284. le speed For example when the vehicle speed is high the intermittent operation speed will be faster Note that the function is set to disabled as Instruments and controls 2 27 REAR WINDOW DEFROSTER SWITCH a a SIC3979 Type A To defog defrost the rear window glass start the engine and push the switch 4 on The indicator light will come on Push the switch again to turn the defroster off It will automatically turn off in approximately 15 minutes AA CAUTION When cleaning the inner side of the rear window be careful not to scratch or damage the rear window defroster 2 28 Instruments and controls SIC3980 Type B HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH XENON HEADLIGHTS AA WARNING A HIGH VOLTAGE e When xenon headlights are on they produce a high voltage To prevent an electric shock never attempt to modify or disassemble Always have your xenon headlights replaced at a NISSAN dealer e Xenon headlights provide consider ably more light than conventional headlights If they are not correctly aimed they might temporarily blind an oncoming driver or the driver ahead of you and cause a serious accident If headlights are not aimed correctly immediately take your ve hicle to a NISSAN dealer and have the headlights adjusted correctly When the xenon headlight is initially turned on its brightness or color varies slightly However the color and brightness will soon stabilize e The l
285. le Inc registered in the U S and other countries Compact Disc CD CompactFlash CF with MP3 or WMA Explanation of terms MP3 MP3 is short for Moving Pictures Experts Group Audio Layer 3 MP3 is the most well known compressed digital audio file format This format allows for near CD quality sound but at a fraction of the size of normal audio files MP3 conversion of an audio track from CD CF can reduce the file size by approximately 10 1 ratio Sampling 44 1 kHz Bit rate 128 kbps with virtually no perceptible loss in quality MP3 com pression removes the redundant and irrele vant parts of a sound signal that the human ear doesn t hear WMA Windows Media Audio WMA is a compressed audio format created by Micro soft as an alternative to MP3 The WMA codec offers greater file compression than the MP3 codec enabling storage of more digital audio tracks in the same amount of space when compared to MP3s at the same level of quality Bit rate Bit rate denotes the number of bits per second used by a digital music files The size and quality of a compressed digital audio file is determined by the bit rate used when encoding the file Sampling frequency Sampling frequency is the rate at which the samples of a signal are converted from analog to digital A D conversion per second Multisession Multisession is one of the methods for writing data to media Writing data once to the media is cal
286. le and then the positive cable 4 gt gt Replace the vent caps if so equipped Be sure to dispose of the cloth used to cover the vent holes as it may be contaminated with corrosive acid Put the battery cover on PUSH STARTING Do not attempt to start the engine by pushing A CAUTION e Automatic transmission models cannot be push started or tow started Attempting to do so may cause transmission damage e Three way catalyst equipped models should not be started by pushing since the three way catalyst may be damaged e Never try to start the vehicle by towing it when the engine starts the forward surge could cause the vehicle to collide with the tow vehicle IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS AA CAUTION e Do not continue to drive if your vehicle overheats Doing so could cause engine damage or a vehicle fire e To avoid the danger of being scalded never remove the radiator cap while the engine is still hot When the radiator cap is removed pressurized hot water will spurt out possibly causing serious injury e Do not open the hood if steam is coming out If your vehicle is overheating indicated by an extremely high temperature gauge reading or if you feel a lack of engine power detect abnormal noise etc take the following steps 1 Move the vehicle safely off the road apply the parking brake and move the selector lever to the P Park position Automatic transmission models Move t
287. led a single session and writing more than once is called a multisession ID3 WMA Tag The ID3 WMA tag is the part of the encoded MP3 or WMA file that contains information about the digital music file such as song title artist album title encoding bit rate track time duration etc ID3 tag information is displayed on the Album Artist Track title line on the display Windows and Windows Media are regis tered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States of America and or other countries CompactFlash is a trademark of SanDisk Corporation in the United States of America and or other countries Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 27 e lf there is a file in the top level of the disc ROOT Root Folder is displayed FOLDER e The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software so the files might not play in the desired order FOLDER MP3 or WMA SAA1025 Playback order Music playback order of the CD CF with MP3 or WMA is as illustrated above e The folder names of folders not containing MP3 WMA files are not shown in the display 4 28 Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Specification chart Supported media CD CD R CD RW CF CD CD R CD RW ISO9660 LEVEL1 ISO9660 LEVEL2 Romeo Joliet 1SO9660 Level 3 packet writing is not suppo
288. left 3 Key insertion indicator This indicator appears when the key needs to be inserted into the key port If this indicator appears insert the key into the key port in the correct direction See PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH in the 5 Start ing and driving section 4 Key removal indicator This indicator appears when the driver s door is opened with the ignition switch in the OFF or LOCK position and the key placed in the key port A key reminder chime also sounds If this indicator appears remove the key from the key port and take it with you when leaving the vehicle 5 NO KEY warning This warning appears in either of the following conditions No key inside the vehicle The warning appears when the door is closed with the key left outside the vehicle and the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position Make sure that the key is inside the vehicle 2 16 Instruments and controls Unregistered key The warning appears when the ignition switch is pushed from the LOCK position and the key cannot be recognized by the system You cannot start the engine with an unregistered key Use the registered key See INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section for more details 6 SHIFT P warning This warning appears when the ignition switch is pushed to stop the engine with the selector lever in any position except the P Park position If this warning app
289. list names e call eight oh five four one e Correction e setup change ring tone e dial seven four oh one eight e setup main menu e Delete e dial nine seven two six six e memo pad delete e call seven six three oh one 4 80 Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty If problems are encountered try the following solutions Where the solutions are listed by number try each solution in turn starting with number 1 until the problem is resolved Symptom Solution System fails to interpret the command correctly 1 Ensure that the command is valid See LIST OF VOICE COMMANDS earlier in this section 2 Ensure that the command is spoken after the tone 3 Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level in the vehicle 4 Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive for example windows open or defroster on NOTE If it is too noisy to use the phone it is likely that the voice commands will not be recognized 5 If more than one command was said at a time try saying the commands separately 6 If the system consistently fails to recognize commands the voice training procedure should be carried out to improve the recognition response for the speaker See SPEAKER ADAPTATION SA MODE earlier in this section
290. ll four tires For additional information see Low tire pres sure warning light in the 2 Instruments and controls section and TIRE PRESSURE MON 5 4 Starting and driving ITORING SYSTEM TPMS in the 6 In case of emergency section A WARNING If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving avoid sud den steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possi ble Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pres sure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If the light still illuminates while driving after adjusting the tire pressure a tire may be flat If you have a flat tire replace it with a Spare tire as soon as possible See FLAT TIRE in the 6 In case of emergency section for changing a flat tire When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi mately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire r
291. lso allows you to open a window that is equipped with the automatic open close function See POWER WINDOWS in the 2 Instruments and con trols section To open the window push the door UNLOCK Q button on the Intelligent Key for about 3 seconds after the door is unlocked To stop opening release the UNLOCK gQ button Window cannot be closed using the Intelligent Key The door window can be opened or closed by turning the metal key in a door lock See DOORS earlier in this section Using panic alarm If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened you may activate the alarm to call attention as follows 1 Push the PANIC p button on the Key for more than 1 second 2 The theft warning alarm and headlights will stay on for 25 seconds 3 The panic alarm stops when e lt has run for 25 seconds or e Any of the buttons on the Intelligent Key are pushed Note Panic button should be pushed for more than 1 second Setting hazard indicator and horn mode This vehicle is set in hazard indicator and horn mode when you first receive the vehicle In hazard indicator and horn mode when the LOCK button is pushed the hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once When the UNLOCK p button 2 is pushed the hazard indicator flashes once If horns are not necessary the system can be switched to the hazard indicator mode In hazard indicator mode when the LOCK button is pus
292. ly be turned off and the CD will start to play When the DISC AUX button is pushed while a CD is loaded and a medium is played using the auxiliary input jacks you can toggle back and forth between the CD and the medium Text When the Text key is selected in the screen using the multi function controller and then the ENTER button is pushed while the CD is being played the music information below will be displayed on the screen CD e Disc title e Track title CD with MP3 or WMA e Folder title e File title e Song title e Album title e Artist Tack Dll 44 cr FF Fast Forward REW Re wind APS Automatic Pro gram Search FF APS REW When the fast forward or ma rewind button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds while the CD is being played the CD will play while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the CD will return to normal play speed When the on or 442 button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while the CD is being played the next track or the beginning of the current track on the CD will be played The multi function controller can also be used to select tracks when a CD is being played fom REPEAT RPT RANDOM RDM When the RPT button is pushed while the CD is played the play pattern can be changed as follows CD 1 DISC RPT 1 TRK Track RPT E 1 DISC RDM MIX CD with MP3 or WMA
293. m contains refrigerant under high pressure To avoid personal injury any air conditioner service should be done only by an experienced technician with the proper equipment AUDIO SYSTEM AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS Radio Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position and push the radio band select button to turn on the radio If you listen to the radio with the engine not running the ignition switch should be pushed to the ACC position Radio reception is affected by station signal strength distance from radio transmitter build ings bridges mountains and other external influences Intermittent changes in reception quality normally are caused by these external influences Using a cellular phone in or near the vehicle may influence radio reception quality Radio reception Your NISSAN radio system is equipped with state of the art electronic circuits to enhance radio reception These circuits are designed to extend reception range and to enhance the quality of that reception However there are some general characteristics of both FM and AM radio signals that can affect radio reception quality in a moving vehicle even when the finest equipment is used These characteristics are completely normal in a given reception area and do not indicate any mal function in your NISSAN radio system Reception conditions will constantly change because of vehicle movement Buildings terrain signal distance and interferen
294. malfunction After the coolant temperature warms up air will flow normally from the foot outlets The sensors A and on the instrument panel helps maintain a constant temperature Do not put anything on or around this sensor IN CABIN MICROFILTER The air conditioning system is equipped with an in cabin microfilter which collects dirt pollen dust etc To make sure the air conditioner heats defogs and ventilates efficiently replace the filter in accordance with the maintenance schedule in the NISSAN Service and Mainte nance Guide To replace the filter contact a NISSAN dealer The filter should be replaced if air flow is extremely decreased or when windows fog up easily when operating heater or air conditioning system SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER The air conditioning system in your NISSAN is charged with a refrigerant designed with the environment in mind This refrigerant will not harm the earth s ozone layer However special charging equipment and lubricant are required when servicing your NISSAN air con ditioner Using improper refrigerants or lubri cants will cause severe damage to your air conditioning system See CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS in the 9 Technical and consumer information section for air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations Your NISSAN dealer will be able to service your environmentally friendly air conditioning system A WARNING The syste
295. mission control and safety standards vary according to the country state province or district therefore vehicle specifications may differ When any vehicle is to be taken into another country state province or district and registered its modifications transpor tation and registration are the responsi bility of the user NISSAN is not responsible for any inconvenience that may result VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION aa ST10612 VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VIN PLATE The vehicle identification number plate is at tached as shown This number is the identifica tion for your vehicle and is used in the vehicle registration ST10613 VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER chassis number The number is stamped as shown in the engine compartment Technical and consumer information 9 9 STIO509 8 ne Z STI0615 ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER The number is stamped on the engine as shown 9 10 Technical and consumer information F M V S S C M V S S CERTIFICATION LABEL The Federal Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards F M V S S C MLV S S certification label is affixed as shown This label contains valuable vehicle information such as Gross Vehicle Weight Ratings GVWR Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR month and year of manufacture Vehicle Identification Number VIN etc Review it carefully EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION LABEL The emission control information label is at
296. must be at or above the center of the child s ears For example if a low back booster seat is chosen the vehicle seatback must be at or above the center of the child s ears If the seatback is lower than the center of the child s ears a high back booster seat 2 should be used Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 21 LRS0454 e lf the booster seat is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the booster seat and check the various adjustments to be sure the booster seat is compatible with your child Always follow all recommended procedures All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated The instructions in this section apply to booster seat installation in the front passenger seat BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLATION A CAUTION Do not use the lap shoulder belt Auto matic Locking Retractor mode when using a booster seat with the seat belts Follow these steps to install a booster seat in the front passenger seat 1 22 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system L SSS0640 If you must install a booster seat in the front seat adjust the seatback so that it is upright and then move the seat to the rearmost position Do not move the seat with the booster seat attached to it Position the booster
297. n e Remove the Intelligent Key from the Intelligent Key port after the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF posi tion 5 10 Starting and driving BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE Make sure the area around the vehicle is clear Check fluid levels such as engine oil cool ant brake fluid and window washer fluid as frequently as possible or at least whenever you refuel Check that all windows and lights are clean Visually inspect tires for their appearance and condition Also check tires for proper inflation Lock all doors Position seat and adjust head restraints Adjust inside and outside mirrors Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers to do likewise Check the operation of warning lights when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position See WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS in the 2 Instruments and controls section STARTING THE ENGINE Apply the parking brake Automatic Transmission AT model Move the selector lever to the P Park or N Neutral position P is recommended The starter is designed not to operate unless the selector lever is in either of the above positions Manual Transmission MT model Move the shift lever to the N Neutral position Depress the clutch pedal fully to the floor The starter is designed not to operate unless the clutch pedal is fully depressed The Intelligent Key must be carried when operating the ignition switch Push th
298. n side the vehicle before closing the window If the control unit detects something caught in the window as it is closing the window will be immediately lowered The auto reverse function can be activated when the window is closed by automatic operation when the ignition switch is in the ON position or for 45 seconds after the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position Depending on the environment or driving conditions the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the window occurs Automatic adjusting function AA CAUTION When the battery cable is removed from the battery terminal do not close either of the front doors The automatic win dow adjusting function will not work and the side roof panel may be da maged The power window has an automatic adjusting function When the door is being opened the window is automatically lowered slightly to avoid contact between the window and the side roof panel When the door is closed the window is automatically raised slightly While the automatic adjusting function does not work the window will be controlled as follows e When the door is opened the window lowers for approximately 2 seconds e While the door is open the window cannot be raised If the windows do not close automatically If the power window automatic function closing only does not operate properly perform the following procedure to init
299. n Command See the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual e Information Command Command Action Fuel Economy Displays fuel economy information Maintenance Displays maintenance information Traffic Info Turns the traffic information system ON and OFF Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 87 Voice command examples To use the NISSAN Voice Recognition function speaking one command is sometimes sufficient but at other times it is necessary to speak two or more commands As examples some additional basic operations by voice commands are described here For navigation system commands see the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual SAA2167 B Voice Recognition E ZC u Navigation M Information u Help amp To exit hold the TALK swich SAA1908 Example 1 Placing a call to the phone number 800 662 6200 1 Push the TALK amp switch located on the steering wheel 4 88 Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 2 The system announces Would you like to access Phone Navigation Information or Help 3 Speak Phone B Voice Recognition gt Phone BC al Dial Number il Redial i Phonebook l International Call amp To exit hold the TALK swich SAA1909 B Voice Recognition gt Dial Number BC Say the entire number or groups of numbers w T
300. n light back up turn signal stop tail side marker Rear fog light if so equipped License plate light Map light Vanity mirror light Cargo room light High mounted stop light See a NISSAN dealer for replacement 35 D2S 7444NA Maintenance and do it yourself 8 25 Replacement procedures All other lights are either type A B C D E or F When replacing a bulb first remove the lens and or cover K Zap 5 Ep SDI2352 Map light gt NY L REMOVE i em nsr a SDI1679 SDI1839 Vanity mirror light 8 26 Maintenance and do it yourself WHEELS AND TIRES If you have a flat tire see FLAT TIRE in the 6 In case of emergency section TIRE PRESSURE Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS It monitors tire pressure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h Also this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving For more details see Low tire pressure warning light in the 2 Instruments and controls section TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYS TEM TPMS in the 5 Starting and driving section and TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS
301. n of the NISSAN Voice Recognition system If you choose Finding a Street Address or Placing Calls you can view tutorials on how to perform these operations using NISSAN Voice 4 84 Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Recognition J Information gt User Guide Tips on Speaking Commands Say commands when there are minimal background sounds Say voice commands clearly Avoid talking slow or with long pauses Say commands after the tone SAA2165 Useful tips for correct operation You can display useful speaking tips to help the system recognize your voice commands cor rectly Highlight Help on Speaking and push the ENTER button C Information gt User Guide General Guidelines Each voice guidance informs the user which commands may be spoken after the tone These available commands are also shown on the display during each voice guidance v 12 bown SAA2166 Voice recognition settings The available settings of the NISSAN Voice Recognition system are described 1 Highlight Voice Recognition Settings and push the ENTER button You can confirm the page by scrolling the screen using the multi function controller USING THE SYSTEM Initialization When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position NISSAN Voice Recognition is initia lized which takes a few seconds When completed the system i
302. n the system you can talk ahead by saying more than one command at a time For example say Call five five five one two one two or Memo pad record Also when you get used to the system responses you can skip ahead to the tone by pressing the button on the steering wheel However if you press the button when the system is waiting for a response from you it will end the VR session Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 73 Call Main menu Call or Call International Name speak name Number speak digits Redial Call Back Name speak name A If you have stored entries in the Phone Book you can dial a number associated with a name and location See Phone book later in this section to learn how to store entries When prompted by the system say the name of the phone book entry you wish to call The system acknowledges the name If there are multiple locations associated with the name the system asks you to choose the location Once you have confirmed the name and location the system begins the call Number speak digits When prompted by the system say the number you wish to call Refer to How to say numbers earlier in this section and Making a call by entering a phone number earlier in this section for more details Redial Use the Redial command to call the last number tha
303. nd a loss of function may occur Bend the cable excessively 1 6 in 40 mm radius minimum 4 26 Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Twist the cable excessively more than 180 degrees Pull or drop the cable Close the center console lid on the cable or connectors Store objects with sharp edges in the storage where the cable is stored Spill liquids on the cable and connectors Do not connect the cable to the iPod if the cable and or connectors are wet It may damage the iPod If the cable and connectors are exposed to water allow the cable and or connectors to dry completely before connecting the cable to the iPod wait 24 hours for it to dry If the connector is exposed to fluids other than water evaporative residue may cause a short between the connector pins In this case replace the cable otherwise damage to the iPod and a loss of function may occur If the cable is damaged insulation cut connectors cracked contamination such as liquids dust dirt etc in the connectors do not use the cable and contact a NISSAN dealer to replace the cable with a new one When not in use for extended periods of time store the cable in a clean dust free environment at room temperature and with out direct sun exposure Do not use the cable for any other purposes other than its intended use in the vehicle iPod is a trademark of App
304. nd the We in dicator or indicator or both indicator lights may illuminate Do not drive on these types of roads When driving on unstable surfaces such as a turntable ferry elevator or ramp the YS indicator or amp indicator or both indicator lights may illuminate This is not a mal function Restart the engine after driving onto a stable surface If wheels or tires other than those recommended are used the VDC system may not operate properly and amp indicator or indicator or both indicator lights may illumi nate The VDC system is not a substitute for winter tires or tire chains on a snow covered road 5 28 Starting and driving COLD WEATHER DRIVING FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK To prevent a door lock from freezing apply deicer through the key hole If the lock becomes frozen heat the key before inserting it into the key hole or use the Intelligent Key system ANTIFREEZE In the winter when it is anticipated that the outside temperature will drop below 32 F 0 C check antifreeze to assure proper winter protec tion For additional information see ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section BATTERY If the battery is not fully charged during extremely cold weather conditions the battery fluid may freeze and damage the battery To maintain maximum efficiency the battery should be checked regularly For additional inform
305. nd to enter numbers during a call For example if you were directed to dial an extension by an automated system Say Send one two three four The system acknowledges the command and sends the tones associated with the numbers The system then ends the VR session and returns to the call e Transfer call Use the Transfer Call command to transfer the call from the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System to the cellular phone when privacy is desired The system announces Transfer call Call transferred to privacy mode The system then ends the VR session You can also issue the Transfer Call command again to return to a hands free call through the vehicle e Mute Use the Mute command to mute your voice so the other party cannot hear it Use the mute command again to unmute your voice NOTE If the other party ends the call or the cellular phone network connection is lost while the Mute feature is on the Mute feature may need to be reset to off Main menu Phone Book New Entry Edit Delete List Names Phone book The Phone Book stores up to 40 names for each phone paired with the system Each name can have up to 4 locations phone numbers asso ciated with it NOTE Each phone has its own separate phone book You cannot access Phone A s phone book if you are currently connected with Phone B New entry Use the New
306. ndicate that the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash e Occupied passenger seat and the passen ger meets the conditions outlined in this section The light sg is OFF to indicate that the front passenger air bag is opera tional Front passenger air bag The front passenger air bag is designed to automatically turn OFF when the vehicle is operated under some conditions as described below as permitted by U S regulations If the front passenger air bag is OFF it will not inflate in a crash The driver air bag and other air bags in your vehicle are not part of this system The purpose of the regulation is to help reduce the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag to certain front passenger seat occupants such as children by requiring the air bag to be automatically turned OFF The occupant classification sensor pattern sensor is in the front passenger seat cushion and is designed to detect an occupant and objects on the seat For example if a child is in the front passenger seat the Advanced Air Bag System is designed to turn the passenger air bag OFF in accordance with the regulations Also if a child restraint of the type specified in the regulations is on the seat the occupant classification sensor can detect it and cause the air bag to turn OFF Front passenger seat adult occupants who are properly seated and using the seat belt as outlined in this manual should not cause the pas
307. nditions require an increased amount of window washer fluid Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSAN Wind shield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Anti freeze or equivalent A CAUTION e Donot substitute engine anti freeze coolant for window washer solution This may result in damage to the paint e Do not fill the window washer reservoir tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the window washer reservoir tank e Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s recommended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir tank Do not use the window washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concentrate 8 14 Maintenance and do it yourself and water BATTERY e Keep the battery surface clean and dry Clean the battery with a solution of baking soda and water e Make certain the terminal connections are clean and securely tightened e Ifthe vehicle is not to be used for 30 days or longer disconnect the negative battery terminal cable to prevent discharging it AA CAUTION When the battery cable is removed from the battery terminal do not close either of front doors The automatic window adjusting function will not work and the side roof panel may be damaged To disconnect the negative battery terminal perform the procedure in the following
308. nds e Music Box COMMAND ACTION Music Box Turns on the Music Box hard disk drive audio system e Radio COMMAND ACTION Radio Turns the radio on selecting the station and band last played Radio AM Turns to the AM band selecting the station last played Radio FM Turns to the FM band selecting the station last played Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 95 e Satellite COMMAND ACTION Satellite Radio Turns the SAT radio on selecting the station and band last played Starts to play a OD e Audio COMMAND ACTION Audio OFF Turns the audio system off e iPod COMMAND ACTION iPod Turns the iPod system on Vehicle Information Commands COMMAND ACTION Traffic Info Turns the traffic information system ON and OFF Fuel Economy Displays the Fuel Economy screen Maintenance Displays the Maintenance screen 4 96 Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Climate Commands Climate Control Turns the air conditioner system on and operates it in the AUTO mode Climate Control OFF Turns the air conditioner system off Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 97 C Information gt User Guide py y O Getingsiared o oe E Eeng the Address Book FindingaStrest Address a l Placing Calls H rens d Push the ENTER switch
309. nds If the W amp button is pushed before the initialization com pletes the system will announce Hands free phone system not ready and will not react to voice commands Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 69 Operating tips To get the best performance out of the NISSAN Voice Recognition system observe the follow ing e Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminate surrounding noises traffic noises vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from recognizing voice commands correctly e Wait until the tone sounds before speaking a command Otherwise the command will not be received properly e Start speaking a command within 5 seconds after the tone sounds e Speak in a natural voice without pausing between words Giving voice commands To operate NISSAN Voice Recognition push and release the 44 button located on the steering wheel After the tone sounds speak a command The command given is picked up by the microphone and voice feedback is given when the command is accepted e f you need to hear the available commands for the current menu again say Help and the system will repeat them e Ifa command is not recognized the system announces Command not recognized Please try again Repeat the command in a clear voice e f you want to go back to the previous command you can say Go back
310. nds Free Phone System features using the NISSAN Voice Recognition system For more details see NISSAN VOICE RE COGNITION SYSTEM models with navigation Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 59 system later in this section page 4 82 SAA2284 CONTROL BUTTONS 1 PHONE button 2 TALK PHONE SEND button 4 60 Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems E Phone m Yy Call Phonebook Pair phone Call Call Logs Call Downloaded SAA1895 PAIRING PROCEDURE 1 Push the PHONE button or the button and select the Pair phone key on the display using the multi function controller Then push the ENTER button Settings gt Pair Phone 1 None Add New K 2 None Add New 3 None Add New 4 None Add New 5 None Add New SAA1572 Settings gt Pair Phone Please have your phone look for a device called MY CAR When the phone connects to MY CAR a PIN will be requested Please enter 1234 Exiting this screen will cancel pairing Cancel SAA1925 E lt Settings gt Phonebook L__up i Gomes E Ee El enone aasniew enone wasnew i E anoen 1 40 p K SAA1574 2 Select the None Add New key from the name list of the phones and push the ENTER button 3 When a PIN code appears on the screen operate the compatible Bluetooth cellu
311. ned leaning forward sit ting sideways or out of position in any way you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash You may also receive serious or fatal injuries SSS0132B from the supplemental front air bag if you are up against it when it Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 25 inflates Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as prac tical from the steering wheel or instrument panel Always use the seat belts The driver and front passenger seat belt buckles are equipped with sensors that detect if the seat belts are fastened The Advanced Air Bag System monitors the severity of a collision and seat belt usage then inflates the air bags Failure to properly wear seat belts can in crease the risk or severity of injury in an accident The front passenger seat is equipped with an occupant classifi cation sensor pattern sensor that turns the front passenger air bag OFF under some conditions This sensor is only used in this seat Failure to be properly seated and wearing the seat belt can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section Keep hands on the outside of the steering wheel Placing them inside the steering wheel rim could in crease the risk of injury if the supplemental front air bag inflates 1 26 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system
312. ng beyond the specified capacity may also re sult in failure of other vehicle components Before taking a long trip or whenever you heavily load your vehicle use a tire pressure gauge to ensure that the tire pressures are at the specified level Do not drive your vehicle over 85 MPH 137 km h unless it is equipped with high speed rated tires Driving faster than 85 MPH 137 km h may result in tire failure loss of control and pos sible injury For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Maintenance and do it yourself 8 27 Tire Safety Information Cana da in the Warranty Information Booklet 8 28 Maintenance and do it yourself TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEIGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT Seana caragry TOTAL Avan an i NOMBRE DE SIEGES TOTAL REAR ARRI RE The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XX kg or XX Ibs Le poids total des occupants et des marchandises ne doit jamais d passer XX kg ou XX Ib NOMBRE DE SI GES PNEU DIMENSIONS FRONT P XXX XX R XX DERECHANGE PREUS oF FRO AVANT XXX kPa XX PSI P XXX XX R XX XXX kPa XX PSI ge T XXX XX R XX XXX kPa XX PSI XXX kPa XX PSI XXX kPa XX PSI f XXX kPa XX PSI 7 TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEIGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT SEATING CAPACITY TOTAL FRONT REAR The combined weight
313. ng wheel in place SIC2872 1 To block out glare from the front swing down the main sun visor 2 To block glare from the side remove the main sun visor from the center mount and swing it to the side 3 20 Pre driving checks and adjustments MIRRORS SPA2343 INSIDE MIRROR Adjust the height and the angle of the inside mirror to the desired position w o SPA2143 SPA2450 Manual anti glare type The night position will reduce glare from the headlights of vehicles behind you at night Use the day position when driving in daylight hours A WARNING Use the night position only when ne cessary because it reduces rear view clarity Automatic anti glare type The inside mirror is designed so that it automatically changes reflection according to the intensity of the headlights of the following vehicle The anti glare system will be automatically turned on when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position When the anti glare system is turned on the indicator light A will illuminate and excessive glare from the headlights of the vehicle behind you will be reduced Push the O switch to make the inside rearview mirror operate normally The indicator Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 21 light will turn off Push the I switch to turn the system on Do not allow any object to cover the sensors or apply glass cleaner on them Doing so
314. ngine stops while the vehicle is being driven this could lead to a crash and serious injury Before operating the push button ignition switch be sure to move the selector lever to the P Park position for automatic transmission model or the shift lever to the N Neutral position for manual transmission model Ces LT ILLL IAD ILLL KLL LLAN SSD0825 OPERATING RANGE FOR ENGINE START FUNCTION The Intelligent Key can only be used for starting the engine when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range When the Intelligent Key battery is almost discharged or strong radio waves are present near the operating location the Intelligent Key system s operating range becomes narrower and may not function properly If the Intelligent Key is within the operating range it is possible for anyone even someone who does not carry the Intelligent Key to push the ignition switch to start the engine Starting and driving 5 7 e The cargo room area is not included in the operating range but the Intelligent Key may function e f the Intelligent Key is placed on the instrument panel inside the glove box or door pocket the Intelligent Key may not function e If the Intelligent Key is placed near the door or window outside the vehicle the Intelligent Key may function 5 8 Starting and driving LOCK gt ACC gt ON L ot SSD0661 PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH OPERATION When t
315. not be able to use a hands free phone under the following conditions Your vehicle is outside of the telephone service area Your vehicle is in an area where it is difficult to receive radio waves such as in a tunnel in an underground parking garage behind a tall building or in a mountainous area Your cellular phone is locked in order not to be dialed When the radio wave condition is not ideal or ambient sound is too loud it may be difficult to hear the other person s voice during a call Immediately after the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position it may be impossible to receive a call for a short period of time Do not place the cellular phone in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle phone module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless connection dis ruption While a cellular phone is connected through the Bluetooth wireless connection the battery power of the cellular phone may discharge quicker than usual If the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System seems to be malfunctioning please visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for trouble shooting help e Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Storing the device in a different location may reduce or eliminate the noise e Refer to the cellular phone Owner s Manual regarding the telephone pairing procedure specific to your phone b
316. nt air bag side air bag curtain air bag and or pretensioner systems will not operate in an accident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possible REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT PRO CEDURE The front air bags side air bags curtain air bags and pretensioners are designed to activate on a one time only basis As a reminder unless it is damaged the supplemental air bag warning light will remain illuminated after inflation has oc curred Repair and replacement of these sys tems should be done only by a NISSAN dealer When maintenance work is required on the vehicle the front air bags side air bags curtain air bags pretensioners and related parts should be pointed out to the person conducting the maintenance The ignition switch should always be in the LOCK position when working under the hood or inside the vehicle AA WARNING e Once a front air bag side air bag or curtain air bag has inflated the air bag module will not function again and must be replaced Additionally if any of the front air bags inflate the activated pretensioner must also be replaced The air bag mod ule and pretensioner system should be replaced by a NISSAN dealer The air bag module and preten sioner system cannot be repaired The front air bag side air bag and curtain air bag systems and the pretensioner system should be in spected by a NISSAN dealer if there is any damage to the fron
317. nt check locations 8 7 Engine cooling system Engine Oil 0 seeee Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 5 Engine oil replacement indicator Engine oil temperature gauge Engine oil viscosity ccceeeeeeee eens Engine serial number 0ecceeeees Engine specifications cceeee eee eee Engine start operation indicator Manual Transmission models 04 2 16 If your vehicle overheats cccee eee ee 6 9 Starting the Snginevicces c sactewissecsaderes 5 10 Event Data Recorders EDR 000005 9 20 Exhaust gas carbon monoxide 6 606 5 2 F F M V S S C M V S S certification label 9 10 Filter Air cleaner housing filter c cee 8 18 Changing engine oil and filter 0 8 9 Flashers See hazard warning flasher switch 2 32 Flat tine senansa crate sage ENNS 6 2 Flat TOWING oii02 ccnateceesseantaetesseqennaees reed 9 17 Floor Mat Cleanings nnar n anaa 7 4 Fluid Automatic transmission fluid ATF 8 11 Brake and clutch fluid 0 cceeeee 8 12 Brake Fis ij cececenss sop niaan nian 8 13 Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants Engine coolant ENGINE Ol ses sesesfeseeee cteres Power steering fluid Window washer fluid FM AM radio with compact disc CD player models without navigation system 4 31 FM A
318. ny garage door opener that lacks safety stop and 2 44 Instruments and controls reverse features as required by federal safety standards These standards became effective for Opener models manufactured after April 1 1982 A garage door opener which cannot detect an object in the path of a closing garage door and then automatically stop and reverse does not meet current federal safety standards Using a garage door Opener without these features in creases the risk of serious injury or death e During programming procedure your garage door or security gate may open or close Make sure that people and objects are clear of the garage door gate etc that you are programming e Your vehicle s engine should be turned off while programming HomeLink Universal Transceiver PROGRAMMING HomeLink To program your HomeLink Transceiver to operate a garage door gate or entry door opener home or office lighting you need to be at the same location as the device Note Garage door openers manufactured after 1996 have rolling code protection To pro gram a garage door opener equipped with rolling code protection you will need to use a ladder to get up to the garage door opener motor to be able to access the smart or learn program button SIC3612 SIC3613 To begin push and hold the 2 outer Home Link buttons to clear the memory until the indicator light A blinks after 20 secon
319. o exit hold the TALK swich SAA1910 B Voice Recognition gt Dial Number K ul Change Number Say the next three digits Dial or Say Change Number w To exit hold the TALK swich SAA1911 4 Speak Dial Number 5 Speak 8 0 0 6 The system announces Please say the next three digits or dial or say change number 7 Speak 6 6 2 Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 89 B Voice Recognition gt Dial Number E tl Change Number Say the last four digits or Say Change Number amp To exit hold the TALK swich SAA1912 B Voice Recognition gt Dial Number 3 800 662 6200 K m Dial ul Change Number amp To exit hold the TALK swich 8 The system announces Please say the last four digits or say change number 9 Speak 6 2 0 0 SAA1913 10 The system announces Dial or Change Number 11 Speak Dial 12 The system makes a call to 800 620 6200 Note e You can also speak 800 620 6200 10 continuous digits or 620 6200 7 con tinuous digits if the area code is not necessary However the 3 3 4 digit group ing is recommended for improved recogni tion See How to speak numbers earlier in this section e You can only say a phone number using the 4 90 Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems
320. observe posted speed lim its and never drive too fast for conditions ALWAYS give your full attention to driving and avoid using vehicle features or taking other actions that could distract you ALWAYS use your seat belts and appropriate child restraint systems ALWAYS provide information about the proper use of vehicle safety features to all occupants of the vehicle ALWAYS review this Owner s Man ual for important safety information MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE This vehicle should not be modified Modification could affect its performance safety or durability and may even violate governmental regulations In addition damage or performance problems result ing from modification will not be covered under the NISSAN warranties WHEN READING THE MANUAL This manual includes information for all options available on this model Therefore you may find some information that does not apply to your vehicle All information specifications and illustrations in this manual are those in effect at the time of printing NISSAN reserves the right to change specifications or design at any time without notice IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL You will see various symbols in this manual They are used in the following ways A WARNING This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause death or serious personal injury To avoid or reduce the risk the procedures must be followed precisely A
321. of occupants and cargo should never exceed XX kg or XX Ibs Tids total des occupants et des marchandises ne doit jamais d passer XX kg ou XX Ib tet COLD TIRE PRESSURE go SEE OWNER S MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION VOIR LE MANUEL DELUSAGER DE RECHANGE POUR PLUS DE RENSEIGNEMENTS SDI2340 Tire and Loading Information label Seating capacity The maximum num ber of occupants that can be seated in the vehicle Vehicle load limit See VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION in the 9 Technical and consumer information section Original size The size of the tires originally installed on the vehicle at the factory Cold tire pressure Inflate the tires to this pressure when the tires are cold Tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds The recommended cold tire inflation is set by the manufacturer to provide the best balance of tire wear vehicle handling driveability tire noise etc up to the vehicle s GVWR Tire size see TIRE LABELING later in this section Spare tire size or compact spare tire size if so equipped Maintenance and do it yourself 8 29 SDI1949 Checking the tire pressure 1 Remove the valve stem cap from the tire Press the pressure gauge squarely onto the valve stem Do not press too hard or force the valve stem sideways or ai
322. oice recognition systems identifier to track queries for statistical purposes The purpose of a randomly assigned numeric identifier is to allow the Gracenote MusiclD service to count queries without knowing any thing about who you are For more information see the web page for the Gracenote Privacy Policy for the Gracenote MusiclD Service The Gracenote Software and each item of Gracenote Data are licensed to you AS IS Gracenote makes no representations or warran ties express or implied regarding the accuracy of any Gracenote Data from in the Gracenote Servers Gracenote reserves the right to delete data from the Gracenote Servers or to change data categories for any cause that Gracenote deems sufficient No warranty is made that the Gracenote Software or Gracenote Servers are error free or that functioning of Gracenote Software or Gracenote Servers will be unin terrupted Gracenote is not obligated to provide you with new enhanced or additional data types or categories that Gracenote may provide in the future and is free to discontinue its online services at any time GRACENOTE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTI CULAR PURPOSE TITLE AND NON INFRIN GEMENT GRACENOTE DOES NOT WARRANT THE RESULTS THAT WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR USE OF THE GRACE NOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY GRACENOTE SERVER IN NO CASE WILL GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR
323. oil and oil filter recommendation COLD TIRE PRESSURES The label is typically located on the driver side center pillar or on the driver s door For additional information see WHEELS AND TIRES in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section NEW VEHICLE BREAK IN PROCE DURES RECOMMENDATION During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km of vehicle use follow the recommendations out lined in the BREAK IN SCHEDULE in the 5 Starting and driving section of this Owner s Manual Follow these recommendations for the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle
324. on automatic program search FF fast forward APS 3 Radio station preset CD select buttons REW rewind button 4 Audio display Si MUTE bution 5 SCRL scroll button 9 FM AM band select button 6 LOAD button 10 AUDIO button 11 SAT satellite band select button SCAN tuning button RPT repeat button AUX auxiliary button RDM random button AUX IN jack TUNE the CH channel or FOLDER FF REW button Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 35 FM AM SAT RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD CHANGER models without navigation system For all operation precautions see AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS earlier in this section The satellite radio mode requires an active XM Satellite Radio subscription The satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam It may take some time to receive the activation signal after subscribing to the XM Satellite Radio After receiving the activation signal an available channel list will be automatically updated in the radio For XM push the ignition switch from LOCK to ACC to update the channel list Audio main operation Head unit The auto loudness circuit enhances the low and high frequency ranges automatically in both radio reception and CD playback ON OFF Volume control Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position and then push the ON OFF button while the system is off to call up the mode radio CD or AUX which
325. on selecting the Audio key with the multi function controller and pushing the ENTER button Bass Treble Balance Fade To adjust the speaker tone quality and sound balance select the Bass Treble Bal ance or Fade key and adjust it with the multi function controller These items can also be adjusted by pushing and turning the AUDIO knob Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 11 Speed Sensitive Vol Sound volume is increased according to the vehicle speed Choose the effect level from OFF 0 to 5 Settings gt Display Auto Day _ Display a Co HE Contrast f eatin orf ear SAA1813 Display settings The display as illustrated will appear when pushing the SETTING button selecting Dis play key with the multi function controller and pushing the ENTER button Display To turn off the screen push the ENTER button and turn the Display indicator off The other method is to push and hold the ie OFF button for more than 2 seconds When any mode button is pushed with the screen off the screen turns on for further operation The screen will turn off automatically 5 seconds after the operation is finished 4 12 Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems To turn on the screen set this item to the ON position or push and hold the Jez OFF button Brightness Contrast Ba
326. on Si iiinis iie nn 9 6 Op cifiGatioNS sioni egnen ia e a aa 9 7 EJN Seenaa ia enira arais 9 7 Wheels anid tS icc ccccits orsetbcentinceveneaen etietenis 9 8 DIMO NSIONS sonia EE E aaa 9 8 When traveling or registering your vehicle in another COUM iiie e a e at pira ETES 9 9 Vehicle Identification ssicscssiieri atte eanesineplanias 9 9 Vehicle Identification Number VIN plate 9 9 Vehicle identification number chassis number 9 9 Engine serial number c02 0ccecesesseeseeeeeneneas 9 10 F M V S S C M V S S certification label 9 10 Emission control information label 004 9 10 Tire and loading information label 000 9 11 Air conditioner specification label 0000 9 11 Installing front license plate eee 9 12 Removing air deflectors 0 cece eee 9 13 Vehicle loading information cccccceeeee eee ee sees 9 14 TEMS wetehas odaawes anA ARA 9 14 Vehicle load capacity i issirsiiiiisererirsenenesrrisicsss 9 15 Loading tPS isien aeaiia 9 16 Measurement of weightS cccceeeeeee eee eea es 9 16 TOWING trAU Cais ccwrnaemnenccer yoshi eambnmamonranseryseee ht 9 16 Flat TOWING sessista nenia 9 17 Automatic tranSMmiSSiONn 0 6ceeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 9 17 Manual Transmission 0 0ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 9 17 Uniform tire quality grading c ees 9 17 MOAU WEAN ernieren sana e a AE 9 17 Traction AA A B and Corn
327. on switch is in the ACC or ON position the radio will come on at the station last played The last station played will also come on when the PWR button is pushed to ON If another audio source is playing when the radio band select button is turned to ON the audio source will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will come on When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio will automatically change from stereo to monaural reception we TUNE Tuning Push the TUNE button for manual tuning ms SEEK tuning Push the SEEK button or to tune from low to high or high to low frequencies and to stop at the next broadcasting station SCAN SCAN tuning Push the SCAN tuning button to tune from low to high frequencies and stops at each broad casting station for 5 seconds Pushing the button again during this 5 seconds period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 5 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next 4 32 Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems station 1 to 6 Station memory operations Twelve stations can be set for the FM band 6 each for FM1 and FM2 and 6 stations can be set for the AM band 1 Choose the radio band AM FM1 or FM2 using the radio band select button 2 Tune to the desired station us
328. onds while the CF card is being played the CF card will play while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the CF card will return to the normal play speed When the gt i or ma button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while the CF card is being played the next track or the beginning of the current track on the CF card will be played The multi function controller can also be used to select tracks when the CF card is being played Folder selection To change to another folder in the CF card turn the MP3 WMA folder selector or choose a folder displayed on the screen using the multi function controller Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 45 fom REPEAT RPT RANDOM RDM When the RPT button is pushed while the CF card is played the play pattern can be changed as follows C CF CompactFlash CARD RPT gt 1 FOLDER RPT 1 TRK Track aa 1 FOLDER RDM MIX 1 CF CARD RDM MIX CF EJECT When the knob next to the CF slot is pushed with the CF card inserted the CF card will be ejected Messages The following messages will be displayed under certain conditions e Reading Compact Flash The system is reading the CF card inserted in the slot e No Compact Flash card A CF card is not inserted in the slot e Compact Flash read error The system cannot read a CF card e Unplayable file The system cannot play a music file e No au
329. one side when applied Parking brake Check the parking brake operation regularly The vehicle should be securely held on a fairly steep hill with only the parking brake applied If the parking brake needs adjusted see a NISSAN dealer Seat belts Check that all parts of the seat belt system for example buckles anchors adjuster and retractors operate properly and smoothly and are installed securely Check the belt webbing for cuts fraying wear or damage Seats Check seat position controls such as seat adjusters seatback recliner etc to ensure they operate smoothly and that all latches lock securely in every position Check that the head restraints move up and down smoothly and that the locks if so equipped hold securely in all latched positions Steering wheel Check for changes in the steering conditions such as excessive free play hard steering or strange noises Maintenance and do it yourself 8 3 Warning lights and chimes Make sure that all warning lights and chimes are operating properly Windshield defroster Check that the air comes out of the defroster outlets properly and in sufficient quantity when operating the heater or air conditioner Windshield wiper and washer Check that the wipers and washer operate properly and that the wipers do not streak Under the hood and vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked periodically for example each time you check the engine oil or
330. oner is not activated be sure to have the pretensioner system checked and if necessary replaced by a NISSAN dealer e No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the pretensioner system This is to prevent damage to or accidental activation of the pretensioners Tampering with the pretensioner system may result in serious perso nal injury e Work around and on the preten sioner system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of elec trical equipment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer Un authorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the pretensioner system e If you need to dispose of the pretensioner or scrap the vehicle contact a NISSAN dealer Correct pretensioner disposal procedures are set forth in the appropriate NISSAN Service Manual Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury The pretensioner system activates in conjunc tion with the front air bag system Working with Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system the seat belt retractor it helps tighten the seat belt when the vehicle becomes involved in certain types of collisions helping to restrain front seat occupants The pretensioner is encased with the seat belt retractor These seat belts are used the same way as conventional seat belts When a pretensioner seat belt activates smoke is released and a loud noise may be heard The smoke is not
331. ons 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device CHANGES OR MODIFICATIONS NOT EX PRESSLY APPROVED BY THE PARTY RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCE COULD VOID THE USER S AUTHORITY TO OPER ATE THE EQUIPMENT Instruments and controls 2 25 SIC2045 Security indicator light The security indicator light is located on the meter panel It indicates the status of the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System The light blinks after the ignition switch was in the LOCK position This function indicates the security systems equipped on the vehicle are operational If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System is malfunctioning this light will remain on while the ignition switch is in the ON position If the light still remains on and or the engine will not start see a NISSAN dealer for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System 2 26 Instruments and controls service as soon as possible Please bring all Intelligent Keys that you have when visiting a NISSAN dealer for service WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH AA WARNING In freezing temperatures the washer solution may freeze on the windshield and obscure your vision which may lead to an accident Warm windshield with the defroster before you wash the windshield A CAUTION e Do not operate the washer continu ously for more than 30 seconds e
332. oors push the power door lock switch to the lock position 2 with the driver s or front passenger s door open then close the door When locking the door this way be certain not to leave the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle To unlock the doors including the fuel filler door push the power door lock switch to the unlock position Lockout protection When the power door lock switch driver or front passenger is moved to the lock position with the Intelligent Key in the port and any door open all doors will lock and unlock automatically With the Intelligent Key left in the vehicle not in the Intelligent Key port and any door open all doors will unlock automatically and a chime will sound after the door is closed These functions help to prevent the Intelligent Key from being accidentally locked inside the vehicle AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS e All doors will be locked automatically when the vehicle speed reaches 15 MPH 24 km h e All the doors will unlock automatically when the ignition is placed in the OFF position The automatic lock and unlock functions can be deactivated or activated indepen dently of each other To deactivate or activate the automatic door lock or unlock system perform the following procedure 1 Close all doors 2 Place the ignition switch in the ON position Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 5 3 Do one of the following within 20 seconds of performing step 2 e To change AUTO
333. order Otherwise the window and the side roof panel may contact and be damaged 1 Close the windows Open the hood Close and lock all the doors Disconnect the negative battery terminal a fF N Securely close the hood To connect the negative battery terminal perform the procedure in the following order battery fluid can cause a higher load Otherwise the window and the side roof panel on the battery which can generate may contact and be damaged heat reduce battery life and in wo oy 1 Unlock and open the driver side door Do some cases lead to an explosion amp not close the door e When working on or near a battery B 2 Open the hood always wear suitable eye protection ee a and remove all jewelry 9 ee eee battery terminal e Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead 4 Fully open the driver side door window compounds Wash hands after 5 Close the driver side door and the window handling e Keep the battery out of the reach of AA WARNING children DI0137MF Check the fluid level in each cell Remove the 2 Deine EXPOSE pie Dare ire ames battery cover if it is necessary should be OG ete Ces AEE In GEIS between the UPPER LEVEL and LOWER generated by the battery is explo LEVEL lines sive Do not allow battery fluid to contact your skin eyes fabrics or If it is necessary to add fluid add only distilled water to bring the level to the indica
334. ore than 1 5 seconds while the iPod is playing the iPod will play while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the iPod will return to the normal play speed When the w i or ma button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while the iPod is playing the next track or the beginning of the current track on the iPod will be played The multi function controller can also be used to select tracks when the iPod is playing RDM REPEAT RPT RANDOM RDM When the RPT button is pushed while a track is being played the play pattern can be changed as follows SHUFFLE OFF __ SHUFFLE OFF SHUFFLE OFF RPT OFF 1 TRK Track RPT ALL TRK Track RPT ALBUM SHUFFLE TRK Track SHUFFLE ALL TRK Track RPT RPT OFF ALBUM SHUFFLE TRK Track SHUFFLE RPT OFF ALL TRK Track RPT MUSIC BOX HARD DISK DRIVE mod els with navigation system The Music Box hard disk drive audio system can store songs from CDs being played The system has a 9 3 gigabyte GB storage capacity and can record up to 200 hours approximately 2 900 songs The following CDs can be recorded in the Music Box hard disk drive audio system e CDs without MP3 WMA files e Hybrid Compact Disc Digital Audio Hybrid CD DA specification in Super Audio CDs e Compact Disc Digital Audio CD DA spe cification in CD Extras e First session of multisession disc Extreme temperature conditions below 4 F 20 C and
335. ormation cautions and warnings in this manual still apply and must be followed The side air bags and curtain air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity side 1 33 collisions although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity side impact They are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted They may not inflate in certain side collisions on the side where the vehicle is impacted Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper supplemental side air bag and curtain air bag operation When side air bags and curtain air bags inflate a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Side air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the chest and pelvis of the front occupants Curtain air bags help to cushion the impact force to the head of occupants They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating side air bags and curtain air bags may cause abrasions or other injuries Side air bags and curtain air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body The seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as
336. otive tools These checks or inspections can be done by yourself a qualified technician or if you prefer a NISSAN dealer WHERE TO GO FOR SERVICE If maintenance service is required or your vehicle appears to malfunction have the systems checked and serviced by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN technicians are well trained specialists and are kept up to date with the latest service information through technical bulletins service tips and in dealership information systems They are completely qualified to work on NISSAN vehicles before work begins You can be confident that an NISSAN dealer s service department performs the best job to meet the maintenance requirements on your vehicle in a reliable and economical way GENERAL MAINTENANCE During the normal day to day operation of the vehicle general maintenance should be per formed regularly as prescribed in this section If you detect any unusual sounds vibrations or smell be sure to check for the cause or have a NISSAN dealer do it promptly In addition you should notify a NISSAN dealer if you think that repairs are required When performing any checks or maintenance work see MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS later in this section EXPLANATION OF MAINTENANCE ITEMS Additional information on the following items with is found later in this section Outside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be performed from time to time unless otherwise spe
337. ou may need to try a different child restraint Not all child re straints fit in all types of vehicles 9 Check that the retractor is in the ALR mode by trying to pull more seat belt out of the retractor If you cannot pull any more belt webbing out of the retractor the retractor is in the ALR mode 10 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked repeat steps 3 through 8 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system OFF A2 PASSENGER AIR BAG SSS0676 Front facing step 11 11 If the child restraint is installed in the front passenger seat push the ignition switch to the ON position The front passenger air bag status light sg should illuminate If this light is not illuminated see Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt is fully retracted the ALR mode child restraint mode is canceled 1 19 BOOSTER SEATS SSS0099 PRECAUTIONS ON BOOSTER SEATS AA WARNING e Children should always be placed in an appropriate child restraint while riding in the vehicle Failure to use a child restraint or booster seat can result in serious injury or death e Children should never be carried on your lap It is not possible for even the strongest adult to resist the forces of a severe
338. ould be made to any components or wiring of the seat belt system This may affect the front air bag system Tampering with the seat belt system may result in serious personal in jury Work on and around the front air bag system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of elec trical equipment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer The Supplemental Restraint System SRS wiring should not be modified or disconnected Unauthorized elec trical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the air bag system e A cracked windshield should be replaced immediately by a qualified repair facility A cracked windshield could affect the function of the supplemental air bag system e The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the front air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0953 FRONT SEAT MOUNTED SIDE IM PACT SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG AND ROOF MOUNTED CURTAIN SIDE IM PACT SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG SYS TEMS The side air bags are located in the outside of the seatback of the front seats The curtain air bags are located in the side roof rails These systems are designed to meet voluntary guide lines to help reduce the risk of injury to out of position occupants However all of the inf
339. pear ance If you select the Fran ais key the French language will be displayed so please use the French Owner s Manual To obtain a French Owner s Manual see OWNER S MANUAL SERVICE MANUAL ORDER IN FORMATION in the 9 Technical and consumer information section SAA2275 SAA2288 e Select Units CENTER VENTILATORS SIDE VENTILATORS ee idea aioe ee Mice Open or close and adjust the air flow direction Open or close and adjust the air flow direction MPG or Metric km C L 100 km fap of ventilators of ventilators as illustrated your favorite display appearance 4 16 Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER WARNING e The air conditioner cooling function Status operates only when the engine is Audio OFF running e Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the support of others alone in your vehicle Pets should not be left alone either On J WA hot sunny days temperatures in a 78 F autr anoo000 closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or SAA2276 imals anmas y For the models with navigation system push the e Do not use the recirculation mode STATUS button to display the heater and air for long periods as it may cause the conditioner status screen See HOW TO USE interior air to become stale and the STATUS BU
340. pect each belt for signs of unusual wear cuts fraying or looseness If the belt is in poor condition or loose have it replaced or adjusted by a NISSAN dealer Have the belts checked regularly for condi tion and tension in accordance with the maintenance schedule in your NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide SPARK PLUGS A WARNING Be sure the engine and the ignition switch are off and that the parking brake is engaged securely A CAUTION Be sure to use the correct socket to remove the spark plugs An incorrect socket can damage the spark plugs O SDI2020 REPLACING SPARK PLUGS If replacement is required see a NISSAN dealer for servicing Iridium tipped spark plugs It is not necessary to replace the iridium tipped spark plugs as frequently as the conventional type spark plugs since they will last much longer Follow the maintenance schedule in NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide but do not reuse them by cleaning or regapping Always replace spark plugs with recom mended or equivalent ones Maintenance and do it yourself 8 17 AIR CLEANER SDI2350 Remove the retainers as illustrated and pull out the filter element The filter element should not be cleaned and reused Replace it according to the maintenance intervals See NISSAN Service and Mainte nance Guide for maintenance intervals When replacing the filter wipe the inside of the air 8 18 Maintenance
341. pending on the size of the child and the type of booster seat used See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section 1 23 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM This Supplemental Restraint System SRS section contains important information concern ing the driver and passenger front impact supplemental air bags NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag system roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bag and seat belt with pretensioners Supplemental front impact air bag system The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System can help cushion the impact force to the head and chest of the driver and front passenger in certain frontal collisions Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the chest and pelvis area of the driver and front passenger in certain side impact collisions The front seat side impact supplemental air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted Roof mounted curtain side impact supple mental air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the head of the driver and front passenger in certain side impact collisions The curtain air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted These supplemental restraint systems are de signed to supplement the crash protection
342. peration Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat belt movement by two separate methods e When the belt is pulled quickly from the retractor e When the vehicle slows down rapidly To increase your confidence in the seat belts check the operation as follows e Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward quickly The retractor should lock and 1 12 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system restrict further belt movement If the retractor does not lock during this check or if you have any question about seat belt operation see a NISSAN dealer SSS0588 Shoulder belt arm Before fastening the seat belt pull the shoulder belt arm forward until it clicks at the lock position Pulling the arm forward will allow an easy access to the belt SEAT BELT EXTENDERS If because of body size or driving position it is not possible to properly fit the lap shoulder belt and fasten it an extender is available that is compatible with the installed seat belts The extender adds approximately 8 in 200 mm of length and may be used for either the driver or front passenger seating position See a NISSAN dealer for assistance if the extender is required A WARNING e Only NISSAN seat belt extenders made by the same company which made the original equipment seat belts should be used with the NISSAN seat belts e Adults and children who can use the standard seat belt should not use an ext
343. plemental front impact air bag is located in the center of the steering wheel The front passenger supplemental front impact air bag is mounted in the instrument panel above the glove box The front air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity frontal collisions although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact They may not inflate in certain frontal collisions Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper front air bag operation The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System has dual stage air bag inflators The system monitors information from the crash zone sensor the Air bag Control Unit ACU seat belt buckle switches and the occupant classification sensor pattern sensor Inflator operation is based on the severity of a collision and seat belt usage for the driver For the front passenger the occupant classification sensor is also monitored Based 1 29 on information from the sensors only one front air bag may inflate in a crash depending on the crash severity and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted Additionally the front passenger air bag may be automatically turned OFF under some conditions depending on the information provided by the occupant classifica tion sensor If the front passenger air bag is OFF the passenger air bag status light will be illuminated if the seat is unoccupied the light will not be ill
344. ppearance and care 7 5 components inside the vehicle as this may damage them Chemicals used for road surface deicing are extremely corrosive They accelerate corrosion and deterioration of underbody components such as the exhaust system fuel and brake lines brake cables floor pan and fenders In winter the underbody must be cleaned periodically For additional protection against rust and corrosion which may be required in some areas consult a NISSAN dealer 7 6 Appearance and care 8 Maintenance and do it yourself Maintenance requirement cece eee ees 8 2 Scheduled maintenance e eeeeeeeeee ees 8 2 General maintenance eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 8 2 Where to go for S rviCe sceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 2 General maintenance 0 seeeeeeeeee eee eeeeeeees 8 2 Explanation of maintenance items cc0 8 2 Maintenance precautions 0 ccccceeeeeeeseeeeeneeeees 8 5 Engine compartment check locations 8 7 VQ37VHR engine model eceeeeeeeeeee ees 8 7 Engine cooling System 0 cc ccccsseeeeeeessseeeeeneeeens 8 8 Checking engine coolant level e 8 8 Changing engine coolant eeeeeeeeeees 8 9 Engine Gilka Minadaicannviate amen ates 8 9 Checking engine oil level e cesses neers 8 9 Changing engine oil and filter eee 8 9 Automatic transmission fluid cccc cece eee
345. pressed and the selector lever button pushed in to move the selector lever from the P Park position the N Neutral position or any drive position to the R Reverse position N Neutral Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged The engine can be started in this position You may shift to the N Neutral position and restart a stalled engine while the vehicle is moving D Drive Use this position for all normal forward driving SSD0828 Paddle shifter Manual shift mode When the selector lever is in the manual shift gate the transmission is ready for the manual shift mode Shift ranges can be selected manually by moving the selector lever up or down or pulling the right side or left side paddle shifter When shifting up move the selector lever to the up side or pull the right side paddle shifter The transmission shifts to the higher range When shifting down move the selector lever to the down side or pull the left side paddle shifter The transmission shifts to the lower range Starting and driving 5 13 When canceling the manual shift mode return the selector lever to the D Drive position The transmission returns to the normal driving mode When you pull the paddle shifter while in the D Drive position the transmission will shift to the upper or lower range temporarily The transmis sion will automatically return to the D Drive position after a short period o
346. pushing the release tab to remove Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiper arm until a click sounds Rotate the wiper blade so the dimple is in the groove AA CAUTION e After wiper blade replacement re turn the wiper arm to its original position otherwise it may be damaged when the hood is opened e Make sure the wiper blades contact the glass otherwise the arm may be damaged from wind pressure SDI2362 If you wax the surface of the hood be careful not to let wax get into the washer nozzle This may cause clogging or improper windshield washer operation If wax gets into the nozzle remove it with a needle or small pin Be careful not to damage the nozzle Maintenance and do it yourself 8 19 BRAKES If the brakes do not operate properly have the brakes checked by a NISSAN dealer SELF ADJUSTING BRAKES Your vehicle is equipped with self adjusting brakes The disc type brakes self adjust every time the brake pedal is applied AA WARNING See a NISSAN dealer for a brake system check if the brake pedal height does not return to normal BRAKE PAD WEAR WARNING The disc brake pads have audible wear warn ings When a brake pad requires replacement it will make a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in motion This scraping sound will first occur only when the brake pedal is depressed After more wear of the brake pad the sound will always be heard even if the brake p
347. r assist for the brakes will not work Braking will be harder BRAKE ASSIST BRAKE ASSIST When the force applied to the brake pedal exceeds a certain level the Brake Assist is activated generating greater braking force than a conventional brake booster even with light pedal force AA WARNING The Brake Assist is only an aid to assist braking operation and is not a collision warning or avoidance device It is the driver s responsibility to stay alert drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times ANTI LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM ABS AA WARNING e The Anti lock Braking System ABS is a sophisticated device but it cannot prevent accidents resulting from careless or dangerous driving techniques It can help maintain vehicle control during braking on slippery surfaces Remember that stopping distances on slippery sur faces will be longer than on normal surfaces even with ABS Stopping Starting and driving 5 25 distances may also be longer on rough gravel or snow covered roads or if you are using tire chains Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you Ultimately the driver is responsible for safety e Tire type and condition may also affect braking effectiveness When replacing tires install the specified size of tires on all four wheels When installing a spare tire make sure that it is the proper size and type as specified on the Tire and Loading Information labe
348. r a short time under heavy engine load STIO505 1 API certification mark 2 API service symbol ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RE COMMENDATION Selecting the correct oil It is essential to choose the correct grade quality and viscosity engine oil to ensure satisfactory engine life and performance see CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS earlier in this section NISSAN recommends the use of an energy conserving oil in order to improve fuel economy Select only engine oils that meet the American Petroleum Institute API certification or Interna tional Lubricant Standardization and Approval Committee ILSAC certification and SAE vis cosity standard These oils have the API certification mark on the front of the container Oils which do not have the specified quality label should not be used as they could cause engine damage Oil additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of oil additives The use of an oil additive is not necessary when the proper oil type is used and maintenance intervals are followed Oil which may contain foreign matter or has been previously used should not be used Oil viscosity The engine oil viscosity or thickness changes with temperature Because of this it is important that the engine oil viscosity be selected based on the temperatures at which the vehicle will be operated before the next oil change Choosing an oil viscosity other than that recommended could cause
349. r bolts that hold the undercover in place A CAUTION Make sure the correct lifting and sup port points are used to avoid vehicle damage 8 10 Maintenance and do it yourself SDI2335 Engine oil and filter 1 Place a large drain pan under the drain plug 2 Remove the oil filler cap 3 Remove the drain plug with a wrench and completely drain the oil AA CAUTION Be careful not to burn yourself as the engine oil is hot e Waste oil must be disposed of properly e Check your local regulations Perform steps 4 to 7 only when the engine oil filter change is needed Loosen the oil filter with an oil filter wrench Remove the oil filter by turning it by hand Wipe the engine oil filter mounting surface with a clean rag A CAUTION Be sure to remove any old rubber gasket remaining on the mounting sur face of the engine Failure to do so could lead to engine damage 6 Coat the gasket on the new filter with clean engine oil Screw in the oil filter clockwise until a slight resistance is felt then tighten additionally more than 2 3 turn Oil filter tightening torque 11 to 15 ft lb 14 7 to 20 5 N m Clean and re install the drain plug with a new washer Securely tighten the drain plug with a wrench Drain plug tightening torque 22 to 29 ft Ib 29 to 39 N m 10 Tik Do not use excessive force Refill engine with recommended oil and install the oil filler cap se
350. r change MPH km h 1st to 2nd 8 13 2nd to 3rd 16 26 3rd to 4th 25 40 4th to 5th 28 45 5th to 6th 33 53 For quick acceleration in low altitude areas or in high altitude areas over 4 000 ft 1 219 m Gear change MPH km h 1st to 2nd 15 24 2nd to 3rd 25 40 3rd to 4th 40 64 4th to 5th 45 72 5th to 6th 50 80 Suggested maximum speed in each gear Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is not running smoothly or if you need to accelerate Do not exceed the maximum suggested speed shown below in any gear For level road driving use the highest gear suggested for that speed Always observe posted speed limits and drive according to the road conditions which will ensure safe operation Do not over rev the engine when shifting to a lower gear as it may cause engine damage or loss of vehicle control Gear MPH km h ist 38 62 2nd 63 102 3rd 91 146 4th 5th 6th PARKING BRAKE A WARNING e Be sure the parking brake is fully released before driving Failure to do so can cause brake failure and lead to an accident e Do not release the parking brake from outside the vehicle e Do not use the gear shift in place of the parking brake When parking be sure the parking brake is fully engaged e Do not leave children unattended in a vehicle They could release the parking brake and cause an acci dent Starting and driving 5 19 SPA2110 To apply Pull the parking brake
351. r child could be seriously injured or killed in a colli sion if the child restraint top tether strap is damaged vehicle is equipped with an Auto matic Locking Retractor ALR which must be used when installing a child restraint Failure to use the ALR will result in the child restraint not being prop erly secured The restraint could tip over or otherwise be unsecured and cause injury to the child in a sudden stop or collision The instructions in this section apply to child restraint installation using the vehicle seat belts in the front passenger seat Top tether anchor point locations Anchor points are located on the floor of the SSS0100 cargo room Installing top tether strap First secure the child restraint with the seat belt Flip down the flap marked with a label as shown in the illustration Position the top tether strap over the top of the seatback and secure it to the tether anchor bracket that provides the straight est installation Tighten the strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap child restraint consult your NISSAN dealer for details CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS AA WARNING e Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front passenger seat Supplemental front air bags inflate with great force A rear facing child restra
352. r neck or if the lap portion of the seat belt goes across the abdomen The booster seat should raise the child so that the shoulder belt is properly positioned across the top middle portion of the shoulder and the lap belt is low on the hips A booster seat can only be used in seating positions that have a three point type seat belt The booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and have a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards Once the child has grown so the shoulder belt is no longer on or near the face and neck use the shoulder belt without the booster seat AA WARNING Never let a child stand or kneel on any seat and do not allow a child in the cargo areas while the vehicle is moving The child could be seriously injured or killed in an accident or sudden stop PREGNANT WOMEN NISSAN recommends that pregnant women use seat belts The seat belt should be worn snug and always position the lap belt as low as possible around the hips not the waist and place the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never run the lap shoulder belt over your abdominal area Contact your doctor for specific recommendations INJURED PERSONS NISSAN recommends that injured persons use seat belts depending on the injury Check with your doctor for specific recommendations THREE POINT TYPE SEAT BELT AA WARNING e Every person who drives or ride
353. r the heated seat does not operate turn the switch off and have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Instruments and controls 2 33 A aS Ke eg o WO SIC2770 The front seats are warmed by built in heaters The switches located on the center console can be operated independently of each other 1 Start the engine 2 Select the desired heat range e For high heat push the HI side of the switch Q e For low heat push the LO side of the switch e The indicator light will illuminate when the heater is on 3 To turn off the heater return the switch to the level position Make sure that the 2 34 Instruments and controls indicator light turns off The heater is controlled by a thermostat automatically turning the heater on and off The indicator light will remain on as long as the switch is on When the vehicle s interior is warmed or before you leave the vehicle be sure to turn off the switch VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC OFF SWITCH VDC SIC4004 The vehicle should be driven with the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system on for most driving conditions If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow the VDC system reduces the engine output to reduce wheel spin The engine speed will be reduced even if the accelerator is depressed to the floor If maximum engine power is needed to free a stuck vehicle turn the VDC system off To turn off the VDC system push the V
354. r will escape If the hissing sound of air escaping from the tire is heard while checking the pressure reposition the gauge to eliminate this leakage Remove the gauge Read the tire pressure on the gauge stem and compare it to the specifica 8 30 Maintenance and do it yourself tion shown on the Tire and Loading Information label Add air to the tire as needed If too much air is added press the core of the valve stem briefly with the tip of the gauge stem to release pressure Re check the pressure and add or release air as needed Install the valve stem cap Check the pressure of all other tires including the spare SIZE COLD TIRE INFLATION PRES SURE FRONT ORIGINAL TIRE 225 50R18 95W 245 40R19 94W 240 kPa 35 PSI 240 kPa 35 PSI REAR ORIGINAL TIRE 245 45R18 96W 240 kPa 35 PSI 275 35R19 96W T145 80 D17 240 kPa 35 PSI 420 kPa 60 PSI T145 70 R18 420 kPa 60 PSI SDI1575 P215 60R16 94H SDI1606 Example TIRE LABELING Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the side wall of all tires This information identifies and describes the fundamental character istics of the tire and also provides the tire identification number TIN for safety stan dard certification The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall Example Tire size example P215 60R16 1
355. rademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc U S A and licenced to Xanavi Informatics Corporation Gracenote is a registered tra demark of Gracenote Inc The Gracenote logo and logo type and the Powered by Gracenote logo are trademarks of Grace note XM Radio requires a subscrip tion sold separately after the first 90 days It is not available in Alaska Hawaii or Guam For more information visit www xmradio com 2008 NISSAN MOTOR CO LTD TOKYO JAPAN All rights reserved No part of this Owner s Manual may be reproduced or stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical photo copying recording or otherwise without the prior written permission of Nissan Motor Co Ltd NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM NISSAN CARES Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSAN dealer are our primary concerns Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs However if there is something that your NISSAN dealer cannot assist you with or you would like to provide NISSAN directly with comments or questions please contact the NISSAN Consumer Affairs Department using our toll free number For U S customers 1 800 NISSAN 1 1 800 647 7261 For Canadian customers 1 800 387 0122 The Consumer Affairs Department will ask for the
356. ramming a garage door opener etc 2 46 Instruments and controls it is advised to unplug the device during the cycling process to prevent possible damage to the garage door opener com ponents OPERATING THE HomeLink UNIVER SAL TRANSCEIVER HomeLink Universal Transceiver once pro grammed may now be used to activate the garage door etc To operate simply push the appropriate programmed HomeLink Universal Transceiver button The red indicator light will illuminate while the signal is being transmitted PROGRAMMING TROUBLE DIAGNO SIS If HomeLink does not quickly learn the hand held transmitter information e replace the hand held transmitter batteries with new batteries e position the hand held transmitter with its battery area facing away from the Home Link surface e push and hold both the HomeLink and hand held transmitter buttons without inter ruption e position the hand held transmitter 2 to 5 in 50 to 127 mm away from the HomeLink surface Hold the transmitter in that position for up to 15 seconds If HomeLink is not programmed within that time try holding the transmitter in another position keeping the indicator light in view at all times If you continue to have programming difficulties please contact the NISSAN Consumer Affairs Department The phone numbers are located in the Foreword of this Owner s Manual CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED IN FORMATION Individual buttons
357. read shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A TREADWEAR The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1 1 2 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road char acteristics and climate TRACTION AA A B AND C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on spe cified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance Technical and consumer information 9 17 AA WARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics TEMPERATURE A B AND C The temperature grades A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sus tain
358. refuel Battery Check the fluid level in each cell It should be between the MAX and MIN lines Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe condition require frequent checks of the battery fluid level Brake and clutch fluid levels Make sure that the brake and clutch fluid levels are between the MAX and MIN lines on the reservoirs Engine coolant level Check the coolant level when the engine is cold Engine drive belts Make sure that no belt is frayed worn cracked or oily 8 4 Maintenance and do it yourself Engine oil level Check the level after parking the vehicle on a level spot and turning off the engine Wait more than 15 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan Exhaust system Make sure there are no loose supports cracks or holes If the sound of the exhaust seems unusual or there is a smell of exhaust fumes immediately have the exhaust system inspected by a NISSAN dealer See PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING in the 5 Starting and driving section for exhaust gas carbon monoxide Fluid leaks Check under the vehicle for fuel oil water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has been parked for a while Water dripping from the air conditioner after use is normal If you should notice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident check for the cause and have it corrected immediately Power steering fluid level and lines Check the level when the fluid is cold wit
359. riven through certain driving patterns Usually the ready condition can be obtained by ordinary usage of the vehicle If a powertrain system component is repaired or the battery is disconnected the vehicle may be reset to a not ready condition Before taking the I M test check the vehicle s inspection maintenance test readiness condition Push the ignition switch to the ON position without starting the engine If the Malfunction Indicator Light MIL comes on steady for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds the I M test condition is not ready If the MIL does not blink after 20 seconds the I M test condition is ready If the MIL indicates the vehicle is in a not ready condition drive the vehicle through the following pattern to set the vehicle to the ready condi tion If you cannot or do not want to perform the driving pattern a NISSAN dealer can conduct it for you AA WARNING Always drive the vehicle in a safe and prudent manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws Start the engine Allow the engine to idle until the engine coolant temperature gauge needle points between the C and H normal operating temperature Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH 88 km h then quickly release the accelerator pedal completely and keep it released for at least 10 seconds Quickly depress the accelerator pedal for a moment then drive the vehicle at a speed of 53 to 60 MPH
360. rmarket fuel additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of any aftermarket fuel additives Example fuel injector cleaner octane booster intake valve deposit removers etc which are sold commercially Many of these additives intended for gum varnish or deposit removal may contain active solvent or similar ingredients that can be harmful to the fuel system and engine 9 4 Technical and consumer information Octane rating tips Using unleaded gasoline with an octane rating lower than recommended above can cause persistent heavy spark knock Spark knock is a metallic rapping noise If severe this can lead to engine damage If you detect a persistent heavy spark knock even when using gasoline of the stated octane rating or if you hear steady spark knock while holding a steady speed on level roads have a NISSAN dealer correct the condition Failure to correct the condition is misuse of the vehicle for which NISSAN is not responsible Incorrect ignition timing will result in knocking after run or overheating This in turn may cause excessive fuel consumption or damage to the engine If any of the above symptoms are encountered have your vehicle checked at a NISSAN dealer or other competent service facility However now and then you may notice light spark knock for a short time while accelerating or driving up hills This is no cause for concern because you get the greatest fuel benefit when there is light spark knock fo
361. rmware version 1 41 or later e iPod photo Firmware version 1 2 1 or later e iPod nano Firmware version 1 2 or later Make sure that your iPod firmware is updated Audio main operation Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position Then push the DISC AUX button repeatedly to switch to the iPod mode If the system has been turned off while the iPod was playing pushing the ON OFF button will start the iPod DISC AUX button When the DISC AUX button is pushed with the system off and the iPod connected the system will turn on If another audio source is playing and the iPod is connected push the DISC AUX button repeatedly until the center display changes to the iPod mode Interface The interface for iPod operation shown on the vehicle center display is similar to the iPod interface Use the multi function controller and the ENTER or BACK button to play the iPod with your favorite settings The following items can be chosen from the menu list screen For further information about each item see the iPod Owner s Manual e Playlists e Artists e Albums e Songs e Podcasts e Genres e Composers e Audiobooks The following touch panel buttons shown on the screen are also available e menu returns to the previous screen e pli plays pauses the music selected FF Fast Forward REW Rewind APS Automatic Program Search FF APS REW When the wom or ma button is pushed for m
362. rsal Transceiver if so equipped Programming HomeLink acce Programming HomeLink for Canadian Clearing the programmed information 2 46 CUGIOMIONS vinci cpudsnnninansaaanieenewneeeswvnaindtens alan am 2 46 Reprogramming a single HomeLink button 9 46 Operating the HomeLink Universal If your vehicle is stolen sscccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 2 47 TTANSCEIVED 00 cece cece eee ear os a RiR 2 46 Programming trouble diagnosis ccceee 2 46 COCKPIT 6 T 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 SSI0507 1 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF switch 5 Windshield wiper and washer switch P 2 26 P 5 27 6 Hood release handle P 3 16 2 Headlight fog light and turn signal switch P 2 28 7 Intelligent Key port P 5 9 3 Meters and Gauges combimeter P 2 4 8 Paddle shifter if so equipped P 5 13 4 Triple meter P 2 7 2 2 Instruments and controls Steering wheel mounted controls left side ENTER or tuning switch P 4 56 BACK switch P 4 56 Phone switch if so equipped P 4 58 Volume control switches P 4 56 Source select switch P 4 56 Tilt steering lever P 3 20 Steering wheel Horn P 2 33 Driver supplemental air bag P 1 24 Steering wheel mounted controls right side Cruise control switches P 5 20 Selector lever for automatic transmission P 5 11 Shift lever for manual transmission P 5 15 Parking brake P 5 19
363. rst 30 seconds after a reset the display shows u SIC3675 Elapsed time and trip odometer MILES or km Elapsed time The elapsed time mode shows the time since the last reset The displayed time can be reset by pushing the switch for longer than 1 second The trip odometer is also reset at the same time Trip odometer The trip odometer mode shows the total distance the vehicle has been driven since the last reset Resetting is done by pushing the switch for longer than 1 second The elapsed time is also reset at the same time RANGE 0000mnes SIC3676 Distance to empty MILES or km The distance to empty dte mode provides you with an estimation of the distance that can be driven before refueling The dte is constantly being calculated based on the amount of fuel in the fuel tank and the actual fuel consumption The display is updated every 30 seconds The dte mode includes a low range warning feature If the fuel level is low the warning is displayed on the screen When the fuel level drops even lower the dte display will change to e f the amount of fuel added is small the display just before the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position may continue to be displayed When driving uphill or rounding curves the fuel in the tank shifts which may momenta rily change the display OUTSIDE TEMP 37 F S IC4037 Outside air temp
364. rted Files saved using the Live File System component on a Windows Vista based computer are not supported CompactFlash card FAT12 FAT16 FAT32 Version MPEG1 MPEG2 MPEG2 5 Sampling frequency 8 kHz 48 kHz Supported Bit rate 8 kbps 320 kbps VBR 4 versions 1 Version WMA7 WMA8 WMA9 Sampling frequency 32 kHz 48 kHz Bit rate 32 kbps 192 kbps VBR 4 With navigation system ID3 tag VER1 0 VER1 1 VER2 2 VER2 3 VER2 4 MP3 only Tag information Song title and Artist name Without navigation system ID3 tag VER1 0 VER1 1 VER2 2 VER2 3 MP3 only WMA tag WMA only Folder levels Folder levels 8 Folders 255 including root folder Files 512 Max 255 files for one folder With navigation system 128 characters Without navigation system 64 characters 01 ASCII 02 ISO 8859 1 03 UNICODE UTF 16 BOM Big Endian 04 UNICODE UTF 16 Non BOM Big Endian 05 UNICODE UTF 8 06 UNICODE Non UTF 16 BOM Little Endian Supported file systems Text character number limitation Displayable character codes 3 1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played 2 Protected WMA files DRM cannot be played 3 Available codes depend on what kind of media versions and information are going to be displayed 4 When VBR files are played the playback time may not be displayed correctly Monitor heater air conditioner
365. rtion into the Intelligent Key when you retrieve your vehicle See STORAGE in the 2 Instruments and controls section Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 3 DOORS AA WARNING e Always have the doors locked while driving Along with the use of seat belts this provides greater safety in the event of an accident by helping to prevent persons from being thrown from the vehicle This also helps keep children and others from unintentionally opening the doors and will help keep out intruders e Before opening any door always look for and avoid oncoming traffic e Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could un knowingly activate switches or con trols Unattended children could become involved in serious acci dents 3 4 Pre driving checks and adjustments SPA2565 LOCKING WITH MECHANICAL KEY The power door lock system allows you to lock or unlock all doors simultaneously using the mechanical key e Turning the driver s door key cylinder to the front of the vehicle 4 will lock all doors e Turning the driver s door key cylinder once to the rear of the vehicle will unlock the driver s door After returning the key to the neutral position turning it to the rear again within 60 seconds will unlock all doors e You can switch the lock system to the mode that allows you to open all the doors when the key is turned once See HOW TO USE SETTING BUTTON in the
366. ry explosion resulting in severe injury or death It could also damage your vehicle Explosive hydrogen gas is always present in the vicinity of the battery Keep all sparks and flames away from the battery Do not allow battery fluid to come into contact with eyes skin clothing or painted surfaces Battery fluid is a corrosive sulphuric acid solution which can cause severe burns If the fluid should come into contact with anything immediately flush the con tacted area with water Keep the battery out of the reach of children The booster battery must be rated at 12 volts Use of an improperly rated battery can damage your vehicle Whenever working on or near a battery always wear suitable eye remove rings metal bands or any other jewelry Do not lean over the battery when jump starting Do not attempt to jump start a frozen battery It could explode and cause serious injury Your vehicle has an automatic en gine cooling fan It could come on at any time Keep hands and other objects away from it In case of emergency 6 7 SCE0791 AA WARNING Always follow the instructions below Failure to do so could result in damage to the charging system and cause personal injury If the booster battery is in another vehicle position the two vehicles and to bring their batteries into close proximity to each other Do not allow the two vehicles to touch Apply parking brake Move the s
367. s as they may cause the CD player to malfunction 3 1 in 8 cm discs CDs that are not round CDs with a paper label CDs that are warped scratched or have abnormal edges This audio system can only play prerecorded CDs It has no capabilities to record or burn CDs If the CD cannot be played one of the following messages will be displayed CHECK DISC Confirm that the CD is inserted correctly the label side is facing up etc Confirm that the CD is not bent or warped and it is free of scratches PUSH EJECT This is an error due to the temperature inside the player is too high Remove the CD by pushing the EJECT button and after a short time reinsert the CD The CD can be played when the temperature of the player returns to normal UNPLAYABLE The file is unplayable in this audio system only MP3 or WMA CD Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 25 CompactFlash CF player if so equipped Do not force a CF card into the slot This could damage the CF card and or player During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to the humidity If this occurs remove the CF card and dehumidify or ventilate the player completely The CF player sometimes cannot function when the passenger compartment tempera ture is extremely high Decrease the tem perature before use Do not expose a CF card to direct sunlight Confirm
368. s device complies with FCC rules part 15 Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference that may be received including interference that may cause undesired operation The transmitter has been tested and complies with FCC and DOC MDC rules Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the device DOC ISTC 1763K1313 FCC I D CB2V67690 Instruments and controls 2 47 MEMO 2 48 Instruments and controls 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments KEYS scsletetadaial hin AE E pene 3 2 Intelligeht Keys sccis tected scien a E 3 2 Valet hand offisou snes taesdaceeniinnpetemndencaecanans 3 3 Drole a E deez need aierwere saad 3 4 Locking with mechanical key cccceeeeeeeee 3 4 Opening and closing windows with the Mechanical keYnsiicinnticompeniiiatacsentoncnteranen 3 4 Locking with inside lock knob c cece 3 5 Locking with power door lock switch 00 3 5 Automatic door lOCKS site ccc sacs sovcnesieiedenn tender 3 5 Intelligent Key SySteM cccecesseeeeeeeseneeeeeneeeees 3 6 Intelligent Key operating range eeeeeeeeeee ees 3 8 Door locks unlocks precaution cece 3 8 Intelligent Key operation eee 3 9 Battery Saver syster siriaca 3 10 Warning signalss cc cccigersteciditiasetcp
369. s in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times 1 10 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat belt properly SSS0292 Fastening the seat belts 1 Adjust the seat See SEATS earlier in this section 2 Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the tongue into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage e The retractor is designed to lock during a sudden stop or on impact A slow pulling motion permits the belt to move and allows you some freedom of movement in the seat e If the seat belt cannot be pulled from its fully retracted position firmly pull the belt and release it Then smoothly pull the belt out of the retractor SSS0290 3 Position the lap belt portion low and snug on the hips as shown 4 Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder and across your chest Th
370. s not functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer See CRUISE CONTROL in the 5 Starting and driving section Bor Front passenger air bag status light The front passenger air bag status light By will be lit and the passenger front air bag will be OFF depending on how the front passenger seat is being used For front passenger air bag status light opera tion see NISSAN ADVANCED AIR BAG SYSTEM front seats in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual O This light comes on when the headlight high beam is on and goes out when the low beam is selected High beam indicator light blue SERVICE ENGINE Malfunction Indicator Light MIL If the malfunction indicator light comes on steady or blinks while the engine is running it may indicate a potential emission control mal function The malfunction indicator light may also come on steady if the fuel filler cap is loose or missing or if the vehicle runs out of fuel Check to make sure the fuel filler cap is installed and closed tightly and that the vehicle has at least 3 US gallons 14 liters of fuel in the fuel tank After a few driving trips the m light should turn off if no other potential emission control system malfunction exists If this indicator light remains on for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds when the en
371. s ready to accept voice commands If the TALK amp switch is pushed before the initialization completes the display will show the message Phonetic data down loaded Please wait or a beep sounds Before starting To get the best recognition performance from NISSAN Voice Recognition observe the follow ing e The interior of the vehicle should be as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminate the surrounding noises traffic noise and vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from correctly recognizing the voice commands e Wait until the tone sounds before speaking a command e Speak in a natural conversational voice without pausing between words elf the air conditioner is set to Auto the fan speed is automatically lowered so that your commands can be recognized more easily SAA2167 Giving voice commands 1 Push the TALK amp switch located on the steering wheel Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 85 B Voice Recognition C Cas t Navigation l Information a Help amp To exit hold the TALK swich SAA1908 2 A list of commands appears on the screen and the system announces Would you like to access Phone Navigation Information or Help 3 After the tone sounds and the icon on the screen changes from to 3y speak a command 4 Continue to follow the voice menu prompts and speak af
372. s to help protect them They need to be properly restrained In addition to the general information in this manual child safety information is available from many other sources including doctors teachers government traffic safety offices and community organizations Every child is different so be sure to learn the best way to transport your child There are three basic types of child restraint systems e Rear facing child restraint e Front facing child restraint e Booster seat The proper restraint depends on the child s size Generally infants up to about 1 year and less than 20 Ib 9 kg should be placed in rear facing child restraints Front facing child re straints are available for children who outgrow rear facing child restraints and are at least 1 year old Booster seats are used to help position a vehicle lap shoulder belt on a child who can no longer use a front facing child restraint A WARNING Children need special protection The vehicle s seat belts may not fit them properly The shoulder belt may come too close to the face or neck The lap belt may not fit over their small hip bones In an accident an improperly fitting seat belt could cause serious or fatal injury Always use appropriate child restraints All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require the use of approved child restraints for infants and small children See CHILD RESTRAINTS later in this section Also there
373. s when it is light If the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position and one of the doors is opened and this condition is continued the headlights remain on for 5 minutes Automatic headlights off delay You can keep the headlights on for up to 180 seconds after you push the ignition switch to OFF and open any door then close all the doors You can adjust the period of the automatic headlights off delay from O seconds OFF to 180 seconds The factory default setting is 45 seconds For automatic headlights off delay setting see Auto Headlights Off Delay in the 4 Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems section 2 30 Instruments and controls SIC3784A SIC3996 Be sure not to put anything on top of the photo sensor located on the top of the instrument panel The photo sensor con trols the autolight if it is covered the photo sensor reacts as if it is dark and the headlights will illuminate Headlight beam select To select the low beam put the lever in the neutral position as shown To select the high beam push the lever forward while the switch is in the iO position Pull it back to select the low beam Pulling the lever toward you will flash the headlight high beam even when the head light switch is in the OFF position Battery saver system A chime will sound when the driver side door is opened with the light switch in the a or 4
374. se visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for a recommended phone list e You will not be able to use a hands free phone under the following conditions Your vehicle is outside of the telephone service area Your vehicle is in an area where it is difficult to receive radio waves such as in a tunnel in an underground parking garage near a tall building or in a mountainous area Your cellular phone is locked to prevent it from being dialed When the radio wave condition is not ideal or ambient sound is too loud it may be difficult to hear the other person s voice during a call Immediately after the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position it may be impossible to receive a call for a short period of time Do not place the cellular phone in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle phone module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless connection disruption While a cellular phone is connected through the Bluetooth wireless connection the battery power of the cellular phone may discharge quicker than usual If the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System seems to be malfunctioning see Troubleshoot ing guide later in this section You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for troubleshoot ing help Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Storing the device in a different location may redu
375. seat on the seat Only place it in a front facing direction Always follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions LRS0454 3 The booster seat should be positioned on the vehicle seat so that it is stable If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint to obtain the correct booster seat fit See FRONT SEAT ACTIVE HEAD RESTRAINT earlier in this section If the head restraint is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint when the booster seat is removed Position the lap portion of the seat belt low and snug on the child s hips Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions for adjusting the belt routing Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the top middle portion of the child s shoulder Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions for adjusting the belt routing Follow the warnings cautions and instruc tions for properly fastening a seat belt shown in the THREE POINT TYPE SEAT BELT earlier in this section Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system OFF AN2 PASSENGER AIR BAG SSS0676 7 If the booster seat is installed in the front passenger seat push the ignition switch to the ON position The front passenger air bag status light sx may or may not illuminate de
376. senger air bag to be automatically turned OFF For small adults it may be turned OFF however if the occupant does not sit in the seat properly for example by not sitting upright by sitting on an edge of the seat or by otherwise being out of position this could cause the sensor to turn the air bag OFF Always be sure to be seated and wearing the seat belt properly for the most effective protection by the seat belt and supplemental air bag The occupant classification sensor is designed to operate as described above to turn the front passenger air bag OFF for specified child restraints Failing to properly secure child restrains and to use the ALR mode child Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system restraint mode may allow the restraint to tip or move in an accident or sudden stop This can also result in the passenger air bag inflating in a crash instead of being OFF See CHILD RESTRAINTS earlier in this section for proper use and installation If the front passenger seat is not occupied the passenger air bag is designed not to inflate in a crash However heavy objects placed on the seat could result in air bag inflation because of the object being detected by the occupant classification sensor Other conditions could also result in air bag inflation such as if a child is standing on the seat or if two children are on the seat contrary to the instructions in this manual Always be sure that yo
377. sets 3 Key number plate 1 set INTELLIGENT KEY Your vehicle can only be driven with the Intelligent Keys which are registered to your vehicle s Intelligent Key system components and NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System compo nents As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered and used with one vehicle The new keys must be registered by a NISSAN dealer prior to use with the Intelligent Key system and NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System of your vehicle Since the registration process requires erasing all memory in the Intelligent Key compo nents when registering new keys be sure to take all Intelligent Keys that you have to the NISSAN dealer It is possible that the Intelligent Key functions become canceled Contact a NISSAN dealer A CAUTION e Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when driving The Intelli gent Key is a precision device with a built in transmitter To avoid dama ging it please note the following The Intelligent Key is water resistant however wetting may damage the Intelligent Key If the Intelligent Key gets wet immediately wipe until it is com pletely dry Do not bend drop or sirike it against another object Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in a place where temperatures ex ceed 140 F 60 C Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key Do not use a magnet key holder Do not place the Intelligent Key near an electric applianc
378. signed so that the ignition switch position cannot be switched to LOCK until the selector lever is moved to the P Park position When the ignition switch cannot be pushed toward the LOCK position proceed as follows 1 Move the selector lever into the P Park position 2 Push the ignition switch to the OFF position The ignition switch position indicator will not illuminate 3 Open the door The ignition switch will change to the LOCK position The selector lever can be moved from the P Park position if the ignition switch is in the ON position and the brake pedal is depressed PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH POSITIONS LOCK Normal parking position The ignition switch can only be locked in this position The ignition switch will be unlocked when it is pushed to the ACC position while carrying the Intelligent Key or with the Intelligent Key inserted in the port ACC Accessories This position activates electrical accessories such as the radio when the engine is not running ON Normal operating position This position turns on the ignition system and electrical accessories OFF The engine can be turned off without locking the steering wheel Automatic transmission models The ignition lock is designed so that the ignition switch cannot be switched to the LOCK position until the selector lever is moved to the P Park position AA CAUTION Do not leave the vehicle with the push button igni
379. srsssrerrssrrrrnee Start Up S0lEENieseanenit iia nio aiai Start Mens n22s2ascseeniscacnygcessantenceeesdanosimacisd How to select menus on the screen 0065 Vehicle information and settings models with navigation system 06seeeeeeeeeeeee How to use STATUS button eee How to use brightness control and display ON OFF iDGtto nisi v abe tnitiateden cateh tradi cowteenceecnsecia ts How to use INFO button 0 eeeeeeeeee eee How to use SETTING BUOM sirisser Ventilators ect cientsrnctaieigiteniieaheaictannciectedecneleeayh Center Ventilators xc cgsienecsiicrpseivesseinderersiacaas Side ventilatOrs sc20 ce ceancnen sires ieeaenetencnannsaas Heater and air conditioner Automatic air conditioner Type A Automatic air conditioner Type B 2 0eeeeee Operating tips sosai iiaiai In Cabin MIGKOTIEH rnrn rinia keiita Servicing air conditioner eeeerereerereerereere Audio SYSIOM i ripoata eee E NA Audio operation precautions s ss essseeere FM AM radio with Compact Disc CD player models without navigation system 600 4 31 FM AM SAT radio with Compact Disc CD changer models without navigation system 4 36 FM AM SAT radio with Compact Disc CD player models with navigation system 4 40 CompactFlash CF player operation models with navigation system 6 eeeeeee 4 45 iPod player operation if so equipped 4 4
380. sting or defogging 1 Turn the gg fan speed control dial to the desired position 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the q y position 3 Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature e To quickly remove ice from the outside of the windows turn the fan speed control dial to the maximum position e As soon as possible after the windshield is clean turn the air flow control dial to the AUTO position to return to the auto mode e When the air flow control dial is turned to the q y or position the air conditioner will automatically be turned on at outside temperatures above 23 F 5 C to defog the windshield and the air recirculation mode will automatically be turned off Outside air is drawn into the passenger compartment to improve the defogging performance Manual operation Fan speed control Turn the g fan speed control dial clockwise or counter clockwise to manually control the fan speed Turn the dial to the AUTO position to return to automatic control of the fan speed Air recirculation Push the a gt gt intake air control button to recirculate interior air inside the vehicle The indicator light on the lt gt side will come on The air recirculation mode cannot be activated when the air conditioner is in the front defrosting mode Gy Outside air circulation Push the a
381. switch to move to the warning check mode WARNING X1 Push the switch to select other menus gt SKIP DETAIL gt DETAIL This item is available only when a warning is displayed LHENTER NEXT Select this menu to see the details of warnings SIC3993 Warning check To see if there are any of the following warnings and corresponding details select this menu No key warning Low fuel warning Low washer fluid warning Parking brake release warning Door lift gate open warning Instruments and controls 2 23 SECURITY SYSTEMS SIC2132 Your vehicle has two types of security systems as follows e Vehicle security system e NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System The security condition will be shown by the security indicator light VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM The vehicle security system provides visual and audio alarm signals if someone opens the doors hood or rear hatch when the system is armed It is not however a motion detection type system that activates when a vehicle is moved or when a vibration occurs 2 24 Instruments and controls The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannot prevent it nor can it prevent the theft of interior or exterior vehicle components in all situations Always secure your vehicle even if parking for a brief period Never leave your Intelligent Key s in the vehicle and always lock it when un attended Be aware of your surroundings and park in secure well lit
382. switch is in the OFF or LOCK position when per forming any parts replacement or repairs e Never connect or disconnect the battery or any transistorized com ponent while the ignition switch is in the ON position e Never leave the engine or automatic transmission related component harnesses disconnected while the ignition switch is in the ON position e If you must work with the engine running keep your hands clothing hair and tools away from moving fans belts and any other moving parts It is advisable to secure or remove any loose clothing and remove any jewelry such as rings watches etc before working on your vehicle Always wear eye protection when ever you work on your vehicle If you must run the engine in an enclosed space such as a garage be sure there is proper ventilation for exhaust gases to escape Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by a jack If it is necessary to work under the vehicle support it with safety stands Keep smoking materials flame and sparks away from fuel tank and the battery Your vehicle is equipped with an automatic engine cooling fan It may come on at any time without warn ing even if the ignition key is in the OFF position and the engine is not running To avoid injury always disconnect the negative battery cable before working near the fan e The fuel filter or fuel lines should be serviced by a NISSAN dealer be cause the fuel lines are
383. system repeats the number and prompts you for the next command When you have finished entering numbers choose Store The system confirms the name location and number The system then asks if you would like to store another location for the same name If you do not wish to store another location the system ends the VR session Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 75 Edit Use the Edit command to alter an existing phone book entry or to add a 2nd 3rd or 4th phone number to an existing entry When prompted by the system say the name of the entry you wish to edit The system acknowledges the name and asks you for the location you would like to edit Say the name of the location The system acknowledges the location The system will ask you to say a phone number or to transfer a phone number stored in the cellular phone s memory To enter a phone number by voice command For example say five five five one two one two See How to say numbers earlier in this section for more information To transfer a phone number stored in the cellular phone s memory if so equipped Say Transfer entry The system acknowledges the command and asks you to initiate the transfer from the phone handset The new contact phone number will be transferred from the cellular phone via the Bluetooth communication link The transfer procedure varies according to each
384. t e Do not use E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 85 fuel Using E 85 fuel can damage the fuel system compo nents and is not covered by the NISSAN vehicle limited warranty Gasoline specifications NISSAN recommends using gasoline that meets the World Wide Fuel Charter WWEFC speci fications where it is available Many of the automobile manufacturers developed this spe cification to improve emission system and vehicle performance Ask your service station manager if the gasoline meets the World Wide Fuel Charter WWEC specifications Reformulated gasoline Some fuel suppliers are now producing refor mulated gasolines These gasolines are specially designed to reduce vehicle emissions NISSAN supports efforts towards cleaner air and sug gests that you use reformulated gasoline when available Gasoline containing oxygenates Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containing oxygenates such as ethanol MTBE and metha nol with or without advertising their presence NISSAN does not recommend the use of fuels of which the oxygenate content and the fuel compatibility for your NISSAN cannot be readily determined If in doubt ask your service station manager If you use oxygenate blend gasoline please take the following precautions as the usage of such fuels may cause vehicle performance problems and or fuel system damage e The fuel should be unleaded and have an octane rating no lower than t
385. t end or side portion of the vehicle If you need to dispose of the supplemental air bag or preten sioner systems or scrap the vehicle contact a NISSAN dealer Correct supplemental air bag and seat belt pretensioner system disposal pro cedures are set forth in the appro priate NISSAN Service Manual Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 37 2 Instruments and controls GOGKDiteresartriarcsmcninihiwoaintidemanentaniivactivdae eeiees 2 2 Instrument panel vscegiccteccayiee aaenesidtere lana ae N 2 3 Meters and QaUgeS ccccccceeeee see eeeeeeseneeeeeneeeees 2 4 Speedometer and odometer 0 eeeeeeeees 2 5 TaACHOM Cte lists sisi se ssiceucteadinc ae EE E aah 2 5 Engine coolant temperature gauge cee 2 6 Fuel GAUIGe corneren cerren nar aei cede 2 6 Triple Meter irissninenir anpare 2 7 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders 2 8 Checking bulb Sivcisiscnintacissniisnasesetidntoneatenassass 2 8 Warming ghisa pireneana ner aea 2 8 Indicator lights sreci inoen 2 12 Audible reminders ii sicssiccccceteatcidecsaterec rads 2 14 Vehicle information display 0 ccccceeeeee eee eee 2 15 Indicators for Operation ccc eee ee 2 15 Warnings and alerts cc ccccceeeseeeeeeeeeneeees 2 17 Indicators for maintenance c cee 2 18 Tip COMPUTES oeseri erine a ea 2 19 SECUMty SYSTEM Sieen ar EA 2 24
386. t on turn the headlight switch to the 2D position then turn the switch tothe p position To turn it off turn the switch to the OFF position The headlights must be on for the fog light to operate HORN e Turn signals do not work when the hazard warning flasher lights are on The flasher can be actuated with the ignition switch in any position Some state laws may prohibit the use of the hazard warning flasher switch while driving SIC3982 To sound the horn push the center pad area of the steering wheel A WARNING Do not disassemble the horn Doing so could affect proper operation of the supplemental front air bag system Tampering with the supplemental front air bag system may result in serious personal injury HEATED SEATS if so equipped AA CAUTION The battery could run down if the seat heater is operated while the engine is not running Do not use the seat heater for extended periods or when no one is using the seat Do not put anything on the seat which insulates heat such as a blanket cushion seat cover etc Otherwise the seat may become overheated Do not place anything hard or heavy on the seat or pierce it with a pin or similar object This may result in damage to the heater Any liquid spilled on the heated seat should be removed immediately with a dry cloth When cleaning the seat never use gasoline thinner or any similar materials If any abnormalities are found o
387. t speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire pressure For additional information see TIRE PRES SURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS in the 5 Starting and driving section and TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS in the 6 In case of emergency section TPMS malfunction If the TPMS is not functioning properly the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi mately 1 minute when the ignition switch is pushed ON The light will remain on after the 1 minute Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer For additional information see TIRE PRES SURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS in the 5 Starting and driving section A WARNING If the light does not illuminate with the ignition switch pushed ON have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible If the light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with un der inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the
388. t was dialed within the vehicle NOTE The system will not redial the last number dialed by the handset keypad The system acknowledges the command re peats the number and begins dialing If a redial number does not exist the system announces There is no number to redial and ends the VR session Call back Use the Call Back command to dial the number of the last incoming call within the vehicle The system acknowledges the command re peats the number and begins dialing If a call back number does not exist the system announces There is no number to call back and ends the VR session International When you would like to enter a phone number other than in 3 3 4 digit format say interna tional When the system acknowledges this 4 74 Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems command the system will prompt you to speak the number you wish to enter During a call During a call there are several command options available Press the 4 button on the steering wheel to mute the receiving voice and enter commands e Help The system announces the avail able commands e Go back Correction The system an nounces Go back ends the VR session and returns to the call e Cancel Quit The system announces Cancel ends the VR session and returns to the call e Send Enter Call Dial Use the Send comma
389. tch in the ACC OFF or LOCK position Turn the light switch off when you leave the vehicle Parking brake reminder chime A chime will sound if the vehicle speed is above 4 MPH 7 km h with the parking brake applied Stop the vehicle and release the parking brake Brake pad wear warning The disc brake pads have audible wear warn ings When a brake pad requires replacement it will make a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in motion This scraping sound will first occur only when the brake pedal is depressed After more wear of the brake pad the sound will always be heard even if the brake pedal is not depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the warning sound is heard VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY 0000000000000 2 GO00000000000 Coo S8977 The vehicle information display 4 displays the warnings and information SIC3991 INDICATORS FOR OPERATION 1 Engine start operation indicator This indicator appears when the selector lever is in the P Park position This indicator means that the engine will start by pushing the ignition switch with the brake pedal depressed 2 Steering lock release malfunction indicator This indicator appears when the steering wheel cannot be released from the LOCK position Instruments and controls 2 15 If this indicator appears push the push button ignition switch while lightly turning the steering wheel right and
390. te and fuses are in good condition check the fusible links If any of these fusible links are melted replace only with genuine NISSAN parts Maintenance and do it yourself 8 21 eH i Qu Oooo or SDI2361 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT AA CAUTION Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than that specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If any electrical equipment does not operate check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF or LOCK position and the headlight switch is turned to OFF 8 22 Maintenance and do it yourself a fF ON Open the fuse box lid Remove the fuse with the fuse puller If the fuse is open replace it with a new fuse If a new fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by a NISSAN dealer INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY REPLACEMENT SDI2135 AA CAUTION Be careful not to allow children to swallow the battery and removed parts Replace the battery as follows 1 2 Remove the mechanical key from the key Insert a small screwdriver into the slit of the corner and twist it to separate the upper part from the lower part Use a cloth to protect the casing Replace the battery with a new one Recommended battery CR2032 or equivalent e Do not touch the internal circuit and electric terminals as doing so could cause a malfunction e Hold the batt
391. tect it AUX AUX Auxiliary button The AUX IN jack is located on the audio unit The AUX IN audio input jack accepts any standard analog audio input such as from a portable cassette tape CD player MP3 player or laptop computer Push the AUX button to play a compatible device when it is plugged into the AUX IN jack Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 39 pct ae FLASH aan 6 7 8 9 10 12 SAA2281 1 CD EJECT button 7 FM AM band select button 2 ON OFF button VOL volume control knob 8 CD RPT repeat RDM random play button 3 Radio station preset select buttons 9 SAT satellite button 4 DISC AUX auxiliary button 10 Radio CAT category REW rewind button for 5 Radio TUNE tuning MP3 WMA folder select SEEK TRACK AUDIO control knob 11 FF fast forward button for SEEK TRACK 6 Radio SCAN tuning button 12 CompactFlash CF card slot 4 40 Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems FM AM SAT RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER models with navi gation system For all operation precautions see AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS earlier in this section The satellite radio mode requires an active XM Satellite Radio subscription The satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam It may take some time to receive the activation signal after subscribing the XM Satellite Radio After recei
392. ted sur faces This will damage the paint If fluid is spilled wash the surface with water SDI2025A SDI1906A BRAKE FLUID Check the fluid level in the reservoir If the fluid is below the MIN line or the brake warning light comes on add Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line If fluid must be added frequently the system should be checked by a NISSAN dealer CLUTCH FLUID Check the fluid level in the reservoir If the fluid level is below the MIN line OF add Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line If fluid must be added frequently the system should be checked by a NISSAN dealer WINDOW WASHER FLUID YS N ii SDI2349 A WARNING Antifreeze is poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked containers out of the reach of children Fill the window washer fluid reservoir periodi cally Add window washer fluid when the low window washer fluid warning light comes on To fill the window washer fluid reservoir lift the cap off the reservoir tank and pour the window washer fluid into the tank opening Add a washer solvent to the washer for better cleaning In the winter season add a windshield Maintenance and do it yourself 8 13 washer antifreeze Follow the manufacturer s instructions for the mixture ratio Refill the reservoir more frequently when driving co
393. telligent Key with you when operating the vehi cle e Never leave the Intelligent Key in the vehicle when you leave the vehicle The Intelligent Key is always communicating with the vehicle as it receives radio waves The Intelligent Key system transmits weak radio waves Environmental conditions may interfere with the operation of the Intelligent Key system under the following operating conditions e When operating near a location where strong radio waves are transmitted such as a TV tower power station and broad casting station e When in possession of wireless equipment such as a Cellular telephone transceiver and CB radio e When the Intelligent Key is in contact with or covered by metallic materials e When any type of radio wave remote control is used nearby e When the Intelligent Key is placed near an electric appliance such as a personal computer e When the vehicle is parked near a parking meter In such cases correct the operating conditions before using the Intelligent Key function or use the mechanical key Although the life of the battery varies depending on the operating conditions the battery s life is approximately 2 years If the battery is dis charged replace it with a new one Since the Intelligent Key is continuously receiv ing radio waves if the key is left near equipment which transmits strong radio waves such as signals from a TV and personal computer the battery life may b
394. tem is turned to ON only the driver s door is unlocked first after the door unlock operation When the door handle request switch on the driver s or front passenger s side door is pushed to be unlocked only the corresponding door is unlocked first All the doors can be unlocked if the door unlock operation is per formed again within 60 seconds When this item is turned to OFF all the doors will be unlocked after the door unlock operation is performed once Intelligent Key Lock Unlock When this item is turned to ON door lock unlock function by pushing the door handle request switch will be activated Return All Settings to Default Select this item push the ENTER button and choose YES if you want to return all settings to the default Settings gt Others Ie TE eanguage suns E e SAA1566 Others settings The Others settings display will appear when pushing the SETTING button selecting the Others key with the multi function controller and pushing the ENTER button Voice Recognition For the details of this item see NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM models with naviga tion system later in this section Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 15 VENTILATORS Language Units e Select Language Choose the Select Language key and push the ENTER button Select English or Frangais for your favorite display ap
395. ter P 2 5 Engine oil temperature gauge P 2 7 Voltmeter P 2 7 Clock P 2 7 P 2 22 SIC3973 SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER Speedometer The speedometer indicates vehicle speed in miles per hour MPH and kilometers per hour km h Odometer twin trip odometer The odometer 4 and twin trip odometer are displayed when the ignition switch is in the ON position The odometer records the total distance the vehicle has been driven The twin trip odometer records the distance of individual trips Changing the display Pushing the TRIP A B RESET knob changes the display as follows TRIP A gt TRIP B gt TRIPA Resetting the trip odometer Pushing the TRIP A B RESET knob for more than 1 second resets the trip odometer to zero SIC3974 TACHOMETER The tachometer indicates engine speed in revolutions per minute RPM Do not rev the engine into the red zone 4 A CAUTION When engine speed approaches the red zone shift to a higher gear or reduce engine speed Operating the engine in the red zone may cause serious engine damage Instruments and controls 2 5 oooo0o00000000000 SIC3975 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE The gauge indicates the engine coolant tem perature The engine coolant temperature is within the normal range when the gauge points within the zone Q shown in the illustration The engine coolant temperature varies with the outsi
396. ter the tone sounds until your desired operation is completed Operating tips e Say a command after the tone e Commands that are available are always shown on the display and spoken through voice menu prompts Commands other than those that are displayed are not accepted Please follow the prompts given by the system e f the command is not recognized the system announces Please say again Repeat the command in a clear voice e Push the BACK button once to return to the previous screen e f you want to cancel the command push and hold the TALK switch The message Voice cancelled will be an nounced e Push the TALK switch to pause the operation Push the TALK amp switch again to restart the operation e f you want to adjust the volume of the system feedback push the volume control buttons or on the steering switch or use the audio system volume knob while the system is making an announcement How to speak numbers NISSAN Voice Recognition requires a certain way to speak numbers when giving voice commands Refer to the following examples 4 86 Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems General rule Only single digits 0 zero to 9 can be used For example if you would like to say 500 five zero zero can be used but five hundred cannot Examples e 1 800 662 6200 One eight zero zero six six two six two zero zero
397. th a che mical cleaning agent They will scratch or deteriorate the panel e Do not splash any liquid such as water or car fragrance on the dis play Contact with liquid will cause the system to malfunction To ensure safe driving some functions cannot be operated while driving The on screen functions that are not available while driving will be grayed out or muted Park the vehicle in a safe location and then operate the navigation system Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 3 Settings SAA1542 SAA1543 SAA1617 Touch screen operation With this system the same operations as those for the multi function controller are possible using the touch screen operation Selecting the item Touch an item to select it To select the Audio settings touch the Audio area 4 on the screen Touch the BACK 2 button to return the previous screen Adjusting an item Touch the Q or button to adjust the settings Touch the UP or DOWN button to move to the previous or next page 4 4 Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Inputting characters Touch the letter or number There are some options available when inputting characters e Uppercase Shows uppercase characters e Lowercase Shows lowercase characters e Symbols Shows symbols such as the question mark e Sp
398. that menu screen i e Auto Interior Illumination etc UP DOWN Movement indicator Shows that the multi function controller may be used to move UP DOWN on the screen and select more options Screen Count Shows the number of menu selections available for that screen i e 1 9 Footer Information Line Provides more information if available about the menu selection currently high lighted i e Cabin lighting when unlock ing doors VEHICLE INFORMATION AND SETTINGS models with navigation system HOW TO USE STATUS BUTTON To display the status of the audio air conditioner system fuel consumption and navigation sys tem push the STATUS button The following information will appear when the STATUS button is pushed Audio Audio and Air conditioner system gt Audio and fuel consumption Audio and Navigation system Audio HOW TO USE BRIGHTNESS CON TROL AND DISPLAY ON OFF BUTTON Push the 3e7 OFF button to switch the display brightness to the daytime mode or the nighttime mode and to adjust the display brightness using the multi function controller while the indicator is displayed at the bottom of the screen The display brightness can also be adjusted using the brightness UP button or bright ness DOWN button Push and hold the 3e OFF button for more than 2 seconds to turn the display off Push the button again to turn the display on HOW TO USE INFO BUTTON T
399. that a CF card is inserted correctly iPod player if so equipped Some characters used in other languages Chinese Japanese etc are not displayed properly on the vehicle center screen We recommend using English language char acters with an iPod Large video podcast files cause slow responses in the iPod The vehicle center display may momentarily black out but it will soon recover If the iPod automatically selects large video podcast files while in the shuffle mode the vehicle center display may momentarily black out but it will soon recover Improperly plugging in the iPod may cause a checkmark to be displayed on and off flickering Always make sure that the iPod is connected properly The iPod nano 2nd Generation will continue to fast forward or rewind if it is disconnected during a seek operation An incorrect song title may appear when the Play Mode is changed while using the iPod nano 2nd Generation Audiobooks may not play in the same order as they appear on the iPod The iPod nano 1st Generation may remain in fast forward or rewind mode if it is connected during a seek operation In this case please manually reset the iPod If you are using an iPod 8rd Generation with Dock connector do not use very long names for the song title album name or artist name to avoid the iPod from resetting itself Be careful not to do the following or the cable could be damaged a
400. the chain manufacturer s suggestions Use only SAE Class S chains Class S chains are used on vehicles with restricted tire to vehicle clearance Maintenance and do it yourself 8 33 Vehicles that can use Class S chains are designed to meet the SAE standard minimum clearances between the tire and the closest vehicle suspension or body component required to accommodate the use of a winter traction device tire chains or cables The minimum clearances are determined using the factory equipped tire size Other types may damage your vehicle Use chain tensioners when re commended by the tire chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit Loose end links of the tire chain must be secured or removed to prevent the possibility of whipping action damage to the fenders or underbody If possible avoid fully loading your vehicle when using tire chains In addition drive at a reduced speed Otherwise your vehicle may be damaged and or vehicle handling and performance may be adversely affected Tire chains must be installed only on the rear wheels and not on the front wheels Never install tire chains on a TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire Do not use tire chains on dry roads Driving with tire chains in such conditions can cause damage to the various mechanisms of the vehicle due to some overstress 8 34 Maintenance and do it yourself CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES Tire rotation Tires cannot be rotated because your vehicle is equipp
401. the lights remain illumi nated to prevent the battery from becom ing discharged CARGO ROOM LIGHT The light illuminates when the rear hatch is opened When the rear hatch is closed the light will turn off The light will also turn off after 30 minutes when the light remains illuminated after the ignition switch has been pushed to the OFF or LOCK position to prevent the battery from becoming discharged Instruments and controls 2 43 HomeLink UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER if so equipped HomeLink Universal Transceiver provides a convenient way to consolidate the functions of up to three individual hand held transmitters into one built in device HomeLink Universal Transceiver e Will operate most Radio Frequency RF devices such as garage doors gates home and office lighting entry door locks and security systems e ls powered by your vehicle s battery No separate batteries are required If the vehicle s battery is discharged or is dis connected HomeLink will retain all pro gramming Once HomeLink Universal Transceiver is programmed retain the original transmit ter for future programming procedures Example new vehicle purchases Upon sale of the vehicle the programmed HomeLink Universal Transceiver buttons should be erased for security purposes For additional information see PRO GRAMMING HomeLink later in this sec tion AA WARNING e Do not use HomeLink Universal Transceiver with a
402. the multi function controller and push the ENTER button You can skip steps 1 and 3 above if you say Help Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 93 C Information gt Command List L Information gt Command List E Navigation Commands E Phone Commands E Audio Commands l Vehicle Information Commands E Climate Commands we Push the TALK switch to start voice recognition Dial Number Phonebook Outgoing Calls Incoming Calls SAA1901 SAA2031 4 Highlight a category using the multi function 5 Highlight an item using the multi function controller and push the ENTER button controller and push the ENTER button 6 If necessary scroll the screen using the multi function controller to view the entire list 7 Press the BACK button to return to the previous screen 4 94 Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems List of help commands Navigation Commands See the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual Phone Commands COMMAND ACTION Redial Redials the phone number last dialed Dial Number Dials the phone number given in the command Phonebook Shows the first page of the Phonebook list Outgoing Calls Shows the outgoing call history 1 to 5 Incoming Calls Shows the incoming call history 1 to 5 International Call Makes an international call by allowing more than 10 digits to be spoken Audio Comma
403. the passenger compart ment will be maintained automatically Air flow distribution and fan speed are also controlled automatically e Do not set the temperature lower than the outside air temperature Otherwise the system may not work properly e Not recommended if windows fog up Dehumidified defrosting or defogging 1 Push the gp front defroster button The indicator light on the button will come on 2 Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature e To quickly remove ice from the outside of the windows turn the g fan speed control dial and set it to the maximum position e As soon as possible after the windshield is clean push the AUTO button to return to the auto mode e When the Gy front defroster button is pushed the air conditioner will automatically be turned on at outside temperatures above 23 F 5 C to defog the windshield and the air recirculate mode will automatically be turned off Outside air is drawn into the passenger compartment to improve the defogging performance Manual operation Fan speed control Turn the gg fan speed control dial to manually control the fan speed Push the AUTO button to return to automatic control of the fan speed Air recirculation Push the lt gt intake air control button to recirculate interior air inside the vehicle The indicator light lt gt 5 will come on The air recirc
404. this section Audio main operation Head unit The auto loudness circuit enhances the low and high frequency ranges automatically in both radio reception and CD playback ON OFF Volume control Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position and then push the PWR button while the system is off to call up the mode radio CD or AUX which was playing immediately before the system was turned off While the system is on pushing the PWR button turns the system off Turn the VOL control knob to adjust the volume Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 31 Adjusting sound quality Push the MENU button to change the selecting mode as follows B Bass Treble gt Fade Balance E Normal mode Push the TUNE or SEEK button to adjust Bass Treble Fade and Balance to the desired level Fade adjusts the sound level between the front and rear speakers and Balance adjusts the sound between the right and left speakers Once you have adjusted the sound quality to the desired level push the MENU button repeatedly until the radio or CD display reappears Other wise the radio or CD display will automatically reappear after about 10 seconds FM AM radio operation FM AM radio FM AM band select Pushing the radio band select button will change the band as follows AM gt FM1 gt FM2 gt AM When the radio band select button is pushed while the igniti
405. this manual for wheel off set dimen sions When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi mately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not ori ginally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not install a deformed wheel or tire even if it has been repaired Such wheels or tires could have structural damage and could fail without warning The use of retread tire is not re commended For additional information regard ing tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet Maintenance and do it yourself 8 35 Wheel balance Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling and tire life Even with regular use wheels can get out of balance Therefore they should be balanced as required Wheel balance service should be per formed with the wheels off the vehicle Spin balancing the wheels on the vehicle could lead to mechanical damage For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the NISSAN Warranty Information Booklet Care of wheels e Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle
406. til you have confirmed with your dealer that your air bag is working properly do not transport a child in this vehicle The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System and passenger air bag status light will take a few seconds to register a change in the passenger seat status However if the seat becomes unoccupied the air bag status light will remain off If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger air bag system the supplemental air bag warning light 8 located in the meter and gauges area will blink Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Other supplemental front impact air bag precautions AA WARNING e Do not place any objects on the steering wheel pad or on the instru ment panel Also do not place any objects between any occupant and the steering wheel or instrument panel Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if the front air bag inflates e Do not place objects with sharp edges on the seat Also do not place heavy objects on the seat that will leave permanent impressions in the seat Such objects can damage the seat or occupant classification sensor pattern sensor This can affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious perso nal injury e Do not use water or acidic cleaners hot steam cleaners on the seat This can damage the seat or occu pant classification sensor This can also affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious 1 32 Safety Sea
407. tion For passing or hill climbing fully depress the accelerator pedal to the floor This shifts the transmission down into the lower gear depend ing on the vehicle speed Fail safe When the fail safe operation occurs note that the transmission will be locked in any of the forward gears according to the condition If the vehicle is driven under extreme conditions such as excessive wheel spin ning and subsequent hard braking the fail safe system may be activated This will occur even if all electrical circuits are functioning properly In this case push the ignition switch to the OFF position and wait for 3 seconds Then push the ignition switch back to the ON position The vehicle should return to its normal operating condition If it does not return to its normal operating condition have a NISSAN dealer check the transmission and repair if ne cessary SSD0829 Shift lock release If the battery charge is low or discharged the selector lever may not be moved from the P Park position even with the brake pedal depressed and the selector lever button pushed To move the selector lever perform the following procedure 1 Push the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK position 2 Apply the parking brake 3 Remove the shift lock cover using a suitable tool 4 Push down the shift lock using a suitable tool as illustrated 5 Push the selector lever button and move the selector lever
408. tion switch in ACC or ON positions when the engine is not run ning for an extended period This can discharge the battery SSD0826 INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY DIS CHARGE If the battery of the Intelligent Key is almost discharged the guide light of the Intelligent Key port A blinks and the indicator appears on the vehicle information display See VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY in the 2 Instruments and controls section In this case inserting the Intelligent Key into the port allows you to start the engine Make sure that the key ring side faces backward as illustrated Insert the Intelligent Key in the port until it is latched and secured To remove the Intelligent Key from the port push Starting and driving 5 9 the ignition switch to the OFF position and pull the Intelligent Key out of the port NOTE The Intelligent Key port does not charge the Intelligent Key battery If you see the low battery indicator in the vehicle infor mation display replace the battery as soon as possible See INTELLIGENT KEY BAT TERY REPLACEMENT in the 8 Mainte nance and do it yourself section A CAUTION e Never place anything except the Intelligent Key in the Intelligent Key port Doing so may cause da mage to the equipment e Make sure the Intelligent Key is in the correct direction when inserting it to the Intelligent Key port The engine may not start if it is in the incorrect directio
409. tioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 41 to tune to the first channel of the next or previous category During satellite radio reception the following notices will be displayed under certain condi tions e NO SIGNAL No signal is received while the SAT tuner is connected e OFF AIR Broadcasting signed off e CHECK ANTENNA Antenna connection error e LOADING When the initial setting is performed e UPDATING When the satellite radio sub scription is not active SCAN SCAN tuning Push the SCAN tuning button to tune from low to high frequencies and stop at each broad casting station channel for 5 seconds Pushing the button again during this 5 seconds period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station channel If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 5 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next station channel to Station memory operations Twelve stations channels can be set for the FM band 6 each for FM1 and FM2 and the SAT radio 6 each for XM1 and XM2 and 6 stations can be set for the AM band 1 Choose the radio band using the radio band select button 2 Tune to the desired station channel using the SEEK TRACK SCAN button or the radio TUNE knob 3 Push and hold the desired station preset button Q to until a beep sound is heard The radio mutes when the select button is pushed 4 The station indicator will then come on and
410. tor in each ainted surfaces After touching a r 2 filler opening Do not overfill battery or battery cap do not touch or rub your eyes Thoroughly wash 1 Remove the cell plugs your hands If the acid contacts your eyes skin or clothing immediately flush with water for at least 15 minutes and seek medical attention e Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid in the battery is low Low Maintenance and do it yourself 8 15 SDI1480E 2 Add distilled water up to the UPPER LEVEL line If the side of the battery is not clear check the distilled water level by looking directly above the cell the condition indicates OK and the conditions needs more to be added 3 Tighten cell plugs Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level 8 16 Maintenance and do it yourself JUMP STARTING If jump starting is necessary see JUMP STARTING in the 6 In case of emergency section If the engine does not start by jump starting the battery may have to be replaced Contact a NISSAN dealer DRIVE BELTS 1 Te ON SDI2119 VQ37VHR engine Power steering fluid pump Alternator Crankshaft pulley Air conditioner compressor Drive belt auto tensioner A WARNING Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position before servicing drive belts The engine could rotate unex pectedly Visually ins
411. tored either in the hard disk drive or in the CD the title is automatically displayed on the screen For title acquisition from the hard disk drive music recognition technology and related data are provided by Gracenote To view the details of the track select the Text key by touching the screen or using the multi function controller The track name and album title are displayed on the screen If a track is not recorded successfully due to skipping sounds the mark is displayed behind the track number The Music Box hard disk drive cannot perform recording under the following conditions e There is not enough space in the hard disk e The number of albums reaches the maximum of 500 e The number of tracks reaches the maximum of 3 000 Automatic recording If the Automatic Recording function is turned to ON recording starts when a CD is inserted See Music Box settings later in this section Stopping recording To stop the recording select the STOP button by touching the screen or using the multi function controller If the CD is ejected the audio system is turned off or the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position the recording also stops Music Box Play by Album J XXXXXXXX W XXXXXXXX 1 01 ALL Playlist RPT SAA1615 Playing recorded songs Select the Music Box audio system by using one of the following methods e Push the source select switc
412. ts seat belts and supplemental restraint system personal injury Immediately after inflation several front air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may severely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the air bag system This is to prevent accidental inflation of the supplemental air bag or damage to the supplemental air bag system Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system suspension system or front end structure This could affect proper operation of the front air bag sys tem Tampering with the front air bag system may result in serious perso nal injury Tampering includes changes to the steering wheel and the instrument panel assembly by placing material over the steering wheel pad and above the instrument panel or by installing additional trim material around the air bag system Modifying or tampering with the front passenger seat may result in serious personal injury For exam ple do not change the front seats by placing material on the seat cushion or by installing additional trim ma terial such as seat covers on the seat that is not specifically designed to assure proper air bag operation Additionally do not stow any ob jects under the front passenger seat or the seat cushion and seatback Such objects may interfere with the proper operation of the occupant classification sensor No unauthorized changes sh
413. u and all vehicle occupants are seated and restrained properly Using the passenger air bag status light you can monitor when the front passenger air bag is automatically turned OFF with the seat occu pied The light will not illuminate when the front passenger seat is unoccupied If an adult occupant is in the seat but the passenger air bag status light is illuminated indicating that the air bag is OFF it could be that the person is a small adult or is not sitting on the seat properly If a child restraint must be used in the front seat the passenger air bag status light may or may not be illuminated depending on the size of the 1 31 child and the type of child restraint being used If the passenger air bag status light is not illuminated indicating that the air bag might inflate in a crash it could be that the child restraint or seat belt is not being used properly Make sure that the child restraint is installed properly the seat belt is used properly and the occupant is positioned properly If the passen ger air bag status light is still not illuminated try a different child restraint If the passenger air bag status light will not illuminate even though you believe that the child restraint the seat belts and the occupant are properly positioned the system may be sensing an unoccupied seat in which case the air bag is OFF Your NISSAN dealer can check that the system is OFF by using a special tool However un
414. ulation mode cannot be activated when the air conditioner is in the front defrosting mode Qg Outside air circulation Push the lt gt intake air control button to change the air circulation from the intake air to the outside air The indicator light gt will turn off Automatic air intake control In the AUTO mode the intake air will be controlled automatically To manually control the intake air push the lt gt intake air control button To return to the automatic control mode push the lt gt intake air control button for approximately 2 seconds The indicator lights will flash twice and then the intake air will be Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 21 controlled automatically Air flow control Pushing the MODE manual air flow control button selects the air outlet to Air flows from center and side ventila tors lt j Air flows from center and side ventila tors and foot outlets uw Air flows mainly from foot outlets ay Air flows from defroster and foot out lets To turn the system off Push the OFF button 4 22 Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems SAA2324 SAA2315 OPERATING TIPS When the engine coolant temperature and outside air temperature are low the air flow from the foot outlets may not operate for a maximum of 150 seconds This is not a
415. uminated but the air bag will be off See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section for further details One front air bag inflating does not indicate improper performance of the system If you have any questions about your air bag system contact a NISSAN dealer If you are considering modification of your vehicle due to a disability you may also contact a NISSAN dealer Contact information is contained in the front of this Owner s Manual When a front air bag inflates a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Front air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the head and chest of the front occupants They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating front air bag may cause facial abrasions or other injuries Front air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body Even with NISSAN advanced air bags seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the steering wheel or instrument panel The front air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the front occupants Because of this the force of the front air bag inflating can increase the risk of
416. under high pressure even when the engine is off AA CAUTION e Do not work under the hood while the engine is hot Turn the engine off and wait until it cools down e Avoid direct contact with used en gine oil and coolant Improperly disposed engine oil coolant and or other vehicle fluids can damage the environment Always conform to local regulations for disposal of vehicle fluid This 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section gives instructions regarding only those items which are relatively easy for an owner to perform A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is also available See OWNER S MANUAL SERVICE MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION in the 9 Technical and consumer information section You should be aware that incomplete or Maintenance and do it yourself 8 5 improper servicing may result in operating difficulties or excessive emissions and could affect your warranty coverage If in doubt about any servicing we recommend that it be done by a NISSAN dealer 8 6 Maintenance and do it yourself ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS 1 2 3 O CZ EH Ho A SV Z ge R iE 4 He lt L AA 4 is Jlo lt oN Vee TINA Aa 5 6 7 TU i Bs wa Raf J vel J DA N E X ssa aaa ame Ni iH Ik x ia a SS10510 VQ37VHR ENGINE MODEL 1 Fuse fusible link holder 2 Battery 3 Radiator filler cap 4 Engine oil dipstick 5 Engine oil filler cap
417. ure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pres sure Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel effi ciency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approxi mately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indi cator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended
418. ve at moderate speed for a short distance first especially in cold weather In cold weather keep the engine running for a minimum of 2 3 minutes before shutting it off Starting and stopping the engine over a short period of time may make the vehicle more difficult to start When racing the engine up to 4 500 rpm or more under no load condition the engine will enter the fuel cut mode To stop the engine shift the selector lever to the P Park position AT model or move the shift lever to the N Neutral position MT model and push the ignition switch to the OFF position DRIVING THE VEHICLE AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 7 speed automatic transmission The automatic transmission in your vehicle is electronically controlled by a transmission con trol module to produce maximum efficiency and smooth operation Shown on the following pages are the recom mended operating procedures for this transmis sion Follow these procedures for maximum vehicle performance and driving enjoyment Starting the vehicle After starting the engine fully depress the foot brake pedal and push the selector lever button before shifting the selector lever to the R Reverse N Neutral D Drive or Manual shift mode position Be sure the vehicle is fully stopped before attempting to shift the selector lever This automatic transmission model is de signed so that the foot brake pedal must be depressed before shifting from P Park to any dr
419. ve carefully See Slip indicator light in the 2 Instruments and controls section and Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light in the 2 Instru ments and controls section e Indicator light If a malfunction occurs in the system the and indicator lights illuminate in the instrument panel As long as these indicators are illuminated the VDC system function is canceled The VDC system uses an Active Brake Limited Slip ABLS function to improve vehicle traction The ABLS system works when one of the driving wheels is spinning on a slippery surface The ABLS system brakes the spinning wheel which distributes the driving power to the other drive wheel If the vehicle is operated with the VDC OFF switch pushed and the VDC system turned off all VDC systems will be turned off The ABLS system and ABS will still operate with the VDC system off If the ABLS system is activated the indicator will blink and you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and is not an indication of a malfunction While the VDC system is operating you may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise or feel a vibration from under the hood This is normal and indicates that the VDC system is working properly The VDC system computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle at a low spe
420. very hot Keep people animals or flammable materials away from the exhaust system com ponents Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire AA CAUTION Do not use leaded gasoline Depos its from leaded gasoline seriously reduce the three way catalyst s abil ity to help reduce exhaust pollu tants Keep your engine tuned up Mal functions in the ignition fuel injec tion or electrical systems can cause overrich fuel flow into the three way catalyst causing it to overheat Do not keep driving if the engine mis fires or if noticeable loss of perfor mance or other unusual operating conditions are detected Have the vehicle inspected promptly by a NISSAN dealer Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire dama ging the three way catalyst Do not race the engine while warm ing it up Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the engine TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYS TEM TPMS Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation press
421. ving the activation signal an available channel list will be automatically updated in the radio For XM push the ignition switch from LOCK to ACC to update the channel list Audio main operation Head unit The auto loudness circuit enhances the low and high frequency ranges automatically in both radio reception and CD playback ON OFF Volume control Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position and then push the ON OFF button while the system is off to call up the mode radio CD or AUX which was playing immediately before the system was turned off While the system is on pushing the ON OFF button turns the system off Turn the VOL control knob to adjust the volume Adjusting tone quality and speaker bal ance To adjust Bass Treble Balance and Fade push the Audio control knob When the display shows the setting you want to change Bass Treble Balance and Fade rotate the Audio control knob to set the desired setting For the other setting methods see HOW TO USE SETTING BUTTON earlier in this section This vehicle has some sound effect functions as follows e Speed Sensitive Vol e Beep tuning For more details see VEHICLE INFORMATION AND SETTINGS models with navigation sys tem earlier in this section Switching the display Pushing the DISC AUX button will switch the displays as follows CD gt CompactFlash gt AUX gt iPod gt Music Box gt CD FM AM SAT radio oper
422. we recommend a NISSAN dealer for servicing AA CAUTION Use only Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF Do not mix with other fluids Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF will cause deterioration in dri veability and automatic transmis sion durability and may damage the automatic transmission which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty Maintenance and do it yourself 8 11 POWER STEERING FLUID ee OLD MIN 4 SDI1765A Check the fluid level in the reservoir The fluid level should be checked using the HOT range Q HOT MAX 2 HOT MIN at fluid temperatures of 122 to 176 F 50 to 80 C or using the COLD range COLD MAX COLD MIN at fluid temperatures of 32 to 86 F 0 to 30 C If the fluid is below the MIN line add Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent Remove the cap and fill through the opening 8 12 Maintenance and do it yourself AA CAUTION Do not overfill Use Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent BRAKE AND CLUTCH FLUID For further brake and clutch fluid information see CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS in the 9 Technical and consumer information section of this manual A WARNING e Use only new fluid from a sealed container Old inferior or contami nated fluid may damage the brake and clutch system e Be sure to clean the filler cap before removing A CAUTION Do not spill the fluid on pain
423. wiper blades A sturdy flat board to be placed under the jack to give it firm support A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snowdrifts Extra window washer fluid to refill the reservoir tank DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE A WARNING Wet ice 32 F 0 C and freezing rain very cold snow or ice can be slick and very hard to drive on The vehicle will have much less traction or grip under these conditions Try to avoid driving on wet ice until the road is salted or sanded Whatever the condition drive with caution Accelerate and slow down with care If accelerating or down shifting too fast the drive wheels will lose even more traction Allow more stopping distance under these conditions Braking should be started sooner than on dry pave ment Allow greater following distances on slippery roads Watch for slippery spots glare ice These may appear on an otherwise clear road in shaded areas If a patch of ice is seen ahead brake before reaching it Try not to brake while on the ice and avoid any sudden steering maneuvers Do not use the cruise control on slippery roads Snow can trap dangerous exhaust gases under your vehicle Keep snow clear of the exhaust pipe and from around your vehicle ENGINE BLOCK HEATER if so equipped Engine block heaters are available through NISSAN dealers to assist in cold temperature starting The engine block heater should be used when the outside temperature is 20 F
424. y after a thorough washing Follow the instructions supplied with the wax e Do not use a wax containing any abrasives cutting compounds or cleaners that may damage the vehicle finish Machine compound or aggressive polishing on a base coat clear coat paint finish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks REMOVING SPOTS Remove tar and oil spots industrial dust insects and tree sap as quickly as possible from the paint surface to avoid lasting damage or staining Special cleaning products are available at a NISSAN dealer or any automotive accessory stores UNDERBODY In areas where road salt is used in winter the underbody must be cleaned regularly This will prevent dirt and salt from building up and causing the acceleration of corrosion on the underbody and suspension Before the winter period and again in the spring the underseal must be checked and if necessary re treated GLASS Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film from the glass surfaces It is normal for glass to become coated with a film after the vehicle is parked in the hot sun Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easily remove this film AA CAUTION When cleaning the inside of the win dows do not use sharp edged tools abrasive cleaners or chlorine based disinfectant cleaners They could da mage the electrical conductors radio antenna elements or rear window defroster elements ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS Wash regularly with a sponge damp
425. y i oc scatvetcarteedbeccans see ts 9 5 Oil filter replacement indicator 2 18 Operation Indicators for operation vehicle information display 00068 2 15 Outside MiMOFS isc ccc cdcacmaiedioimad naamacinenesiaain 3 22 Overheat If your vehicle overheats 6 9 Owner s Manual Service Manual order INTORMAUON 33 eiee tenaa raa ni 9 21 P Panic alanmvscredesccnsarstas En NEEN E 3 14 Parking Brake Dr akiiMsiccni pisten 5 24 Parking brake operation sccccccrcccccre 5 19 Parking on WillS sac cccscesssndaentisadennarencinas 5 23 Phone Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with navigation system 0 eeee ee 4 58 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System without navigation system 66606 4 68 Car phone or CB radio ccceee 4 57 Power Front seat adjustment iirst isiti ening 1 3 Power door lOGK ccccuvin imoten avec 3 4 Power Outlet sc cisdicnce urina insine 2 35 Power steering fluid cccee eee eens 8 12 Power steering system 00ceee ees 5 24 Power WINdOWS 0 c0cseee eee eee eens 2 39 Precautions Audio Operations lt 2 csceeccccer sacar ii nurini aia 4 23 Braking precautions cceeeeeeee eens 5 24 Childsnestraints gt lt tains A 1 14 Gruise controlscocsdnicas E 5 20 Cruise control operations 00008 5 16 Maintenance sisis 0 000 c0cccsi sees sees eee eaee eens 8 5 Seat belt usa
426. y positioned in the footwell to prevent interference with pedal operation Mats should be maintained with regular cleaning and replaced if they become excessively worn Ds Floor mat positioning aid This model includes front floor mat brackets to act as floor mat positioning aid NISSAN floor mats have been specially designed for your vehicle model The front floor mats have grommet holes in them To install simply position the mat by placing the floor mat bracket through the floor mat grommet hole while centering the mat in the floor pan contour Periodically check to make certain that the mats are properly positioned SAI0044 SEAT BELTS The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution Allow the belts to dry completely before using them See SEAT BELTS in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section A WARNING Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in the retractor NEVER use bleach dye or chemical solvents to clean the seat belts since these materials may se verely weaken the seat belt webbing CORROSION PROTECTION MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRI BUTING TO VEHICLE CORROSION e The accumulation of moisture retaining dirt and debris in body panel sections cavities and other areas e Damage to paint and other protective coat ings caused by gravel and stone chips or minor traffic accidents ENVIRONMENTAL FACT

2009 370Z Coupe Owner`s Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents